Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   26-3505687

(State or other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

(800) 203-6755

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Joshua L. Coates

Chief Executive Officer

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

(800) 203-6755

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

John T. McKenna

Alan Hambelton

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Matthew A. Kaminer

Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Instructure, Inc.

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

(800) 203-6755

 

Tony Jeffries

Michael Nordtvedt

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 493-9300

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  þ   Smaller reporting company  ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
   Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

   $75,000,000   $7,553

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act. Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued October 9, 2015

            Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Instructure, Inc. is offering             shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We intend to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “INST.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

PRICE $         A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

      

Proceeds to
Instructure

 

Per Share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1) See “Underwriters” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2015.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
JEFFERIES
NEEDHAM & COMPANY   OPPENHEIMER & CO.   RAYMOND JAMES

                    , 2015


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     36   

Industry and Market Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     39   

Capitalization

     40   

Dilution

     42   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     44   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     47   

Letter from Chief Executive Officer

     70   

Business

     71   

Management

     87   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     96   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     107   

Principal Stockholders

     110   

Description of Capital Stock

     112   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     117   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     120   

Underwriters

     124   

Legal Matters

     129   

Experts

     129   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     129   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare and authorize. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdictions where the offer and sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects may have changed since that date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our common stock and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Instructure,” the “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Instructure, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Mission and Vision

Instructure’s mission is to make software that makes people smarter. Our vision is to help organizations everywhere leverage technology to maximize the potential of their people.

Overview

We provide an innovative, cloud-based learning management platform for academic institutions and companies worldwide. We built our learning management applications, Canvas, for the education market, and Bridge, for the corporate market, to enable our customers to easily develop, deliver and manage engaging face-to-face and online learning experiences. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality with the reliability, security, scalability and support required by our customers.

In today’s dynamic, knowledge-driven economy, quality education and constant learning are critical to compete and succeed. Academic institutions recognize that for students to reach their maximum potential, they require a learning environment that is interactive and accessible. Similarly, companies need to deliver seamless and easy learning experiences to better attract, develop and retain talent and compete more effectively.

We develop software that millions of students, teachers and employees use to help achieve their education and learning goals. Our applications enhance academic and corporate learning by providing an engaging, easy-to-use platform for instructors and learners, enabling frequent and open interactions, streamlining workflow, and allowing the creation and sharing of content with anytime, anywhere access to information. Our open standards allow for integration with third-party publishers and software providers to deliver additional learning content and applications. Our platform also provides data analytics capabilities enabling real-time reaction to information and benchmarking in order to personalize curricula and increase the efficacy of the learning process.

We offer our platform through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, business model. Customers can rapidly deploy our applications with minimal upfront implementation. Customers also benefit from automatic software updates with virtually no downtime.

We launched Canvas in February 2011 and have experienced rapid customer adoption in the education market. In addition, more than 100 corporate customers have implemented Canvas in order to deliver a more effective, simple way for their employees to learn. To better meet the needs of the corporate market, we leveraged our platform to develop Bridge, which launched in February 2015. As of June 30, 2015, we had more than 1,400 customers, representing colleges, universities, K-12 school districts, and companies in more than 25 countries.

 



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

For 2012, 2013 and 2014, revenue was $8.8 million, $26.1 million and $44.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 197% and 70%. We have experienced net revenue retention rates of over 100% at each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. For 2012, 2013 and 2014, our net losses were $18.5 million, $22.5 million and $41.4 million, respectively, as we focused on growing our business. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, revenue was $30.5 million and we incurred a net loss of $30.6 million.

Industry Background

The Markets for Learning are Large, Growing and Highly Strategic

The market for academic and corporate learning management software is estimated to be $4.1 billion in 2015, and projected to grow to $7.8 billion in 2018, according to MarketsandMarkets. We attribute the rapid growth of this market, in part, to the migration of instructor-led training to online learning, which we believe will increase the adoption of learning management systems.

Corporate learning management software is part of the broader human capital management market, which also includes the recruiting, workforce management, performance management and compensation management software markets. IDC estimates that these additional markets will be $5.1 billion in 2015, and projected to grow to $6.4 billion in 2018. We believe these additional markets may present opportunities for us to develop additional applications on our platform over time.

Consumerization of Technology is Changing How People Interact, Learn, Train and Work

Recent innovations in consumer-oriented technology are changing how people expect to interact, learn, train and work. In particular, the ubiquity of social media and highly intuitive consumer and mobile applications have led instructors, students and employees to expect the same rich functionality, availability and usability from a learning platform.

Strong User Engagement Leads to Robust Data Analytics

A learning management system has the potential to provide significant insight to educators and administrators on their students’ and employees’ progress toward meeting learning objectives and the factors impacting performance. High utilization enables the learning management system to capture more data and leads to more insightful analyses on user behavior, quality of individual courses and effectiveness of digital content. Better analytics enables instructors and administrators to make more informed decisions about instruction and materials that in turn drive improved learning outcomes and performance for individuals and companies.

Legacy Learning Management Systems Do Not Meet the Needs of Today’s Instructors, Students and Employees

Many traditional learning management systems are based on legacy technology architectures that do not meet the expectations of today’s users. We believe legacy learning management systems face the following key challenges:

 

    Poor User Experience. Learning management systems were first introduced over a decade ago. These systems often lack the features and interfaces to deliver a personalized, collaborative, engaging, mobile and always-on experience that users expect today.

 

    Not Mobile. Legacy learning management systems were not built for mobility and efforts to retrofit for use with mobile devices have often resulted in a poor user experience.

 

    Unreliable with Poor Uptime. Legacy learning management systems were not designed for cloud-based deployment. Traditional on-premise systems require downtime for maintenance, upgrades and unforeseen bug fixes, which can adversely impact instructors and students during critical times.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Low Utilization Legacy learning management systems have historically been plagued by user dissatisfaction resulting in low utilization rates. Lack of utilization adversely affects the investments these institutions have made in their learning management systems. 48% of users are looking to leave their current learning management system and move to a new provider, according to the Brandon Hall Group.

 

    Expensive . Legacy learning management systems require substantial upfront and ongoing investments in IT infrastructure to implement and maintain an on-premise solution. Organizations often choose not to deploy software or to delay upgrades to newer versions due to concerns regarding costs, lengthy implementation and customization cycles, and potential business disruptions.

 

    Limited Reach and Complexity of Data Analytics . While legacy learning management systems have historically enabled the capture of data, access has been generally limited to administrators and teachers and not to students. Further, analytics tools currently offered in existing on-premise solutions can be limited in capabilities making it difficult to translate the data into useful actionable information.

 

    Closed Ecosystem . Legacy learning management solutions are often closed systems, which can limit the number of third-party integrations into a platform. Customers are forced to spend time and often money to obtain separate integration contracts with third-party publishers and software providers.

Our Platform

We designed our platform to enable users to teach, learn and collaborate anytime, anywhere, across a wide variety of application environments, operating systems, devices and locations. We believe our platform offers the following key benefits:

 

    Intuitive User Experience . We provide elegant and intuitive user interfaces that leverage familiar, consumer web navigation techniques, such as drag and drop, to make it easy to use our platform. We designed our system from the ground up, with modern, web-based design features, to create a differentiated user experience. We enable seamless collaboration among instructors and learners to share feedback and encourage online discussion forums.

 

    Optimized for Mobile . Our mobile-optimized platform allows users to access their applications anytime and anywhere. We offer a “mobile first” responsive design to ensure an optimal experience on most devices and, for Canvas, we also have iOS and Android native mobile applications available for free download on both phones and tablets.

 

    High Availability and Uptime . Our software is mission-critical for our users and customers and we focus on maintaining enterprise-grade reliability at all times. Our standard contracts provide for guaranteed 99.9% annual uptime. We achieved 99.9% uptime during 2014 while our customer base grew over 75%.

 

    High Utilization . Over eight million instructors, students and employees have used our software over the 12 months ended June 30, 2015. According to self-reported data in an ECAR 2014 survey, 58% of faculty in higher education use a learning management system to share content with students, while our internal analysis of higher education institutions using Canvas shows that 71% of faculty use Canvas to share content with students.

 

    Native Cloud-based Software . Our cloud-based delivery model enables customers to rapidly deploy our applications to experience immediate benefit. Software updates are implemented regularly and transparently. Our single-instance, multi-tenant architecture is designed to scale to support our rapid growth.

 



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Open Access to Data Analytics . Our platform provides users with open API access to data analytics. We deliver the analytics in an easy to understand and consumable way, that is optimized for independent analysis. This open visibility allows learners to view their own progress in real-time, educators to adjust programs and personalize curricula for maximum effectiveness and organizations to benchmark user data internally and respond to patterns observed.

 

    Open Platform . We are committed to collaboration and openness. Our open standards allow organizations to easily deliver additional learning content and applications from third-party publishers and software providers through our EduAppCenter.com’s growing catalog of approximately 200 integrations or through open APIs.

Our Growth Strategy

We are pursuing the following strategies to grow our business:

 

    Grow our U.S. Customer Base . We believe there is opportunity to substantially expand our base of U.S. academic and corporate customers. K-12 academic institutions have yet to widely adopt learning management systems, while most higher education institutions have adopted legacy systems with which they are often unsatisfied. In the corporate market, there are both greenfield opportunities and opportunities to displace legacy solutions that do not meet customer needs.

 

    Further Maximize our Existing Customer Base . The majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts. We plan to increase revenue from this customer base by selling additional applications and services. We plan to further penetrate our existing corporate customer base by growing the number of users on our platform and expanding enterprise wide. We believe our user-based pricing model and innovative applications provide us with a substantial opportunity to increase the value of our existing customer base.

 

    Continue to Expand Internationally . We intend to expand our direct and indirect sales force to further penetrate international markets. We opened our international headquarters in London in June 2014, and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, international customers accounted for 6% of our revenue.

 

    Continue to Innovate and Offer New Applications . We will continue to make significant investments to further enhance the functionality of our existing applications, expand the number of applications on our extensible learning platform and develop into adjacent markets that will benefit our customers.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    We have a history of losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

 

    We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future operating results.

 

    We depend on new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals and given our limited operating history, we do not have a long history on which to base forecasts of customer renewal rates or future operating results.

 

    If our efforts to further increase the use and adoption of Canvas do not succeed, or if Bridge does not gain widespread market acceptance, our revenue will be harmed.

 

    We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    If we fail to manage our growth effectively or our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer.

 

    We face significant competition from both established and new companies offering learning management systems.

 

    The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

 

    Our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and will continue to have substantial control over us.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and therefore we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal control over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in September 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700, Salt Lake City, UT 84121 and our telephone number is (800) 203-6755. Our corporate website address is www.instructure.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Instructure, Canvas, the Instructure logo, Canvas logo and Bridge logo are trademarks of Instructure, Inc. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

 



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered

  

                         shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

                         shares

Over-allotment option

  

                         shares

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, research and development activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“INST”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 32,173,354 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    5,467,958 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.51 per share;

 

    155,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.41 per share;

 

    974,896 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with the closing of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,465,711 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    no exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012 has been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014         2014             2015      
                       (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 7,403      $ 22,456      $ 38,093      $ 15,724      $ 25,948   

Professional services and other

     1,371        3,599        6,259        2,452        4,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     8,774        26,055        44,352        18,176        30,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

          

Subscription and support (1)

     4,346        8,581        12,131        5,086        7,613   

Professional services and other (1)

     2,748        2,039        2,982        1,118        2,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue (1)

     7,094        10,620        15,113        6,204        10,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,680        15,435        29,239        11,972        20,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing (1)

     11,912        20,702        35,390        14,191        25,131   

Research and development (1)

     4,698        11,242        21,290        7,812        10,916   

General and administrative (1)

     3,411        5,321        11,268        4,183        13,969   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     20,021        37,265        67,948        26,186        50,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (18,341     (21,830     (38,709     (14,214     (29,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     8        22        32        28        7   

Interest expense

     (7     (150     (136     (57     (44

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (199     (545     (2,518     (1,391     (527

Other income (expense) net

     3        4        (39     14        (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (195     (669     (2,661     (1,406     (673
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (18,536     (22,499     (41,370     (15,620     (30,630

Income tax expense

                   (57            (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (18,536   $ (22,499   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (30,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividends to investors

   $      $ (353   $      $      $ (632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (18,536   $ (22,852   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (31,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (3.57   $ (4.05   $ (4.98   $ (2.04   $ (3.33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders (2)

     5,185        5,642        8,312        7,656        9,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

       $ (1.37     $ (0.98
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

         30,218          31,858   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014      2015  
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and support

   $ 7       $ 28       $ 258       $ 10       $ 57   

Professional services and other

     5         8         39         13         58   

Sales and marketing

     473         1,597         2,877         103         422   

Research and development

     442         1,585         3,971         160         527   

General and administrative

     910         374         1,053         205         5,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $   1,837       $   3,592       $   8,198       $   491       $   6,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted and pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,608      $                    $                

Working capital, excluding current deferred revenue

     35,733        

Total assets

     61,708        

Deferred revenue

     45,793        

Total liabilities

     67,916        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     93,770        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (99,978     

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into 22,465,711 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column further reflects the sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, excluding current deferred revenue, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) by 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, excluding current deferred revenue, total assets and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

    

Non-GAAP operating loss (1)

   $ (16,286   $ (17,704   $ (29,280   $ (13,721   $ (21,939

 

(1) We define non-GAAP operating loss as operating loss before stock-based compensation, payroll tax expense on secondary stock purchase transactions and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles. For more information about non-GAAP operating loss and a reconciliation of non-GAAP operating loss to loss from operations, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measure.”

 



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. In such event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses of $18.5 million, $22.5 million and $41.4 million in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and $15.6 million and $30.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $120.6 million at June 30, 2015. We must generate and sustain higher revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

 

    sales and marketing, including expanding our direct sales organization and marketing programs, particularly for larger customers;

 

    investments in our research and development team, and the development of new applications and new features for, and enhancements of, our existing applications;

 

    expansion of our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally; and

 

    general administration, including legal, accounting, and other expenses related to being a public company.

These expenditures may not result in additional revenue or the growth of our business. We also expect that our revenue growth rate will decline over time. Accordingly, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to offset our expected cost increases and achieve and sustain profitability. If we fail to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock could decline.

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and future operating results.

We launched Canvas in February 2011 and launched Bridge in February 2015. Our limited operating history makes our ability to forecast future operating results difficult and subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan and model future growth. Our revenue grew 197% and 70% in 2013 and 2014, respectively, compared to the prior year; however, our historical revenue growth is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. We expect our revenue growth rates to slow in future periods due to a number of reasons, which may include the maturation of our business, slowing demand for our platform and applications, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall markets, or if we fail, for any reason, to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities, our relative lack of experience with renewals or a decline in available opportunities as a result of our increased market penetration in one or more of our markets.

We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market adoption of our current and future applications, competition from other companies, acquiring and retaining customers, hiring, integrating, training and retaining skilled personnel, developing new applications,

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

determining prices and contract terms for our applications, unforeseen expenses and challenges in forecasting accuracy. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our prospects, operating results and business could be harmed.

We depend on new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals to grow our business.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of new subscriptions or renewals of subscriptions to our learning management platform and applications. Our growth today is primarily driven by new subscriptions. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and five years and our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their initial subscription periods. Our customers may elect not to renew or may seek to renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. Our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including limited customer resources, pricing changes, adoption and utilization of our applications and services by our customers, customer satisfaction with our learning management platform and applications, the acquisition of our customers by other companies, procurement or budgetary decisions from legislative or other regulatory bodies, and deteriorating general economic conditions. As our customer base continues to grow, renewals will become an increasingly important part of our results. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our learning management platform and applications, or decrease the amount they spend with us, our revenue will decline and our business will be harmed.

Because our recent growth has resulted in the rapid expansion of our business, we do not have a long history upon which to base forecasts of customer renewal rates or future revenue. As a result, our future operating results may be significantly below the expectations of investors, which could harm the market price of our common stock.

We have a limited history with our subscription and pricing models and changes in our models could adversely affect our revenue, gross profit and financial position.

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices and contract length for our learning management platform and applications, in particular with Bridge, and as a result, we have in the past and expect in the future that we will need to change our pricing model or contract length from time to time. For example, in May 2015, we raised our subscription prices for Canvas for higher education institutions. As the market for our learning management platform and applications grows, as new competitors introduce new competitive applications or services, or as we enter into new international markets, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models we have historically used, or for contract lengths consistent with our historical averages. Pricing and contract length decisions may also impact the mix of adoption among our applications and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, larger organizations may demand substantial price concessions or shorter contract duration. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices or offer shorter contract durations, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross profit and financial position.

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors, which makes our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and we expect them to fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, our past results may not be indicative of our future performance, and comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risks described in this prospectus, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include:

 

    changes in spending on learning management systems by our current or prospective customers;

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    pricing our applications effectively so that we are able to attract and retain customers without compromising our operating results;

 

    attracting new customers and increasing our existing customers’ use of our applications;

 

    customer renewal rates and the amounts for which agreements are renewed;

 

    awareness of our brands;

 

    changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers and the introduction of new applications or application enhancements;

 

    changes to the commission plans, quotas and other compensation-related metrics for our sales representatives;

 

    the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development, sales and marketing expenses and employee benefit expenses;

 

    our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers on our platform and the introduction and adoption of our platform in new markets outside of the United States;

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including disruptions in our hosting network infrastructure and privacy and data security;

 

    foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

    general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets.

We may not be able to accurately forecast the amount and mix of future subscriptions, size or duration of contracts, revenue and expenses and, as a result, our operating results may fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors, or below any estimates we may provide, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Our business is subject to seasonal sales and customer growth fluctuations which could result in volatility in our operating results.

We have historically experienced a pattern of higher sales and new academic customers in the second and third quarters, as a result of school procurement periods, which are typically based on a fiscal year ending June 30. This has resulted in lower sequential sales and customer growth in the other quarters of the year. As we attempt to expand the number of our corporate customers, we may see changes to this pattern of seasonality. Seasonality may cause our sales and customer growth to vary from quarter-to-quarter depending on the variability in the volume and timing of sales and renewals. These factors, among other things, make forecasting more difficult and may adversely affect our ability to predict financial results accurately, which could result in volatility or adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We could lose revenue if there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of colleges, universities, schools and other education providers.

Our Canvas customers include colleges, universities, K-12 schools and other education providers, many of which depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, schools and other education providers could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of Canvas and related services, or decide not to renew their subscriptions, any of which could cause us to lose customers and revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for learning management systems could also cause us to lose customers and revenue.

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Because we generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

We offer our learning management platform and applications primarily through multi-year subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from agreements entered into during prior quarters or years. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter is not likely to be reflected immediately in our revenue results for that quarter. However, declines would negatively affect our revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our platform and applications, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue and deferred revenue balance through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Because we expense commissions associated with sales of our applications immediately upon the execution of a subscription agreement with a customer, our operating income in any period may not be indicative of our financial health and future performance.

We expense commissions paid to our sales personnel in the period in which we enter into an agreement for the sale of our applications. In contrast, we generally recognize the revenue associated with a sale of our applications ratably over the related subscription period. Although we believe higher sales is a positive indicator of the long-term health of our business, higher sales increases our operating expenses and could decrease earnings in any particular period. Thus, we may report poor operating results due to higher sales commissions in a period in which we experience strong sales of our applications. Alternatively, we may report better operating results due to the reduction of sales commissions in a period in which we experience a slowdown in sales. Therefore, you should not necessarily rely on our operating income during any one quarter as an indication of our financial health and potential future performance.

If the market for our applications develops more slowly than we expect, our growth may slow or stall, and our operating results would be harmed.

The market for learning management systems is still evolving, and we depend on continued growth of this market. We do not know whether the trend of adoption of cloud-based learning management systems we have experienced with our academic customers in the past will continue in the future. To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from Canvas. A critical factor for our continued growth is our ability to sell Canvas to new customers in K-12 and higher education. The adoption trend for our academic customers is subject to influence from federal, state and local policymakers. Historically, our corporate customers have licensed our Canvas application. To better meet the needs of the corporate market, we launched Bridge in February 2015. Given our limited history with corporate customers, we do not know whether companies will adopt cloud-based learning management systems, or what prices or contract terms to which they will agree. We will incur substantial operating costs, particularly in sales and marketing and research and development, in attempting to develop these markets. If the market for Canvas does not continue to grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, or if the market for Bridge does not develop as we anticipate, our operating results would be harmed.

If we fail to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, our ability to increase our customer base and increase the market share of our learning management platform and applications could be harmed.

To increase the number of customers and increase the market share of our learning management platform and applications, we will need to expand our sales and marketing operations, including our domestic and international sales force and international resellers. We will continue to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs. The effectiveness of our inbound sales and marketing has varied over time and, together with the effectiveness of any international resellers we may engage, may vary in the future. Our business

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

will be harmed if our efforts do not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

We face significant competition from both established and new companies offering learning management systems, which may harm our ability to gain new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

The learning management systems market is evolving, highly competitive and significantly fragmented, particularly in the K-12 and corporate markets. With the introduction of new technologies and the potential entry of new competitors into the market, we expect competition to persist and intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales, maintain or increase renewals and maintain our prices.

We face intense competition from other software companies that develop learning management systems. Canvas primarily competes with systems offered by Blackboard, Desire2Learn and Moodle in the education market. Bridge primarily competes with systems offered by Cornerstone OnDemand, Saba Software and SumTotal Systems (owned by Skillsoft) along with dozens of small, specialized systems for specific industries to large, generalized systems provided as part of a larger human resources management suite. Competition could significantly impede our ability to sell or renew subscriptions to our learning management platform and applications on terms favorable to us. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future applications less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if these competitors develop applications with similar or superior functionality to our software, we may need to decrease the prices or accept less favorable terms for our subscriptions in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our pricing due to competitive pressures, margins will be reduced and operating results will be negatively affected.

Current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than us, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their applications and services, have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships, and longer operating histories and greater name recognition than us. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. In a few cases, these vendors may also be able to offer additional software at little or no additional cost by bundling them with their existing suite of applications. To the extent any competitor has existing relationships with potential customers for other applications, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our software because of their existing relationships with the competitor. If we are unable to compete with such companies, the demand for our platform and applications could be adversely affected.

In addition, if one or more competitors were to merge or partner with another competitor, our ability to compete effectively could be adversely affected. Competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with current or future distribution or technology partners or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to sell our applications. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs or requirements, our learning management platform and applications may become less competitive.

Our future success depends on our ability to adapt and enhance our learning management platform and applications. To attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers, we need to continue to enhance and improve our application offerings, features and enhancements to meet customer needs at prices that our customers are willing to pay. Such efforts will require adding new functionality and responding to technological advancements, which will increase our research and development costs. If we are unable to develop

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

applications that address customers’ needs, or enhance and improve our platform in a timely manner, we may not be able to maintain or increase market acceptance of our platform and applications. Further, many of our competitors expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. If we fail to maintain adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors our business could be harmed. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our learning management platform and applications is provided via the internet, which, itself, was disruptive to the previous enterprise software model. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning management software and related applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely affect our ability to compete.

The length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our platform and applications could delay new sales and cause our revenue for any given quarter to fail to meet our estimates or market expectations.

The sales cycle between our initial contact with a potential customer and the signing of a license varies. As a result of the variability and length of the sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of sales. A delay in or failure to complete sales could harm our business and financial results, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from period to period. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in potential customers’ decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:

 

    customers’ budgetary constraints and priorities;

 

    the timing of customers’ budget cycles;

 

    the need by some customers for lengthy evaluations that often include both their administrators and faculties; and

 

    the length and timing of customers’ approval processes.

Potential customers typically conduct extensive and lengthy evaluations before committing to our applications and services and generally require us to expend substantial time, effort and money educating them as to the value of our offerings.

Our planned further expansion of our business outside the United States exposes us to risks associated with international operations.

Our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, 6% of our revenue was derived from outside the United States. We opened our international headquarters in London, England in June 2014 and have offices in Sydney, Australia and Hong Kong. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

 

    more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;

 

    technical or latency issues in delivering our platform and applications;

 

    dependence on certain third parties, including resellers with whom we do not have extensive experience;

 

    unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes or trade laws;

 

    differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

    difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distant workforce;

 

    difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;

 

    currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we choose to do so in the future;

 

    limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

    limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;

 

    political instability or terrorist activities;

 

    requirements to comply with foreign privacy and information security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

    likelihood of potential or actual violations of domestic and international anticorruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, or of U.S. and international export control and sanctions regulations, which likelihood may increase with an increase of sales or operations in foreign jurisdictions and operations in certain industries; and

 

    adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will be harmed.

If we fail to offer high-quality professional services and support, our business and reputation may suffer.

High-quality professional services and support, including training, implementation and consulting services, are important for the successful marketing, sale and use of our learning management platform and applications and for the renewal of existing customers. The importance of high-quality professional services and support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional functionality and services to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be harmed.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively or our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer.

Our employee base and operations have grown substantially in a relatively short period of time. Our full-time employee base grew from 401 employees as of June 30, 2014 to 651 employees as of June 30, 2015. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our operational, financial and management infrastructure. We anticipate further increases in headcount will be required to support increases in our application offerings and continued expansion. To manage this growth effectively, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management systems and controls by, among other things:

 

    effectively attracting, training and integrating a large number of new employees, particularly technical personnel and members of our management and sales teams;

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    further improving our key business systems, processes and information technology infrastructure to support our business needs;

 

    enhancing our information and communication systems to ensure that our employees are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and our customers; and

 

    improving our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely and accurate reporting of our operational and financial results.

If we fail to manage our expansion or implement new systems, or if we fail to implement improvements or maintain effective internal controls and procedures, costs and expenses may increase more than expected and we may not expand our customer base, increase renewal rates, enhance existing applications, develop new applications, satisfy customers, respond to competitive pressures, or otherwise execute our business plan. If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our operating results will be harmed.

We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team, including Joshua Coates, our Chief Executive Officer, and other key employees in the areas of engineering, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers and information technology personnel because of the complexity of our software, technologies and infrastructure. We may terminate any employee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause. We do not maintain any “key man” insurance for any employee. The loss of one or more of our key employees could harm our business.

If we fail to attract and retain additional qualified personnel we may be unable to execute our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled information technology, marketing, sales and operations professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the professionals we need, in particular in Utah, where we are headquartered. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications which may, among other things, impede our ability to execute our software development and sales strategies. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. If the price of our stock declines, or experiences significant volatility, our ability to attract or retain qualified employees will be adversely affected. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be harmed.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our company culture, which is based on dedication to customer experience, openness, ownership, trust, integrity, excellence and simplicity. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team within this company culture. If we fail to preserve our culture our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives could be harmed. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

difficult to maintain these important aspects of our company culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business may be harmed.

If we do not maintain the compatibility of our learning management platform with third-party applications that our customers use in their businesses or schools, our revenue will decline.

A significant percentage of our customers choose to integrate our learning management platform with certain capabilities of third-party publishers and software providers using application programming interfaces, or APIs. The functionality and popularity of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform with third-party applications and software. Third-party providers of applications may change the features of their applications and software, restrict our access to their applications and software or alter the terms governing use of their applications and access to those applications and software in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and software in conjunction with our learning management platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications and software that our customers utilize, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and adversely impact our business.

If our network or computer systems are breached or unauthorized access to customer data is otherwise obtained, our learning management platform and applications may be perceived as insecure and we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, our reputation may be damaged and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our learning management platform and applications involve the storage, transmission and processing of our customers’ data, including personal or identifying information regarding their students or employees. Cyber attacks and other malicious internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and cloud-based platform providers of software and services have been targeted. If any unauthorized access to or security breaches of our platform, or those of our service providers, occurs, or is believed to have occurred, such an event or perceived event could result in the loss of data, loss of intellectual property or trade secrets, loss of business, severe reputational or brand damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, and significant costs for remediation that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repair of system damage that may have been caused, incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach, and other liabilities. Additionally, any such event or perceived event could impact our reputation, harm customer confidence, hurt our sales and expansion into existing and new markets, or cause us to lose existing customers. We could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such actual or perceived breaches and to remediate our systems, we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability, and our ability to operate our business may be impaired. Additionally, actual, potential or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants.

In addition, if the security measures of our customers are compromised, even without any actual compromise of our own systems, we may face negative publicity or reputational harm if our customers or anyone else incorrectly attributes the blame for such security breaches to us or our systems. If customers believe that our platform and applications do not provide adequate security for the storage of personal or other sensitive information or its transmission over the internet, our business will be harmed. Customers’ concerns about security or privacy may deter them from using our platform for activities that involve personal or other sensitive information.

Our errors and omissions insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and claim expenses may not be sufficient to compensate for all liability. Although we maintain liability insurance for liabilities incurred as

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

a result of some security and privacy damages, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Because the techniques used and vulnerabilities exploited to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or vulnerabilities or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period.

Because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we make public statements in our privacy policies describing the security of our platform. Should any of these statements be untrue, become untrue, or be perceived to be untrue, even if through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims, including claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, brought by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, state, local, or foreign regulators, and private litigants.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our applications at any time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, distributed denial of service attacks, or other security related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our platform becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our learning management platform and applications are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our applications within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business will be harmed.

Moreover, our standard customer agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our platform. To the extent that our third-party service providers experience outages, or to the extent we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to offer our learning management platform and applications and subject us to possible litigation.

Our applications, in particular a substantial portion of Canvas, use “open source” software that we, in some cases, have obtained from third parties. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, certain open source licenses, like the GNU Affero General Public License, or AGPL, may require us to offer for no cost the components of our software that incorporate the open source software, to make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using the open source software, or to license our modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If we are required, under the terms of an open source license, to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public, our competitors could create similar applications with lower development effort and time, which ultimately could result in a loss of sales for us.

We may also face claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results, including being enjoined from the offering of the components of our software that contained the open source software. In addition, if the license terms for open source software that we use change, and we cannot continue to use the version of such software that we had been using, we may be forced to re-engineer our applications, incur additional costs, or discontinue the sale of applications or services if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis.

We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our applications. Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our applications to unintended conditions, few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our applications. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that will not subject us to liability, or in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures.

We make a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available under the terms of an open source license, and accept contributions of modifications to that source code, each of which could negatively affect our ability to offer our learning management platform and applications and subject us to possible litigation.

To promote our open platform philosophy, we make available a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available to the public on the “GitHub” platform for no charge, under the terms of the AGPL. An individual or entity with the appropriate technical and human resources may choose to use this open source version of Canvas to try to self-host the platform to avoid paying any fees to us. In addition, some individuals or entities may try to use the open source version of Canvas for commercial purposes and directly compete with us for customers. We are aware of a few entities that currently self-host the platform and are aware of some entities that are currently selling hosting and support services. If more customers decide to self-host or other entities use the base code to compete with us, we may experience lower revenue and our business may be harmed.

We accept modifications of the source code for Canvas from contributors who agree to the terms of our contributor agreement. Our contributor agreement provides for assignment of joint ownership in the copyright to the contribution, and a license to any patent rights of the contributor. Contributors must also represent that it is an original work and that the contribution does not violate any third-party intellectual property right. However, we cannot ensure that any of these contributions is free of all third-party rights and claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation. By incorporating any contribution into our code base, we may be subject to intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which as discussed elsewhere, are costly to defend and could require costly re-writing of our code base or licensing of replacement third-party solutions. Third party alternatives may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

Our business is dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and if we fail to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation, our business could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brands and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and to our ability to attract new customers. We also believe that our brands and reputation will be increasingly important as competition in our market continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

    the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

 

    our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and error- and bug-free applications;

 

    our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

 

    our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

 

    the quality and perceived value of our applications;

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    our ability to successfully differentiate our applications from those of our competitors;

 

    actions of competitors and other third parties;

 

    our ability to provide customer support and professional services;

 

    any misuse or perceived misuse of our applications;

 

    positive or negative publicity;

 

    interruptions, delays or attacks on our platform or applications; and

 

    litigation, legislative or regulatory-related developments.

If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be harmed.

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, our employees, our partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our applications and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

We rely upon Amazon Web Services to operate certain aspects of our service and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could impair our ability to deliver our learning management platform and applications to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business.

Amazon Web Services, or AWS, provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have architected our software and computer systems to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by AWS. Currently, our cloud service infrastructure is run on AWS. Given this, we cannot easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, so any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted. AWS provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. AWS may terminate the agreement without cause by providing 90 days prior written notice, and may terminate the agreement with 30 days prior written notice for cause, including any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the 30 day period. The agreement requires AWS to provide us their standard computing and storage capacity and related support in exchange for timely payment by us. If any of our arrangements with AWS is terminated, we could experience interruptions in our software as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.

We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS, located in various sites within the states of Virginia and Oregon. For international customers, we utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS located in Dublin, Ireland, Sydney, Australia and Singapore.

Our operations depend, in part, on AWS’s abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. Despite precautions taken at our data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are dependent on the continued availability of the internet and third-party computer and communications systems.

Our ability to provide our platform and applications to our customers depends on our ability to communicate with our customers through the public internet and third-party computer and communications systems. A severe disruption of one or more of these systems could impair our ability to process information, which could impede our ability to provide services to our customers, harm our reputation, result in a loss of customers harm our business and operating results.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our learning management platform or applications could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

We push updates to our platform on a frequent basis. Despite testing by us, errors, failures or bugs may not be found in our learning management platform or applications until after they are deployed to our customers. We have discovered and expect we will continue to discover software errors, failures and bugs in our learning management platform or applications and anticipate that certain of these errors, failures and bugs will only be discovered and remediated after deployment to customers. Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our platform and applications could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform and applications, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regular system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of defects or inaccuracies in the data we collect for our customers, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release of confidential data could cause our reputation to be harmed, and customers may elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us or we may incur increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could harm our operating results.

Because many of our customers use our applications to store and retrieve critical information, we may be subject to liability claims if our applications do not work properly. We cannot be certain that the limitations of liability set forth in our licenses and agreements would be enforceable or would otherwise protect us from liability for damages. A material liability claim against us, regardless of its merit or its outcome, could result in substantial costs, significantly harm our business reputation and divert management’s attention from our operations.

We are subject to governmental laws, regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

Personal privacy and information security are significant issues in the United States and the other jurisdictions where we offer our applications. The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including regulation by various government agencies, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and various state, local and foreign agencies. We collect personally identifiable information, or PII, and other data from our customers and users. We use this information to provide services to our customers and users and to support, expand and improve our business. We may also share customers’ or users’ PII with third parties as allowed by applicable law and agreements and authorized by the customer or as described in our privacy policy.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use and storage of PII. In the United States, the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws as imposing standards for the online collection, use and

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

dissemination of data. Furthermore, many states have recently enacted laws that apply directly to the operators of online services that are intended for K-12 school purposes that limit the collection, distribution, use and storage of student information that go beyond what may be applicable to other individuals. Many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the European Union, Canada, Australia and other relevant jurisdictions, have laws and regulations concerning the collection and use of PII obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the United States. Laws and regulations in these jurisdictions apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify or locate an individual, such as names, email addresses and, in some jurisdictions, Internet Protocol, or IP, addresses. In the European Union, where companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, Directive 95/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 October 1995 on the protection of individuals with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, commonly referenced as the Data Protection Directive, and EU member state implementations of the Data Protection Directive, require comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to PII, collected about them.

We have in the past relied on adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the European Union and Switzerland, which established a means for legitimating the transfer of PII by U.S. companies doing business in Europe from the European Economic Area to the U.S. As a result of the October 6, 2015 European Union Court of Justice, or ECJ, opinion in Case C-362/14 (Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner) regarding the adequacy of the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, the U.S. – EU Safe Harbor Framework is no longer deemed to be a valid method of compliance with restrictions set forth in the Data Protection Directive (and member states’ implementations thereof) regarding the transfer of data outside of the European Economic Area. In light of the ECJ opinion in Case C-362/14, we anticipate engaging in efforts to legitimize data transfers from the European Economic Area. We may be unsuccessful in establishing legitimate means of transferring data from the European Economic Area, we may experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our services due to the potential risk exposure to such customers as a result of the ECJ ruling, and we and our customers are at risk of enforcement actions taken by an EU data protection authority until such point in time that we ensure that all data transfers to us from the European Economic Area are legitimized. We may find it necessary to establish systems to maintain EU-origin data in the European Economic Area, which may involve substantial expense and distraction from other aspects of our business. We publicly post our privacy policies and practices concerning our processing, use and disclosure of PII. Our publication of our privacy policy and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices.

Although we are working to comply with those federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations that apply to us, those laws, regulations, standards and obligations are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another, other requirements or legal obligations, our practices or the features of our applications or platform. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of PII or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations, or other legal obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business.

We also expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, the European Union and other

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our or our customers’ ability to collect, use or disclose information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our applications, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Such laws and regulations may require companies to implement privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use PII for certain purposes. In addition, a foreign government could require that any PII collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we are not currently equipped to comply with such a requirement. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of certain technologies that track individuals’ activities on web pages or that record when individuals click through to an internet address contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could require us to change features of our software or restrict our customers’ ability to collect and use email addresses, page viewing data and personal information, which may reduce demand for our software. If we fail to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulations our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals could be harmed.

We also may find it necessary or desirable to join industry or other self-regulatory bodies or other privacy- or data protection-related organizations that require compliance with their rules pertaining to privacy and data protection. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use and disclosure of personal, financial and other data.

We are subject to contractual clauses that require us to comply with certain provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and we are subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and if we fail to comply with these laws, our reputation and business could be harmed.

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, generally prohibits educational institutions that receive federal funding from disclosing PII from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. Through Canvas, our academic learning management application, our customers and users disclose to us certain information that may originate from or comprise a student education record, as the term is defined under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions, we are often subject to contractual clauses that impose restrictions derived from FERPA on our ability to collect, process, transfer, disclose, and store student data, under which we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any PII from a student record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate our obligations to any of our educational institution customers relating to the privacy of student records subject to FERPA, such a violation could constitute material breach of contract with one or more of our customers and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in a manner that results in a violation of FERPA by one of our educational customers, the U.S. Department of Education could require that customer to suspend our access to the customer’s student information that is covered under FERPA for a period of at least five years.

We are subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA, which applies to operators of commercial websites and online services directed to U.S. children under the age of 13 that collect personal information from children, and to operators of general audience websites with actual knowledge that they are collecting information from U.S. children under the age of 13. Canvas is directed, in part, at children under the age of 13. Through Canvas and other means, we collect certain personal information, including names and email addresses from children. COPPA is subject to interpretation by courts and other governmental authorities, including the FTC, and the FTC is authorized to promulgate, and has promulgated, revisions to regulations implementing provisions of COPPA, and provides non-binding interpretive guidance regarding COPPA that changes periodically with little or no public notice. Although we strive to ensure that our platform and applications are compliant with applicable COPPA provisions, these provisions may be modified, interpreted, or

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

applied in new manners that we may be unable to anticipate or prepare for appropriately, and we may incur substantial costs or expenses in attempting to modify our systems, platform, applications, or other technology to address changes in COPPA or interpretations thereof. If we fail to accurately anticipate the application, interpretation or legislative expansion of COPPA we could be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and we could be in breach of our customer contracts and our customers could lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and business.

Third-party claims that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or require us to expensive licenses, and our business could be harmed.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the software industry must often defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Third parties, including our competitors, may own patents or other intellectual property rights that cover aspects of our technology or business methods and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights within the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our services or software and underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. Claims of intellectual property infringement might require us to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party’s rights, redesign our application, which could require significant effort and expense, and cause delays of releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our software. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, we could be forced to limit or stop selling our software, we may not be able to meet our obligations to customers under our customer contracts, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted, and we may be unable to compete effectively. Additionally, our customers may not purchase our learning management applications if they are concerned that they may infringe third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may harm our business.

In our subscription agreements with our customers, we generally agree to indemnify our customers against any losses or costs incurred in connection with claims by a third party alleging that the customer’s use of our services or software infringes the intellectual property rights of the third party. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may seek indemnification from us. If any claim is successful, or if we are required to indemnify or defend our customers from any of these or other claims, these matters could be disruptive to our business and management and result in additional legal expenses.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We do not own any patents and we rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our applications and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Any of our trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

applications and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our offerings may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Our corporate name and the name of our platform and applications have not been trademarked in each market where we operate and plan to operate. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties. Effective copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our platform and applications are available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. To the extent we expand our international operations, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our technology and proprietary information may increase. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our technology and intellectual property.

Although we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our applications and proprietary information or prevent reverse engineering. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our software and offerings, and we may be unable to prevent this competition.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management and technical personnel from our business and adversely affect our business. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation, could delay further sales or the implementation of our software and offerings, impair the functionality of our software and offerings, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our software and offerings, or injure our reputation.

We could face liability, or our reputation might be harmed, as a result of the activities of our customers or users, the content in our platform or the data they store on our servers.

As a provider of cloud-based learning management software, we may be subject to potential liability for the activities of our customers or users on or in connection with the data they store on our servers. Although our customer terms of use prohibit illegal use of our services by our customers and permit us to take down content or take other appropriate actions for illegal use, customers may nonetheless engage in prohibited activities or upload or store content with us in violation of applicable law or the customer’s own policies, which could subject us to liability or harm our reputation.

Various U.S. federal statutes may apply to us with respect to various customer activities. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998, or DMCA, provides recourse for owners of copyrighted material who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the internet. Under the DMCA, based on our current business activity as an internet service provider that does not own or control website content posted by our customers, we generally are not liable for infringing content posted by our customers or other third parties, provided that we follow the procedures for handling copyright infringement claims set forth in the DMCA. Generally, if we receive a proper notice from, or on behalf, of a copyright owner alleging infringement of copyrighted material located on websites we host, and we fail to expeditiously remove or disable access to the allegedly infringing material or otherwise fail to meet the requirements of the safe harbor provided by the DMCA, the copyright owner may seek to impose liability on us. Technical mistakes in complying with the

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

detailed DMCA take-down procedures, or if we fail to otherwise comply with the other requirements of the safe harbor, could subject us to liability for copyright infringement.

Although statutes and case law in the United States have generally shielded us from liability for customer activities to date, court rulings in pending or future litigation may narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing these activities are unsettled in many international jurisdictions, or may prove difficult or impossible for us to comply with in some international jurisdictions. Also, notwithstanding the exculpatory language of these bodies of law, we may become involved in complaints and lawsuits which, even if ultimately resolved in our favor, add cost to our doing business and may divert management’s time and attention. Finally, other existing bodies of law, including the criminal laws of various states, may be deemed to apply or new statutes or regulations may be adopted in the future, any of which could expose us to further liability and increase our costs of doing business.

Additionally, our customers could use our platform or applications to store or process PII, including sensitive PII, without our knowledge of such storage or processing. In the event that our systems experience a data security incident, or an individual or entity accesses information without, or in excess of, proper authorization, we could be subject to data security incident notification laws, as described elsewhere, which may require prompt remediation and notification to individuals. If we are unaware of the data and information stored on our systems, we may be unable to appropriately comply with all legal obligations, and we may be exposed to governmental enforcement or prosecution actions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and these incidents could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and business.

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and may divert management’s attention and if unsuccessful, harm our business.

We may choose to expand by making acquisitions that could be material to our business. To date, we have only completed one acquisition and our ability as an organization to successfully acquire and integrate technologies or businesses is unproven and limited. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

 

    an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

    we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

    an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;

 

    an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company we acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

    we may encounter difficulties in, or may be unable to, successfully sell any acquired products;

 

    an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;

 

    challenges inherent in effectively managing an increased number of employees in diverse locations;

 

    the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

    potential known and unknown liabilities associated with an acquired company;

 

    our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    if we incur debt to fund such acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business as well as financial maintenance covenants;

 

    the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets or goodwill in future acquisitions;

 

    to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity or equity-linked securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease; and

 

    managing the varying intellectual property protection strategies and other activities of an acquired company.

We may not succeed in addressing these or other risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the integration of any acquired business. The inability to integrate successfully the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any acquired business, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could harm our business and operating results.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and if we fail to raise capital when needed, we could be prevented from growing.

Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we anticipate. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to support our planned operations for at least the next 12 months, in the future, we may need to raise additional funds to invest in future growth opportunities. Additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business and operating results. If we incur debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets. In addition, our credit facility imposes, and future debt instruments may impose, restrictions on our ability to dispose property, make changes in our business, engage in mergers or acquisitions, incur additional indebtedness, and make investments and distributions. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. As a result, stockholders bear the risk that future securities offerings reduce the market price of our common stock and dilute their interest.

We may be subject to additional obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could harm our business.

State, local and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our learning management software in various jurisdictions is unclear. Further, these jurisdictions’ rules regarding tax nexus are complex and vary significantly. As a result, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits, and our liability for these taxes and associated penalties could exceed our original estimates. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales, use, value added or other taxes in those jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for such taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our application or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could increase the costs of learning management software and adversely impact our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. These events could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts deemed to be due. If we raise our prices to offset the costs of these changes, existing and potential future customers may elect not to continue or purchase our learning management platform or applications in the future. Additionally, new, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our software. Any or all of these events could harm our business and operating results.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could harm our liquidity and operating results. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could adversely affect our operating results.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

There has been no prior market for our common stock and an active market may not develop or be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable, which could adversely affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of our common stock.

Our stock price may be volatile and may decline regardless of our operating performance.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The trading prices of the securities of technology companies, including providers of cloud-based software, have been highly volatile. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results, including as a result of the addition or loss of any number of customers;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

    failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in ratings and financial estimates and the publication of other news by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of cloud-based software or other technology companies, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    the size of our public float;

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the trading of our common stock and in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business or industry, including data privacy and data security;

 

    lawsuits threatened or filed against us for claims relating to intellectual property, employment issues or otherwise;

 

    changes in our board of directors or management;

 

    short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving our common stock;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders; and

 

    other events or factors, including changes in general economic, industry and market conditions and trends, as well as any natural disasters that may affect our operations.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies.

In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management and harm our business.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, we will have          outstanding shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering will be immediately freely tradable, unless held by an affiliate, and all of the remaining shares of common stock will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold after the offering as described in the section of this prospectus titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

In addition, in connection with this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately             shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act in the case of our affiliates.

Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 27,246,852 shares of common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register these

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shares for resale, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline.

The concentration of our stock ownership will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters, including the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

Based upon shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015 prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors and the holders of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, in the aggregate, beneficially owned approximately 87.5% of our common stock, and upon the closing of this offering, that same group, in the aggregate, will beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, and after giving effect to the issuance of shares in this offering. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have significant influence over all matters that require approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Corporate actions might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company that other stockholders may view as beneficial.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. In addition, if our operating results fail to meet the forecast of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, research and development activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for acquisitions of, or investments in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. Until we use the net proceeds from this offering, we plan to invest them, and these investments may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced financial disclosure obligations,

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. However, we are electing not to take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. If we take advantage of any of these reduced reporting burdens in future filings, the information that we provide our security holders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will incur greater legal, accounting and other expenses than we incurred as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers. After we are no longer an emerging growth company, or sooner if we choose not to take advantage of certain exemptions set forth in the JOBS Act, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge.

If we do not continue to develop effective internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and our business could be harmed.

We and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, it was determined that we did not have adequate processes and resources to evaluate significant or unusual transactions. As a result, we were required to make post-closing adjustments to record stock-based compensation and deemed dividends, resulting from the sale of

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stock by current and former employees and an investor to other holders of preferred stock for a price that exceeded the fair value. Furthermore, we were required to make post-closing adjustments to record leasehold improvements and lease incentives that were improperly netted on the balance sheets.

We subsequently took steps to remediate this material weakness, including increasing the depth and experience within our accounting and finance organization, designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls, and retaining outside consultants with deep technical expertise. While we believe that we have remediated the material weakness as of December 31, 2014, and did not identify any material weaknesses in the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, our efforts to remediate may not be effective or prevent any future material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning in 2016, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm potentially to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404. However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an emerging growth company. When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Investor perceptions of our company may suffer if material weaknesses are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our common stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could harm our operating results and reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law might discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could depress the trading price of our common stock by acting to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our management that the stockholders of our company may deem advantageous. These provisions:

 

    authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares to discourage a takeover attempt;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent, which requires all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

    prohibit stockholders from calling a special meeting of our stockholders;

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Additionally, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder and which may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company.

Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officer and other employees. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business and financial condition.

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors that could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

    our ability to grow and retain our customer base, both domestically and internationally;

 

    our ability to provide effective customer support and induce our customers to renew and upgrade their subscriptions;

 

    our ability to expand our sales organization to address effectively the new industries, geographies and types of organizations we intend to target;

 

    our ability to forecast and maintain an adequate rate of revenue growth and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

    our ability to displace existing products addressing learning management applications, along with continued acceptance of SaaS as an effective method for delivering our applications;

 

    the effects of seasonal and cyclical trends on our results of operations;

 

    the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

    our ability to protect and enhance our brands and intellectual property;

 

    costs related to defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;

 

    the effects of increased competition and alternatives to our platform and applications and our ability to successfully differentiate our platform and applications;

 

    our expectations concerning our relationships and actions with third parties;

 

    future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes in our industry; and

 

    future arrangements with, or investments in, other entities or associations, products, services or technologies.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources including the independent industry publications set forth below, and is subject to a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from the industry publication and other third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. The content of the below sources, except to the extent specifically set forth in this prospectus, does not constitute a portion of this prospectus and are not incorporated herein.

 

    ECAR The Current Ecosystem of Learning Management Systems in Higher Education: Student, Faculty, and IT Perspectives (September 2014)

 

    IDC Worldwide and U.S. Human Capital Management Applications 2015-2019 Forecast (June 2015)

 

    MarketsandMarkets Learning Management Systems (LMS) Market: Worldwide Market Forecasts and Analysis (2013-2018) (October 2013)

 

    Brandon Hall Group LMS Trends 2014: Satisfaction and Spending (February 2014)

The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) by 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, research and development activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We expect to use a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering to fund the expansion of our business, including expanding our direct sales organization and marketing programs, particularly for corporate customers, and making investments in our research and development teams to support the development of new applications and new features for, and enhancements of, our existing applications. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending these uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds that we receive in this offering in short-term and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade investments, certificates of deposit, or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The terms of our credit facility also restrict our ability to pay dividends, and we may also enter into debt instruments in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial condition.

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, to reflect (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,465,711 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and (ii) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, to further reflect the sale by us of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,608      $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: 22,629,937 shares authorized and 22,465,711 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 93,770      $         $     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; and              shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

            

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 39,900,000 shares authorized, 11,400,351 shares issued and 9,707,643 shares outstanding, actual;              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and              shares authorized and              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Treasury stock, 1,692,708 common shares, at cost

     (1     

Additional paid-in capital

     20,590        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (1     

Accumulated deficit

     (120,567     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (99,978     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (6,208   $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 32,173,354 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and excludes:

 

    5,467,958 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.51 per share;

 

    155,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.41 per share;

 

    974,896 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the closing of the offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 was $         million, or $         per share, which gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 22,465,711 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

After giving effect to the sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015, would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         per share and decrease the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $         per share and increase the dilution to new investors by $         per share, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares to cover over-allotments is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $         per share, and immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2015, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above:

 

    the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering;

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the total consideration paid to us by our existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

 

    the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

     32,173,354                $                  $            

New investors

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The tables and calculations above are based on 32,173,354 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, and exclude:

 

    5,467,958 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.51 per share;

 

    155,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants as of June 30, 2015, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.41 per share;

 

    974,896 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will cease to be available for issuance at the time our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering;

 

    3,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and

 

    500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan, which will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $         million assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

To the extent any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options and warrants as of June 30, 2015 were exercised, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own     % and new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012 has been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
          (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

Revenue:

       

Subscription and support

  $ 7,403      $ 22,456      $ 38,093      $ 15,724      $ 25,948   

Professional services and other

    1,371        3,599        6,259        2,452        4,554   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    8,774        26,055        44,352        18,176        30,502   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

       

Subscription and support (1)

    4,346        8,581        12,131        5,086        7,613   

Professional services and other (1)

    2,748        2,039        2,982        1,118        2,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue (1)

    7,094        10,620        15,113        6,204        10,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,680        15,435        29,239        11,972        20,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Sales and marketing (1)

    11,912        20,702        35,390        14,191        25,131   

Research and development (1)

    4,698        11,242        21,290        7,812        10,916   

General and administrative (1)

    3,411        5,321        11,268        4,183        13,969   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    20,021        37,265        67,948        26,186        50,016   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (18,341     (21,830     (38,709     (14,214     (29,957
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

       

Interest income

    8        22        32        28        7   

Interest expense

    (7     (150     (136     (57     (44

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (199     (545     (2,518     (1,391     (527

Other income (expense), net

    3        4        (39     14        (109
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (195     (669     (2,661     (1,406     (673
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (18,536     (22,499     (41,370     (15,620     (30,630

Income tax expense

                  (57            (14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (18,536   $ (22,499   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (30,644
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
          (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Deemed dividends to investors

  $      $ (353   $      $      $ (632
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (18,536   $ (22,852   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (31,276
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

  $ (3.57   $ (4.05   $ (4.98   $ (2.04   $ (3.33
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders (2)

    5,185        5,642        8,312        7,656        9,392   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (2)

      $ (1.37     $ (0.98
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited) (2)

        30,218          31,858   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012      2013      2014          2014              2015      
                          (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

              

Subscription and support

   $ 7       $ 28       $ 258       $ 10       $ 57   

Professional services and other

     5         8         39         13         58   

Sales and marketing

     473         1,597         2,877         103         422   

Research and development

     442         1,585         3,971         160         527   

General and administrative

     910         374         1,053         205         5,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 1,837       $ 3,592       $ 8,198       $ 491       $ 6,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic, diluted and pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
June 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,138      $ 43,915      $ 13,608   

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue

     22,023        47,440        35,733   

Total assets

     41,169        67,026        61,708   

Deferred revenue

     19,466        31,954        45,793   

Total liabilities

     35,155        53,568        67,916   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     49,092        88,989        93,770   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (43,078     (75,531     (99,978

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-GAAP Financial Measure

In addition to our results determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measure is useful in evaluating our operating performance. We regularly review the measure set forth below as we evaluate our business.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Other Financial Data:

          

Non-GAAP operating loss (1)

   $ (16,286   $ (17,704   $ (29,280   $ (13,721   $ (21,939

 

(1) We define non-GAAP operating loss as operating loss before stock-based compensation, payroll tax expense on secondary stock purchase transactions and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles.

We believe non-GAAP operating loss provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations. We believe non-GAAP operating loss is useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry, as this metric generally eliminates the effects of certain items that may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. We use non-GAAP operating loss in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

Our definition may differ from the definitions used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. In addition, other companies may not publish this or similar metrics. Thus, our non-GAAP operating loss should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

We compensate for these limitations by providing investors and other users of our financial information, reconciliations of non-GAAP operating loss to the related GAAP financial measure, loss from operations. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view non-GAAP operating loss in conjunction with the related GAAP financial measure.

The following table provides a reconciliation of loss from operations to non-GAAP operating loss:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2014     2015  
    

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

Loss from operations

   $ (18,341   $ (21,830   $ (38,709   $ (14,214   $ (29,957

Stock-based compensation

     1,837        3,592        8,198        491        6,687   

Payroll tax expense on secondary stock purchase transactions

     218        534        1,225               1,327   

Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles

                   6        2        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating loss

   $ (16,286   $ (17,704   $ (29,280   $ (13,721   $ (21,939
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We provide an innovative, cloud-based learning management platform for academic institutions and companies worldwide. We built our learning management applications, Canvas, for the education market, and Bridge, for the corporate market, to enable our customers to easily develop, deliver and manage engaging face-to-face and online learning experiences. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality with the reliability, security, scalability and support required by our customers.

We offer our platform through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, business model. Customers can rapidly deploy our applications with minimal upfront implementation. Customers also benefit from automatic software updates with virtually no downtime. Our SaaS business model substantially reduces the need for our customers to buy and support a broad range of IT infrastructure, and significantly reduces the cost, complexity and disruptions associated with implementations and upgrades of on-premise software.

We were founded in 2008, and in 2011, we launched Canvas, with the goal to make teaching and learning easier. Initially, we focused on the U.S. education market, targeting colleges and universities. In 2012, we expanded our focus to include the K-12 market in the United States. We opened our international headquarters in London, England in June 2014 and have offices in Sydney, Australia and Hong Kong. To date, a substantial majority of our revenue has been derived from our sales of Canvas to the U.S. education market. While our initial efforts were focused on the education market, we discovered that companies also needed a cloud-based learning management platform to enable them to better train their employees. Our initial corporate customers licensed Canvas for this purpose. In February 2015, we launched Bridge to enable companies to further realize the benefits of our cloud-based platform with an application specifically designed to address their needs. As a result of its recent launch, we have not yet generated significant sales of Bridge.

We sell our applications and services primarily through a direct sales force and we engage in a variety of traditional and online marketing activities designed to provide sales lead generation, sales support and market awareness. A majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts. This approach to wide initial deployments allows us to efficiently and broadly promote adoption and utilization of Canvas by students and faculty. Our corporate customers generally implement Canvas, and now Bridge, by way of initial deployments across a functional area, before purchasing additional seats and expanding within the organization. We believe there is a significant opportunity to continue to penetrate our existing corporate customers and expand the use of Bridge within these customers.

As of June 30, 2015, we have grown to serve more than 1,400 customers, representing colleges, universities, K-12 school districts, and companies in more than 25 countries. Our customers range from a single school to large corporations and academic institutions and accordingly our total contract values range from thousands of dollars to several million dollars. We generally define a customer as an entity with a subscription contract as of the measurement date. In situations where there is a single contract that applies to entities with multiple subsidiaries or divisions, universities, or governmental organizations, only the entity that has contracted for our platform is counted as a customer. For example, a contracting school district is counted as a single customer even

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

though the school district encompasses multiple schools. In 2014, no single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue.

Our subscription fee includes the use of our platform and our technical support and is based on the number of users. We also generate revenue from training, implementation services and other types of professional services. We have experienced net revenue retention rates of over 100% at each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. For 2012, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $8.8 million, $26.1 million and $44.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 197% and 70%. For 2012, 2013 and 2014, our net losses were $18.5 million, $22.5 million and $41.4 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our revenue was $30.5 million and we incurred a net loss of $30.6 million.

Our Business Model

Since we introduced Canvas in February 2011, we have grown to over 1,400 customers as of June 30, 2015. Our business model focuses on maximizing the lifetime value of a customer relationship and we continue to make significant investments in order to grow our customer base. These investments include significant upfront costs, including direct sales and marketing expenses, such as sales commissions, and costs related to initial training, implementation and consulting services, which are generally expensed in the period incurred. The majority of our sales and marketing costs are related to the acquisition of new customers. However, due to our subscription model, we recognize revenue ratably over the term of the subscription period. As a result, the profitability of a customer to our business in any particular period, depends in part upon how long a customer has been a subscriber. In general, the associated upfront costs with respect to new customers is higher in the first year than the aggregate revenue we recognize from those new customers in the first year, even after the recognition of professional services revenue. We believe that, over time, as our customer base grows and a relatively higher percentage of our revenue is attributable to renewals versus new customers or upsells to existing customers, associated sales and marketing and other allocated upfront costs as a percentage of revenue will decrease.

To provide a better understanding of our business model, we are providing our calculation of contribution margin percentage for the six months ended June 30, 2015 for a set of customer cohorts. Each cohort is comprised of the customers who commenced their application subscriptions in a particular year. As we introduced Canvas in February 2011, 2011 comprises the earliest customer cohort. We believe this cohort analysis will help investors understand the potential long-term value of our customers.

We define contribution margin for a period as the revenue recognized from the customer cohort in such period less the estimated, allocated variable costs for the period associated with such revenue. The costs allocated to customers include personnel costs associated with the sales and marketing teams that support the customer, such as salaries, commissions and allocated management overhead expenses. As the majority of our sales and marketing costs are related to the acquisition of new customers, these costs are mainly allocated to the newest cohort in a given period. Costs allocated to customers also include the costs associated with use of our technology infrastructure and web hosting, and personnel costs associated with operations, professional services and customer success teams that support the customer. These costs are allocated based on usage, number of support tickets and overall support provided. Personnel costs exclude stock-based compensation expense. In addition, we exclude all research and development and general and administrative expenses from this analysis because these expenses support the growth of our business generally. We define contribution margin percentage as contribution margin divided by revenue associated with such cohort in a given period.

The following table shows contribution margin percentage of each customer cohort during the six months ended June 30, 2015:

 

     Customer Cohort  
     2011     2012     2013     2014     2015  

Contribution margin

     54     61     63     49     (363 )% 

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The contribution margin of our customer cohorts will fluctuate from one period to another depending upon the number of customers remaining in each cohort, upsells of additional features and applications, and changes in customer subscription fees, as well as changes in our variable costs. We may not experience similar financial outcomes from new future customers who subscribe to our applications. We do not yet have enough operating history to measure the lifetime of our customer relationships. Therefore, we cannot predict the average duration of a customer relationship in any of the above cohorts.

The allocated expenses or relationship of revenue to variable costs is not necessarily indicative of future performance and we cannot predict whether future contribution margin analyses will be similar to the above analysis. Other companies may calculate contribution margin differently than our chosen method and, therefore, may not be directly comparable. We have not yet achieved profitability, and even if our revenue exceeds these variable costs over time, we may not be able to achieve and maintain profitability.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Investment in Sales and Marketing Organization

We continue to invest in our sales and marketing organization to drive additional revenue and support the growth of our customer base. Any investments we make in our sales and marketing organization will occur in advance of experiencing any benefits from such investments, so it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas. We plan to continue to expand sales and marketing to grow our customer base and increase sales to existing customers. This expansion is expected to include adding sales personnel and expanding our marketing activities to continue to generate additional leads and build brand awareness.

We intend to expand and continue to invest in our international sales and marketing organization, which we believe will be an important factor in our continued growth. As we grow internationally, we may use reseller partnerships as needed to penetrate new markets. In 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015, 4% and 6%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from outside the United States. Our international operations are relatively new and we have limited experience operating in international markets, which increases the risk that our international expansion efforts may not be successful.

Investment in Technology

We have aggressively invested, and intend to continue to invest, in developing technology to support our growth. We expect our research and development expenses to increase as we expand headcount. While we invest heavily in research and development, we have also built a foundation for innovation through our approach to the learning management system as a learning platform. However, our investments in research and development may result in enhancements or new applications that may not achieve market adoption, are more expensive to develop than anticipated, may take longer to generate revenue or may generate less revenue than we anticipate.

Net Revenue Retention Rate

We calculate our net revenue retention rate by dividing the total revenue obtained from a particular customer in a given month by the total revenue from that customer from the same month in the immediately preceding year. This calculation contemplates all changes to revenue for the designated customer, which includes customer terminations, changes in quantities of users, changes in pricing, additional applications purchased or applications no longer used. We calculate the net revenue retention for our entire customer base at a given point in time. We believe our net revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of customer agreements and our ability to retain our customers. Our net revenue retention rate was over 100% at each of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and at each of June 30, 2014 and 2015.

 

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of SaaS fees from customers accessing our learning management systems and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services.

Subscription revenue is derived from customers using our cloud-based learning platform and is driven primarily by the number of customers, the number of users at each customer, the price of our applications, and to a lesser extent historically, renewal rates. Support revenue is derived from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fee. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and five years. Subscriptions and support are non-cancelable and are billed in advance on an annual basis. All subscription and support fees billed are initially recorded in deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the subscription term. Amounts that have not been billed are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

Professional services and other revenue are derived primarily from implementation, training, and other consulting fees. Our standard implementation takes anywhere from 30 to 90 days depending on customer-side complexity and timelines. It includes regularly scheduled and highly-structured activities to ensure customers progress toward actually using our applications. Most of these interactions take place over the phone and through the use of web meeting technology. Implementation revenue is recorded over the longer of the contract term or the estimated customer life.

We include training with every implementation and offer additional training for a fee. The training offered is focused on creating confidence among users so they can be successful with our applications. Most training is performed remotely using web meeting technology. Because we have an established standalone value, we record training revenue upon the delivery of the training.

In addition to our implementation and training offerings, we provide consulting services for custom application development, integrations, content services and change management consulting. These services are architected to boost customer adoption of our applications and to drive usage of features and capabilities that are unique to our company. We have an established standalone value for these services. In situations where we are unable to utilize the proportional performance method, for example due to either the lack of adequate documentation of time incurred or to be incurred, we recognize revenue based on the milestone method if individual milestones with substantive value to the customer exist. If neither of these two methods is able to be utilized, revenue recognition is deferred until the contract is completed.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription and support revenue consists primarily of the costs of our managed hosting provider and other third-party service providers, employee-related costs including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our operations and customer support teams, amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which we define as rent, facilities and costs related to information technology, or IT.

Cost of professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, benefits, travel, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead costs.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including sales commissions and incentives, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, marketing programs, including lead generation, costs of our annual InstructureCon user conference and allocated overhead costs. We immediately expense sales commissions related to acquiring new customers and upsells from existing customers. We expect sales and marketing expenses will increase as a result of hiring net new quota-carrying sales representatives inside and outside the United States, adding to the marketing staff and expanding our annual InstructureCon user conference and potentially adding other annual conferences. Over time, we expect sales and marketing expenses will decline as a percentage of total revenue.

Research and Development . Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our development team, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense and allocated overhead costs. We capitalize certain software development costs that are attributable to developing new applications, features and adding incremental functionality to our platform and amortize such costs as costs of subscription revenue over the estimated life of the new application or incremental functionality, which is generally three years. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to increase the functionality of our software platform.

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs and related expenses for executive, finance, legal, human resources, recruiting, employee-related information technology, administrative personnel, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense; professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services; and allocated overhead costs. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis but decrease as a percentage of total revenue as we focus on processes, systems and controls to enable our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business. We also anticipate increases to general and administrative expenses as we incur the costs of compliance associated with being a publicly-traded company, including legal, audit and consulting fees.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense and the change in fair value of warrant liability which is subject to mark-to-market adjustments as of each reporting period. In February 2015, preferred stock warrants were exercised which resulted in the reclassification of the warrant liability of $3.9 million to additional paid-in capital. We have historically had a minimal amount of debt outstanding on which we pay interest. As we have expanded our international operations our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased.

Income Tax Expense

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory tax rates different from those in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income and changes in tax laws.

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth certain consolidated financial data in dollar amounts and as a percentage of total revenue.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

   $ 22,456      $ 38,093      $ 15,724      $ 25,948   

Professional services and other

     3,599        6,259        2,452        4,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     26,055        44,352        18,176        30,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     8,581        12,131        5,086        7,613   

Professional services and other

     2,039        2,982        1,118        2,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     10,620        15,113        6,204        10,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,435        29,239        11,972        20,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     20,702        35,390        14,191        25,131   

Research and development

     11,242        21,290        7,812        10,916   

General and administrative

     5,321        11,268        4,183        13,969   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37,265        67,948        26,186        50,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,830     (38,709     (14,214     (29,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     22        32        28        7   

Interest expense

     (150     (136     (57     (44

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (545     (2,518     (1,391     (527

Other income (expense), net

     4        (39     14        (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (669     (2,661     (1,406     (673
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,499     (41,370     (15,620     (30,630

Income tax expense

            (57            (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (22,499   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (30,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     86     86     87     85

Professional services and other

     14        14        13        15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     33        27        28        25   

Professional services and other

     8        7        6        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     41        34        34        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     59        66        66        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     79        80        78        82   

Research and development

     43        48        43        36   

General and administrative

     20        25        23        46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     142        153        144        164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (83     (87     (78     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     0        0        0        0   

Interest expense

     (1     0        (0     (0

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (2     (6     (8     (2

Other income (expense), net

     0        0        0        (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (3     (6     (8     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (86     (93     (86     (100

Income tax expense

            0               (0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (86 )%      (93 )%      (86 )%      (100 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
     2014      2015      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription and support

   $ 15,724       $ 25,948       $ 10,224         65

Professional services and other

     2,452         4,554         2,102         86   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 18,176       $ 30,502       $ 12,326         68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription and support revenue increased $10.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in the total number of customers, which grew from approximately 750 as of June 30, 2014 to over 1,400 as of June 30, 2015.

Professional services and other revenue increased $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in new customers and the sale of premium implementations, which include additional professional services and onsite training.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
         2014             2015         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

         

Subscription and support

   $ 5,086      $ 7,613      $ 2,527         50

Professional services and other

     1,118        2,830        1,712         153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 6,204      $ 10,443      $ 4,239         68  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin percentage:

         

Subscription and support revenue

     68     71     

Professional services and other

     54        38        

Total gross margin

     66        66        

Total cost of revenue increased $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, web hosting costs and amortization of developed technology. Total gross margin remained constant as the impact of improved leverage of our web hosting costs relative to the growth in subscription and support revenue was offset by higher costs of professional services and other revenue.

Subscription and support cost of revenue increased $2.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, web hosting and third-party software license costs, amortization of developed technology and overhead allocations. Employee-related costs increased $1.2 million as we continued to grow our customer support organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Web hosting and third-party software license costs increased $1.0 million due to the increase in total customers. Amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $0.2 million due to the continued development of our software platform. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.1 million primarily due to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment.

Professional services and other costs of revenue increased $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, travel costs, outside contractors and overhead allocations. Employee-related costs increased $1.3 million as we continued to grow our professional services organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Travel costs increased $0.2 million as our premium implementations provided for onsite training. Outside contractor costs increased $0.1 due to an increase in seasonal demand for training and professional services. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.1 million primarily due to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
     2014      2015      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 14,191       $ 25,131       $ 10,940         77

Sales and marketing expenses increased $10.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs and sales commissions, expansion of marketing programs to new international and corporate markets, travel, overhead allocations and third-party services. Employee-related costs and sales commissions increased $7.9 million as a result of the hiring of additional employees and growth in our customer base. Marketing program costs increased $2.1 million as we launched Bridge in February 2015, expanded into international markets, and increased attendance at InstructureCon, our annual user conference.

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Travel and other costs increased $0.9 million as we continued to expand our sales and marketing organization to grow our customer base.

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
         2014              2015          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 7,812       $ 10,916       $ 3,104         40

Research and development expenses increased $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs as we continue to grow our engineering organization to develop new applications and continue to develop additional features for Canvas and Bridge.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Change  
         2014              2015          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 4,183       $ 13,969       $ 9,786         234

General and administrative expenses increased $9.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily due to an increase in employee-related costs, including stock-based compensation, information technology, third-party services, travel and other expenses and overhead allocations. Stock-based compensation increased $6.7 million as a result of a non-cash expense associated with the purchase by an investor of common stock from current and former employees at a premium over fair value. Employee-related costs increased $2.4 million as a result of the recruiting and hiring of additional employees. Our information technology expenses increased $0.2 million as we continued to automate our internal systems. Third-party services increased $0.2 million due to tax and legal costs relating to our international expansion. Travel and other expenses increased $0.2 million primarily due to our continued growth and international expansion. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.1 million primarily due to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment.

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Change  
         2014             2015         Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ (1,406   $ (673   $ 733         (52 )% 

Other income (expense) includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other expense decreased $0.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 as the change in fair value of warrant liability decreased due to the exercise of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants in February 2015.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2014

Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2013      2014      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Subscription and support

   $ 22,456       $ 38,093       $ 15,637         70

Professional services and other

     3,599         6,259         2,660         74  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 26,055       $ 44,352       $ 18,297         70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription and support revenue increased $15.6 million during 2014 due to an increase throughout the year in total customers, which grew from over 490 as of December 31, 2013 to over 1,000 as of December 31, 2014.

Professional services and other revenue increased $2.7 million primarily due to the increase in customers and from new customers purchasing premium implementations, which included additional professional services and onsite training.

Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2013     2014     Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

         

Subscription and support

   $ 8,581      $ 12,131      $ 3,550         41

Professional services and other

     2,039        2,982        943         46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 10,620      $ 15,113      $ 4,493         42   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Gross margin percentage:

         

Subscription and support

     62     68     

Professional services and other

     43        52        

Total gross margin

     59        66        

Total cost of revenue increased $4.5 million from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to an increase in web hosting costs, employee-related costs, amortization of developed and acquired technology, allocated overhead expenses, third-party services and travel. The increase in gross margin was primarily driven by additional efficiencies in our web hosting as we added additional customers during the period, as well as improved efficiencies within our professional services organization.

Subscription and support cost of revenue increased $3.6 million from 2013 to 2014 due to an increase in web hosting costs as a result of customer growth and corresponding headcount increases to service additional customers. Web hosting costs increased $2.1 million due to growth in our customer base. Employee-related costs increased $1.2 million as a result of the hiring of additional employees. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.2 million primarily due to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment. Amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $0.1 million due to continued development of our software platform.

Professional services and other costs of revenue increased $0.9 million from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to higher employee-related costs of $0.7 million as a result of the hiring of additional employees. Third-party services increased $0.1 million and travel costs increased $0.1 million.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2013      2014      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 20,702       $ 35,390       $ 14,688         71

Sales and marketing expenses increased $14.7 million from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to higher employee-related costs and sales commissions of $10.2 million. Marketing and advertising costs increased $1.6 million as a result of efforts to gain more market presence through increased exposure and an increase in attendees at our InstructureCon annual user conference. Travel costs increased $1.3 million as a result of our higher customer base, along with sales and marketing activities expanding into the international markets. Allocated overhead costs increased by $0.7 million related to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment. Third-party services increased $0.5 million due to our international expansion and information technology expenses increased $0.4 million as we continued to automate our internal systems.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2013      2014      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 11,242       $ 21,290       $ 10,048         89

Research and development expenses increased $10.0 million from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to higher employee-related costs of $8.4 million as a result of the hiring of additional employees as we continued to grow our engineering organization to develop new applications and continue to develop our existing software platform. Third-party services increased $0.6 million related to additional software platform enhancement costs. Allocated overhead costs increased $0.5 million primarily due to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment. Travel costs increased $0.3 million primarily related to the opening of our Chicago office for developers and the 12 Spokes acquisition that included workforce throughout the United States. Information technology expenses increased $0.2 million as we continued to automate our internal systems.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2013      2014      Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 5,321       $ 11,268       $ 5,947         112

General and administrative expenses increased $5.9 million primarily due to higher employee-related costs of $4.1 million as a result of hiring additional employees as we continued to grow our business and required additional personnel to support our expanded operations. Professional fees increased $1.2 million a result of our international expansion, and legal and accounting services. Third-party enterprise software fees increased $0.4 million as we required additional financial and other operating systems to support our expanded operations. Allocated overhead costs increased by $0.2 million related to higher rent expense and the depreciation of capital equipment.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Other Income (Expense)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2013     2014     Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ (669   $ (2,661   $ (1,992     298

Other expense, net increased $2.0 million from 2013 to 2014 due to the expense recorded for the change in the fair value of warrant liability.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the four quarters in the year ended December 31, 2014 and the quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 2015, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. We have prepared the quarterly consolidated statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
 
    (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

Subscription and support

  $ 7,558      $ 8,166      $ 10,604      $ 11,765      $ 12,601      $ 13,347   

Professional services and other

    1,052        1,400        1,836        1,971        2,024        2,530   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    8,610        9,566        12,440        13,736        14,625        15,877   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and support (1)

    2,478        2,608        3,245        3,800        3,676        3,937   

Professional services and other (1)

    463        655        861        1,003        1,235        1,595   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    2,941        3,263        4,106        4,803        4,911        5,532   

Gross profit

    5,669        6,303        8,334        8,933        9,714        10,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing (1)

    6,231        7,960        8,144        13,055        11,081        14,050   

Research and development (1)

    3,506        4,306        4,372        9,106        5,271        5,645   

General and administrative (1)

    1,823        2,360        2,707        4,378        10,046        3,923   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,560        14,626        15,223        26,539        26,398        23,618   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (5,891     (8,323     (6,889     (17,606     (16,684     (13,273
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

           

Interest income

    18        10        2        2        3        4   

Interest expense

    (28     (29     (39     (40     (22     (22

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    (670     (721     (828     (299     (488     (39

Other income (expense), net

    4        10        (2     (51     (119     10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

    (676     (730     (867     (388     (626     (47

Loss before for income taxes

    (6,567     (9,053     (7,756     (17,994     (17,310     (13,320

Income tax expense

                  (7     (50            (14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (6,567   $ (9,053   $ (7,763   $ (18,044   $ (17,310   $ (13,334
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2014
     June 30,
2014
     Sept. 30,
2014
     Dec. 31,
2014
     March 31,
2015
     June 30,
2015
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue:

                 

Subscription

   $ 4       $ 6       $ 14       $ 234       $ 24       $ 33   

Professional services and other

     4         9         11         15         24         34   

Sales and marketing

     42         60         72         2,703         181         241   

Research and development

     45         116         146         3,664         240         287   

General and administrative

     84         121         122         726         5,460         163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 179       $ 312       $ 365       $ 7,342       $ 5,929       $ 758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2014
    June 30,
2014
    Sept. 30,
2014
    Dec. 31,
2014
    March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
 
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Revenue:

            

Subscription and support

     88     85     85     86     86     84

Professional services and other

     12        15        15        14        14        16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100        100        100        100        100        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

            

Subscription and support

     29        27        26        28        25        25   

Professional services and other

     5        7        7        7        8        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     34        34        33        35        33        35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66        66        67        65        67        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

     72        83        65        95        76        88   

Research and development

     41        45        35        66        36        36   

General and administrative

     21        25        22        32        69        25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     134        153        122        193        181        149   

Loss from operations

     (68     (87     (55     (128     (114     (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

            

Interest income

     0        0        0        0        0        0   

Interest expense

     0        0        0        0        0        (0

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (8     (8     (7     (2     (3     (0

Other income (expense), net

     0        0        0        0        (1     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (8     (8     (7     (3     (4     (0

Loss before income taxes

     (76     (95     (62     (131     (118     (84

Income tax expense

                   0        0               (0

Net loss

     (76 )%      (95 )%      (62 )%      (131 )%      (118 )%      (84 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have historically experienced some seasonality in terms of when we enter into customer agreements for our platform and applications, mostly around our academic customer’s typical fiscal year end of June 30. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, because we recognize subscription revenue ratably over the term of the subscription. In addition, we may experience variances in total customers over a particular quarter for a variety of business reasons, and the extent to which we gain or lose customers over a particular quarter will not necessarily correlate to the changes in revenue in that quarter or in future periods. As a result, a slowdown in our ability to enter into customer agreements may not be apparent in our revenue for the quarter, as the revenue recognized in any quarter is primarily from customer agreements entered into in prior quarters. Historical patterns should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future sales activity or performance.

Our revenue has increased over the periods presented above due to the significant increase in our customer base. Our operating expenses generally have increased sequentially in every quarter primarily due to increases in headcount and other related expenses to support our growth. The increase in stock-based compensation for the three months ended December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 included an investor purchase of common stock from current and former employees at a premium over the fair value, which resulted in additional stock-based compensation. For further details, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. We anticipate our operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in the long-term growth of our business.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our gross margin has continually improved as a result of higher revenue, lower hosting costs as a percentage of revenue and the efficient delivery of professional services.

Backlog

Backlog represents future non-cancellable amounts to be invoiced under our agreements. We have generally signed multiple year subscription contracts for our applications. For these agreements, it is common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing followed by subsequent periodic invoices, generally annually. At any point in the contract term, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced, they are not recorded in revenue, deferred revenue, accounts receivable or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements, and are considered by us to be backlog. Multiple-year payments are recorded as deferred revenue until recognized as revenue according to our revenue recognition policies and are not considered a component of backlog. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015, we had backlog of approximately $72.8 million, $113.2 million and $134.5 million, respectively. We expect backlog to fluctuate up or down from period to period for several reasons, including the timing and duration of customer contracts, varying billing cycles and the timing of customer renewals. Accordingly, we believe due to the potential fluctuations in backlog, that it is not a reliable indicator of future revenue and we do not utilize backlog as a key management metric internally.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2015, we had $13.6 million of cash and cash equivalents. We believe our cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to support our planned operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, net revenue retention rates, the timing and extent of spending to support the expansion of sales and marketing and research and development activities, the introduction of new and enhanced offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our platform. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, and intellectual property rights. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. If additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition may be adversely affected.

In June 2015, we entered into an amended and restated loan and security agreement, or credit facility, with Silicon Valley Bank. The agreement provides for up to $15.0 million in revolving borrowings (subject to increase to $25.0 million in the lender’s sole discretion). Availability is subject to a formula based on our monthly recurring revenue. Advances under the credit facility accrue interest at a floating per year rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5%. The credit facility terminates in June 2017, at which time the principal amount of all outstanding advances becomes due and payable. We are obligated to pay a fee equal to 0.25% per year, payable quarterly in respect of any unused borrowing capacity under the credit facility. As of June 30, 2015 we did not have any outstanding borrowing under the credit facility.

To secure our obligations under the credit facility, we granted Silicon Valley Bank a security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, excluding intellectual property. The credit facility contains customary events of default, conditions to borrowing, and covenants, including restrictions on our ability to dispose of assets, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens and make distributions and dividends to stockholders. The agreement also includes a financial covenant requiring the achievement of minimum bookings on a trailing three month basis, tested monthly. During the continuance of an event of default, SVB may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility and foreclose on the collateral. As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with all covenants under the terms of the credit facility.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows our cash flows for 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (8,634   $ (20,395   $ (14,552   $ (26,712

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (14,405     10,003        10,343        (3,774

Net cash provided by financing activities

     29,741        41,169        396        179   

Our cash flows are subject to seasonal fluctuations. A significant portion of our contracts have terms that coincide with our academic customers’ typical fiscal year-end of June 30. Historical experience has shown an increase in new and renewed contracts as well as anniversary billings, all of which immediately precede the beginning of our academic customers’ typical fiscal year-end. We typically invoice SaaS fees annually upfront with credit terms of net 30 or 60 days. In turn, our cash flows from operations are affected by this seasonality and are typically reflected in higher cash flow, accounts receivable and deferred revenue balances for the second and third quarter of each year.

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities consists primarily of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including stock-based compensation, change in fair value of warrant liability, depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges, net. We expect that we will continue to use cash from operating activities in 2015 as we continue to invest in and grow our business.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 primarily reflected our net loss of $30.6 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $6.7 million of stock-based compensation, $1.3 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.5 million in change in fair value of warrant liability. Working capital uses of cash included a net decrease of $6.3 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable primarily resulting from the previously discussed seasonal increases in new, renewed and anniversary contracts and our practice of invoicing our customers upfront annually. Also contributing to the use of cash was a $2.5 million increase in prepaid expenses. These uses of cash were offset by a $3.9 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.4 million adjustment to straight-line deferred rent expense.

Net cash used in operating activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily reflected our net loss of $15.6 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $1.4 million for the change in fair value of warrant liability, $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.5 million in stock-based compensation. Working capital uses of cash included a net decrease of $3.5 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during prior periods. These uses of cash were offset by a $0.9 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.7 million adjustment to straight-line deferred rent expense.

Net cash used in operating activities during 2014 primarily reflected our net loss of $41.4 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $8.2 million in stock-based compensation, $2.6 million for the change in warrant liability, and $2.1 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a $12.5 million increase in deferred revenue primarily resulting from the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period and a $2.5 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses as a result of a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business. These sources of cash were offset by a $4.3 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business, a $2.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets resulting from a prepayment to one of our third-party hosting service providers and $0.3 million related for all other insignificant items. The change in net cash used in operating activities from 2013 to 2014 is primarily due to increases in employee-related costs as we continued to invest in and grow our business.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Net cash used in operating activities during 2013 primarily reflected our net loss of $22.5 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $3.6 million of stock-based compensation, $1.5 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.5 million for the change in warrant liability and $0.3 million related to other insignificant items. Working capital sources of cash included a $7.4 million increase in deferred revenue due to the growth in the number of customers invoiced during the period, a $2.7 million increase in deferred rent related to the move to our new corporate headquarters, and a $1.4 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses resulting from a higher level of expenses consistent with the overall growth of the business. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $2.1 million increase in accounts receivable as a result of increased billings to customers consistent with the overall growth of the business. A $1.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets resulting from a prepayment to one of our third-party hosting service providers. The change in net cash used in operating activities during 2013 is primarily due to increases in employee-related costs as we continued to invest in and grow our business.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of property and equipment purchases for computer-related equipment and capitalization of software development costs. Capitalized software development costs are related to new applications or improvements to our existing software platform that expand the functionality for our customers. As our business grows, we expect that we will continue to invest in the expansion of, and improvements to, our leased spaces, both domestically and internationally.

Net cash used in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2015 was $3.8 million, consisting primarily of $3.1 million of purchased property and equipment and capitalized software development costs and $1.2 million purchase of marketable securities, offset by $0.5 million of cash maturities from our marketable securities.

Net cash provided by investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $10.3 million, consisting primarily of $12.5 million for the maturity and sale of marketable securities. These sources of cash were partially offset by $1.2 million of purchased property and equipment, $0.7 million purchase of marketable securities and $0.3 million acquisition of 12 Spokes.

Net cash provided by investing activities during 2014 was $10.0 million, consisting primarily of $13.8 million for the maturity and sale of marketable securities. These sources of cash were partially offset by a $2.4 million of purchased property and equipment and a $1.2 million purchase of marketable securities.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2013 was $14.4 million, consisting primarily of $13.4 million to purchase marketable securities and a $1.0 million purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of issuances of preferred stock to fund our operations and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from the exercises of warrants and options. Cash flows used in financing activities consisted primarily of the repayment of capital leases.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015, consisted primarily of $0.3 million of proceeds received from warrant exercises and $0.1 million proceeds received from option exercises, offset by a $0.2 million repayment of capital lease obligations.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2014, consisted primarily of $0.5 million of proceeds received from option exercises, offset by a $0.1 million repayment of capital lease obligations.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2014, was $41.2 million, consisting primarily of $39.9 million of net proceeds received from the issuance of Series E preferred stock and $0.8 million of proceeds received from option exercises and $0.5 million for other insignificant items.

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2013, consisted primarily of net proceeds of $29.9 million received from the issuance of Series D preferred stock.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Contractual obligations are cash that we are obligated to pay as part of certain contracts that we have entered during the course of business. Below is a table that shows the projected outlays as of December 31, 2014:

 

            Payments due by Period:  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More
than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Capital lease obligation

   $ 236       $ 236       $       $       $   

Operating leases obligations

     50,135         4,570         13,941         9,988         21,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 50,371       $ 4,806       $ 13,941       $ 9,988       $ 21,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We lease our office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. As of December 31, 2014, we had leases that expire at various dates through 2025.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 we did not have any relationships with any entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of business.

Foreign Currency Risk

Due to our international operations, we have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, primarily the British Pound Sterling, Euro and Australian dollar. Our sales contracts are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars with a small number denominated in foreign currencies. In addition, a portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies. Decreases in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies may negatively affect our revenue and other operating results as expressed in U.S. dollars. We do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on our operating results.

We have experienced and will continue to experience fluctuations in our net loss as a result of transaction gains or losses related to revaluing certain current asset and current liability balances that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. We have recognized immaterial amounts of foreign currency gains and losses in 2013, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015. We have not engaged in the hedging of our foreign currency transactions to date, we are evaluating the costs and benefits of initiating such a program and may in the future hedge selected significant transactions denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar as we expand our international operation and our risk grows.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest Rate Risk

We hold cash and cash equivalents for working capital purposes. We do not buy and hold securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future nor do we intend to hold securities to maturity. Rather, our policy is focused on the preservation of capital, liquidity and return. From time to time, we may sell certain securities but the objectives are generally not to generate profits on short-term differences in price. We do not have material exposure to market risk with respect to investments, as any investments we enter into are primarily highly liquid investments. We had a $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank which was undrawn as of June 30, 2015. The interest accrued under the credit facility at a floating rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5%. A 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not result in a material change in either our obligations under the credit facility, even at the borrowing limit, or in the returns on our cash.

Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2014, we had approximately $59.1 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income that will begin to expire in 2028 for federal purposes and 2017 for state tax purposes. As of December 31, 2014, we also had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.1 million and state research and investment credit carryforwards of $0.4 million. If not utilized, the federal and state carryforwards will expire at various dates through 2034.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. An analysis to determine the limitation of the net operating loss carryforwards has not been performed.

Due to our cumulative losses, we maintain a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the extent to which a valuation allowance should be applied against our deferred tax assets.

Emerging Growth Company Status

Section 107 of the Jumpstart Our Small Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. However, we have chosen to irrevocably “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In preparing our financial statements, we make estimates, assumptions and judgments that can have a significant impact on our reported revenue, results of operations and net income or loss, as well as on the value of certain assets and liabilities on our balance sheet during and as of the reporting periods. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary because future events and their effects on our results and the value of our assets cannot be determined with certainty, and are made based on our historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates may change as new events occur or additional information is obtained, and we may periodically be faced with uncertainties, the outcomes of which are not within our control and may not be known for a prolonged period of time. Because the use of estimates is inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We primarily generate revenue from multiple element arrangements, which typically include subscriptions to our online software and support, implementation, training and consulting services. Our customers do not have the right to take possession of the online software solution. Revenue from subscriptions is recognized ratably over the subscription period beginning on the date the subscription is made available to customers. We recognize revenue from implementation over the customer life. We recognize revenue from training and consulting services as the services are provided. Amounts billed that have not yet met the applicable revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue.

As part of accounting for multiple element arrangements, we must assess if each component has value on a standalone basis and should be treated as a separate unit of accounting. There is an in-depth process that we undergo to determine the standalone value for each component where we determine if an individual component could be sold by itself or if the component is sold by other third parties. If the component has standalone value upon delivery, we account for each component separately. Subscription services have standalone value as they are often sold separate from all other services. Implementation services do not have standalone value as they are not sold separately by us or by third parties. Training and consulting services also have standalone value as they are sold separately by us and by third parties.

We allocate total arrangement fees to each element in a multiple element arrangement based on the relative selling price hierarchy of each element. We are not able to establish vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, the most reliable level of allocating standalone value, for our subscription implementation, training and consulting services because of our pricing practices. We note that third party evidence, or TPE, the second most reliable level of allocating standalone value, is not appropriate for determining the standalone value for any of our services because the pricing for any similar third party subscription or training or consulting services is inconsistent. Therefore, we rely on best estimate of selling price, or BESP, to allocate value to the various components of our arrangements.

We determine BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration for our subscription services, which may also include support, training, and professional services, include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer type, price lists, our pricing strategy, and historical stand-alone sales. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our pricing committee. As our pricing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing in the future which could result in changes in relative selling prices.

If our judgments change we would not expect to see a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

We are evaluating the new revenue recognition guidance of ASC 606, effective January 1, 2018 and the adoption of this new guidance may have a material effect on the presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, based on the estimated fair value of the award on the date of grant and on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award based on the estimated portion of the award that is expected to vest. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of our stock-based awards when they

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

are granted. We make several estimates in determining our stock-based compensation. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock.  As our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “Valuation of Common Stock” below.

 

    Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options. The expected term of employee option awards is determined using the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term for outstanding awards, or the simplified method, because we do not yet have a sufficient history of option exercises. We consider this appropriate as we plan to see significant changes to our equity structure in the future and there is no other method that would be more indicative of exercise activity.

 

    Expected Volatility.  Since we do not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of our comparable companies. To determine our peer companies, we used the following criteria: software or software-as-a-service companies; similar histories and relatively comparable financial leverage; sufficient public company trading history; and in similar businesses and geographical markets. We used the peers’ stock price volatility over the expected life of our granted options to calculate the expected volatility. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Expected Dividend Yield.  We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures, although we do not have sufficient history, over the expected term. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. Changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in a decrease to the stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements. If a revised forfeiture rate is lower than the previously estimated forfeiture rate, an adjustment is made that will result in an increase to the share-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements.

We have also recorded stock-based compensation for investor purchases of common stock and preferred stock from current and former employees to the extent the purchase price per share exceeded the fair value of such shares.

Valuation of Common Stock

Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors was required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each option grant based upon several factors, including its consideration of input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The exercise price for all stock options granted was at the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, as estimated on the date of grant by our board of directors in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Each fair value estimate was based on a variety of factors, which included the following:

 

    contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party valuation firms;

 

    the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    our actual operating and financial performance;

 

    current business conditions and projections;

 

    our hiring key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

    our history and the timing of the introduction of new applications and features;

 

    our stage of development;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business given prevailing market conditions;

 

    the illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

 

    the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

    U.S. and global capital market conditions.

To allocate value to our common stock, we utilized either an option pricing method, or OPM, a probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, approach or a hybrid method consisting of OPM and PWERM. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock only has value if the funds available for distribution to the holders of common stock exceeds the value of the liquidation preference of the preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger, sale, or initial public offering, assuming the business has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by stockholders. The common stock is modeled as a call option with a claim on the business at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the preferred stock is liquidated. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to price the call option.

The PWERM approach employs various market approach calculations depending upon the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences for each shareholder class are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The common share value is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and the timing of the event. Lastly, the common share value is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are based upon discussions between our board of directors and our management team. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is based upon four possible future events for our company: (1) an initial public offering, (2) an acquisition of our company, (3) remaining a private concern and (4) a liquidation scenario.

The market approach uses similar companies or transactions in the marketplace. We utilized the guideline company method of the market approach for determining the fair value of our common stock under the initial public offering scenarios. We identified companies similar to our business and used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios. We then applied these market multiples and ratios to our financial forecasts to create an indication of total equity value. Under the acquisition scenario, we utilized the guideline

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company method and the guideline transaction method of the market approach to determine the fair value of the common stock. The guideline transaction method compares the operating results and market value of the equity or invested capital of acquired companies similar to our business. Under the liquidation scenario, we assumed no value remained to be allocated to our common stockholders.

Following this offering, we will rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock awards as of June 30, 2015 was $         million, of which $         million related to vested awards and $         million related to unvested awards.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) , or ASU 2014-09, which amended the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This standard establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. In July 2015, the FASB decided to defer by one year the effective dates of its new revenue recognition standard for public and nonpublic entities. As a result, this guidance will be effective for public companies for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Public entities would be permitted to adopt the standard as early as the original public entity effective date; early adoption prior to that date would not be permitted. Once effective, entities can choose to apply the standard using either a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the potential impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LETTER FROM CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Dear Instructure Investors,

When we went to market in 2011 with Canvas, our cloud-based learning management system for higher ed, we disrupted the stagnant LMS market with our simple strategy: Build a company focused on customer satisfaction and provide an open cloud platform that emphasizes user experience and continuous innovation.

In the last four years, we’ve created a successful sales, marketing and innovation machine that continues to roll forward globally. We’ve opened offices on four continents, hired more than 650 employees, expanded our reach to millions of individual users, and secured contracts with more than 1,400 customers, representing colleges, universities, K-12 school districts, and companies in 25 countries. Responding to demand from corporate users who liked what they saw with Canvas, we launched Bridge for corporate learning and training in 2015.

The hallmarks of success—high customer satisfaction and retention rates are the key factors, which we believe set us apart from other software companies. Customers love our software and our company’s open culture, which permeates every aspect of our technology, support and business operations.

We’ve built a team of smart, creative, passionate people who work hard to provide an awesome experience for our customers. Through Canvas and Bridge, we enable educational institutions and corporations to streamline workflows, provide anytime, anywhere access to information, and connect people, tools, and ideas seamlessly through an engaging, easy-to-use platform. We help millions of students, teachers and employees to achieve their education and learning goals. We make software that makes people smarter.

-josh

Josh Coates, CEO

Instructure

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Mission and Vision

Instructure’s mission is to make software that makes people smarter. Our vision is to help organizations everywhere leverage technology to maximize the potential of their people.

Overview

We provide an innovative, cloud-based learning management platform for academic institutions and companies worldwide. We built our learning management applications, Canvas, for the education market, and Bridge, for the corporate market, to enable our customers to easily develop, deliver and manage engaging face-to-face and online learning experiences. Our platform combines powerful, elegant and easy-to-use functionality with the reliability, security, scalability and support required by our customers.

In today’s dynamic, knowledge-driven economy, quality education and constant learning are critical to compete and succeed. Academic institutions recognize that for students to reach their maximum potential, they require a learning environment that is interactive and accessible. Similarly, companies need to deliver seamless and easy learning experiences to better attract, develop and retain talent and compete more effectively.

We develop software that millions of students, teachers and employees use to help achieve their education and learning goals. Our applications enhance academic and corporate learning by providing an engaging, easy-to-use platform for instructors and learners, enabling frequent and open interactions, streamlining workflow, and allowing the creation and sharing of content with anytime, anywhere access to information. Our platform runs on a modern, cloud-based architecture that enables users to teach, learn and engage across a wide variety of application environments, operating systems, devices and locations at any time. Our open standards allow for integration with third-party publishers and software providers to deliver additional learning content and applications. Our platform also provides data analytics capabilities enabling real-time reaction to information and benchmarking in order to personalize curricula and increase the efficacy of the learning process.

We offer our platform through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, business model. Customers can rapidly deploy our applications with minimal upfront implementation. Customers also benefit from automatic software updates with virtually no downtime. Our SaaS business model substantially reduces the need for our customers to buy and support a broad range of IT infrastructure, and significantly reduces the cost, complexity and disruptions associated with implementations and upgrades of on-premise software.

We launched Canvas in February 2011 and have experienced rapid customer adoption in the education market. In addition, more than 100 corporate customers have implemented Canvas in order to deliver a more effective, simple way for their employees to learn. To better meet the needs of the corporate market, we leveraged our platform to develop Bridge, which launched in February 2015. As of June 30, 2015, we had more than 1,400 customers, representing colleges, universities, K-12 school districts, and companies in more than 25 countries.

For 2012, 2013 and 2014, revenue was $8.8 million, $26.1 million and $44.4 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 197% and 70%. We have experienced net revenue retention rates of over 100% at each of December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014. For 2012, 2013 and 2014, our net losses were $18.5 million, $22.5 million and $41.4 million, respectively, as we focused on growing our business. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, revenue was $30.5 million and we incurred a net loss of $30.6 million.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Industry Background

The Markets for Learning are Large, Growing and Highly Strategic

In today’s dynamic, knowledge-driven economy, students and employees must continuously develop knowledge and skills to compete and succeed. The pivotal role of learning, not only in academic settings but also in the corporate environment, has driven many organizations to seek out technologies and applications to help improve the creation and delivery of more effective learning experiences.

The market for academic and corporate learning management software is estimated to be $4.1 billion in 2015, and projected to grow to $7.8 billion in 2018, according to MarketsandMarkets. We attribute the rapid growth of this market, in part, to the migration of instructor-led training to online learning, which we believe will increase the adoption of learning management systems.

Corporate learning management software is part of the broader human capital management market, which also includes the recruiting, workforce management, performance management and compensation management software markets. IDC estimates that these additional markets will be $5.1 billion in 2015, and projected to grow to $6.4 billion in 2018. We believe these additional markets may present opportunities for us to develop additional applications on our platform over time.

Consumerization of Technology is Changing How People Interact, Learn, Train and Work

Recent innovations in consumer-oriented technology are changing how people expect to interact, learn, train and work. In particular, the ubiquity of social media and highly intuitive consumer and mobile applications have led instructors, students and employees to expect the same rich functionality, availability and usability from a learning platform. Users also expect learning management systems to provide a forum for discussion and collaboration to create a truly interactive user experience in addition to being a content delivery system.

Strong User Engagement Leads to Robust Data Analytics

Given today’s focus on accountability and performance, both academic institutions and companies are striving to improve learning outcomes. To do so, an organization must first understand the variables that impact results, such as attendance metrics, user engagement, and the efficacy of various learning content and technologies for individual learners. A learning management system has the potential to provide significant insight to educators and administrators on their students’ and employees’ progress toward meeting learning objectives and the factors impacting performance. In addition, such learning management systems can facilitate insightful benchmarking to allow organizations to explore other drivers of learning outcomes.

Strong user engagement with learning management systems is critical to maximize the potential of data analytics. High utilization enables the learning management system to capture more data, and leads to more insightful analyses on user behavior, quality of individual courses and effectiveness of digital content. Better analytics enables instructors and administrators to make more informed decisions about instruction and materials that in turn drive improved learning outcomes and performance for individuals and companies. This virtuous cycle among user engagement, data analytics and learning outcomes represents the evolution of learning technology. We believe that the market increasingly is demanding learning management software that delivers both robust analytics and strong user engagement.

Legacy Learning Management Systems Do Not Meet the Needs of Today’s Instructors, Students and Employees

Many traditional learning management systems are based on legacy technology architectures that do not meet the expectations of today’s users. We believe legacy learning management systems face the following key challenges:

 

   

Poor User Experience. Learning management systems were first introduced over a decade ago. These systems often lack the features and interfaces to deliver a personalized, collaborative, engaging, mobile

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

and always-on experience that users expect today. According to the Brandon Hall Group, 61% of companies are not highly satisfied with the feature set of their learning management systems. Users demand improved features, such as alerts, text, audio and video communication, collaboration tools, mobile access and personalization to help them achieve learning goals.

 

    Not Mobile. Legacy learning management systems were not built for mobility and efforts to retrofit for use with mobile devices have often resulted in a poor user experience. This adversely impacts the usage of learning management systems as instructors, students and employees spend an increasing amount of time on their mobile devices.

 

    Unreliable with Poor Uptime. Legacy learning management systems were not designed for cloud-based deployment. Traditional on-premise systems require downtime for maintenance, upgrades and unforeseen bug fixes, which can adversely impact instructors and students during critical times.

 

    Low Utilization.  Legacy learning management systems have historically been plagued by user dissatisfaction resulting in low utilization rates. In 2014, ECAR found that only 47% of faculty members use their learning management systems daily and only 41% of faculty members use a learning management system to interact with students outside the classroom. We believe lack of utilization adversely affects the investments these institutions have made in their learning management systems. According to the Brandon Hall Group, 48% of users are looking to leave their current learning management system and move to a new provider.

 

    Expensive. Legacy learning management systems require substantial upfront and ongoing investments in IT infrastructure to implement and maintain an on-premise solution. Organizations often choose not to deploy software or to delay upgrades to newer versions due to concerns regarding costs, lengthy implementation and customization cycles, and potential business disruptions. This makes it difficult for organizations to respond quickly to changing needs and often results in outdated or different versions of applications running across various departments or geographies within organizations.

 

    Limited Reach and Complexity of Data Analytics. While legacy learning management systems have historically enabled the capture of data, access has been generally limited to administrators and teachers and not to students. Further, analytics tools currently offered in existing on-premise solutions can be limited in capabilities making it difficult to translate the data into useful, actionable information.

 

    Closed Ecosystem. Legacy learning management solutions are often closed systems, which can limit the number of third-party integrations into a platform. Customers are forced to spend time and often money to obtain separate integration contracts with third-party publishers and software providers. Consequently, it is more difficult for them to take advantage of the growing and robust set of learning, human resource and other applications available in open ecosystems.

Our Platform

We designed our platform to enable users to teach, learn and collaborate anytime, anywhere, across a wide variety of application environments, operating systems, devices and locations. We believe our platform offers the following key benefits:

 

    Intuitive User Experience. We provide elegant and intuitive user interfaces that leverage familiar, consumer web navigation techniques, such as drag and drop, to make it easy to use our platform. We designed our system from the ground up, with modern, web-based design features, to create a differentiated user experience. We enable seamless collaboration among instructors and learners to share feedback and encourage online discussion forums. These interactive features extend learning beyond the physical classroom and facilitate a more engaging learning experience. Users can easily add audio, wikis, online workspaces, social media options and other collaboration tools to their online courses. Furthermore, our video-integrated functionality strengthens instructor-to-student and peer-to-peer online relationships and improves overall retention and usage rates.

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Optimized for Mobile. Our mobile-optimized platform allows users to access their applications anytime and anywhere. We offer a “mobile first” responsive design to ensure an optimal experience on most devices and, for Canvas, we also have iOS and Android native mobile applications available for free download on both phones and tablets.

 

    High Availability and Uptime . Our software is mission-critical for our users and customers and we focus on maintaining enterprise-grade reliability at all times. Our standard contracts provide for guaranteed 99.9% annual uptime. We achieved 99.9% uptime during 2014 while our customer base grew over 75%.

 

    High Utilization . Over eight million instructors, students and employees have used our software over the 12 months ended June 30, 2015. According to self-reported data in an ECAR 2014 survey, 58% of faculty in higher education use a learning management system to share content with students, while our internal analysis of higher education institutions using Canvas shows that 71% of faculty use Canvas to share content with students.

 

    Native Cloud-based Software . Our cloud-based delivery model enables customers to rapidly deploy our applications to experience immediate benefit. Software updates are implemented regularly and transparently. Our single-instance, multi-tenant architecture is designed to scale to support our rapid growth. We increased our number of customers by over 670 during the 12 months ended June 30, 2015. Our cloud-based platform provides upfront cost savings over on-premise solutions by reducing the need for expensive IT resources and hardware infrastructure.

 

    Open Access to Data Analytics . Our platform provides users with open API access to data analytics. We deliver the analytics in an easy to understand and consumable way, that is optimized for independent analysis. This open visibility allows learners to view their own progress in real-time, educators to adjust programs and personalize curricula for maximum effectiveness and organizations to benchmark user data internally and respond to patterns observed.

 

    Open Platform . We are committed to collaboration and openness. Our open standards allow organizations to easily deliver additional learning content and applications from third-party publishers and software providers. This extends the content, tools and services necessary to satisfy the diverse needs of our customers without sacrificing the innate simplicity of our platform. Canvas users can deploy third-party content and software applications within the application interface or browse our EduAppCenter.com’s growing catalog of approximately 200 integrations. Bridge was specifically designed to integrate easily via open APIs with a variety of enterprise resource planning and human resources information systems.

Our Growth Strategy

We are pursuing the following strategies to grow our business:

 

    Grow our U.S. Customer Base . We believe that the market for learning management systems remains significantly underserved. K-12 academic institutions have yet to widely adopt learning management systems, while most higher education institutions have adopted legacy systems with which they are often unsatisfied. In the corporate market, there are both greenfield opportunities and opportunities to displace legacy solutions that do not meet customer needs. As a result, we believe there is opportunity to substantially expand our base of U.S. academic and corporate customers. Toward that end, we are making significant investments in growing our direct sales team, particularly focused on the corporate market.

 

    Further Maximize our Existing Customer Base . The majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts. This approach to wide initial deployments allows us to efficiently and broadly promote adoption and utilization of Canvas by students and faculty. We plan to increase revenue from this customer base by selling additional applications and services. We plan to further penetrate our existing corporate customer base by growing the number of users on our platform and expanding enterprise wide. We believe our user-based pricing model and innovative applications provide us with a substantial opportunity to increase the value of our existing customer base.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Continue to Expand Internationally . We believe there is a significant opportunity for our cloud-based learning management platform outside of the United States and we intend to expand our direct and indirect sales force to further penetrate international markets. We opened our international headquarters in London in June 2014, and for the six months ended June 30, 2015, international customers accounted for 6% of our revenue.

 

    Continue to Innovate and Offer New Applications . We will continue to make significant investments to further enhance the functionality of our existing applications, expand the number of applications on our extensible learning platform and develop into adjacent markets that will benefit our customers. We take a strategic approach to research and development investment. For example, in 2015, we launched Bridge to better serve our corporate customers because we saw corporate customers adopt Canvas, due to a lack of suitable alternatives.

Our Applications

Our applications enhance academic and corporate learning by providing a system of engagement for teachers and learners, enabling frequent and open interactions, streamlining workflow, and allowing the creation and sharing of content with anytime, anywhere access to information. Our applications also provide users with powerful, easy-to-use functionality, to intuitively interact with course content and activities. All of our applications run on our extensible platform, which allows us to easily deploy new applications and features to support the needs of our customers. We use modern mobile technology to provide anytime, anywhere access to our applications from a wide array of devices, including personal computers, tablets and smartphones. We also have iOS and Android native mobile applications for Canvas available for free download.

 

LOGO

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Canvas

Canvas is designed for our K-12 and higher education customers. Our customers use Canvas’s extensive set of flexible content creation, management and delivery tools to support and enhance face-to-face and online instruction.

Canvas enables instructors and learners to:

 

    post and discuss content such as assignments, quizzes, announcements and class notes;

 

    choose, manage and change courses;

 

    automate classroom activities, including the syllabus, attendance and calendar of course events;

 

    perform outcomes-based assessments;

 

    facilitate text, audio and video communications for enhanced teacher and student engagement;

 

    grade assignments, using SpeedGrader, and post grades online;

 

    access an integrated learning object repository;

 

    analyze course and student data to improve learning outcomes and teaching methods;

 

    set personalized academic goals and track performance; and

 

    provide parental access to assignments and grades.

Canvas supports standards-based integration with hundreds of third-party publishers and software providers. The extensibility of the Canvas application enables our customers to build the learning and teaching environment that meets their unique organizational needs.

Canvas Network

Canvas Network allows anyone around the world access to open online courses for personal and professional development. Through Canvas Network, academic institutions have the flexibility to offer and deliver courses over the internet to a much broader audience than just their own employees or on-campus students. Some institutions choose to pursue a massive open online course, or MOOC, format, and some choose to pursue a smaller online course format with more interaction. Institutions already using Canvas can easily move courses onto Canvas Network, extending their reach and enhancing their brand.

Canvas Data

Canvas Data provides access to a complete data set of user activity. This includes course activity information, assessment and evaluations, discreet page views, attendance metrics, user engagement, individual curricula, and demographic data, including user and device characteristics. Data is delivered in a format optimized to perform queries and reporting, making it easier for administrators to benchmark, customize teaching and improve learning outcomes.

Canvas Catalog

Canvas Catalog is a white-label, web-based course catalog and registration system that enables organizations to build and maintain a branded marketplace for their online course offerings. Catalog provides a searchable course index, custom course landing pages, collections of courses in specialized programs, automatically distributed certificates and other recognitions of completion, and online payment gateways for student registration and enrollment.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Bridge

Bridge is designed to enable corporate customers to deliver impactful learning to accelerate employee progression and address the unique development needs of their workforce. Through Bridge, we have streamlined employee learning by offering a consumerized, mobile experience that is easy to use for both administrators and learners.

Bridge enables organizations to:

 

    create courses and training content;

 

    deliver and track compliance and regulatory requirements;

 

    create surveys to assess employees’ knowledge, ability and sentiment;

 

    personalize courses based on feedback, need or job;

 

    align employees to support organizational goals;

 

    assign required training;

 

    organize and group courses by various categories;

 

    track employee learning progress;

 

    provide a mobile experience to allow course access and management anywhere, from any device; and

 

    extend training to reseller channels and other distribution networks.

Bridge incorporates real-time feedback between managers and employees so that organizations can quickly respond to changing needs. Bridge offers integrated survey capabilities that enable organizations to diagnose organizational misalignment, as well as knowledge gaps, which can then be remediated through targeted and engaging learning experiences.

Technology and Standards

The technologies used to build our platform and applications are native cloud, multi-tenant and designed to scale to millions of users. We utilize a modern technology stack to take advantage of advancements in web-design, open source technologies, scalability, and security. We have implemented industry-standard best security practices to help us protect our servers and our customers’ critical information.

Our platform and applications are hosted on cloud infrastructure provided by Amazon Web Services, or AWS. Our hosting services provide full support, rolling release upgrades/updates, backup, and disaster recovery services. We primarily use Elastic Compute Cloud, or EC2, along with load balancing, auto scaling and storage, or S3, provided by Amazon. Our infrastructure enables us to scale horizontally and rapidly adjust to variances in usage, at the server, database and file store level. Our applications run on virtualized instances in Tier III and Tier IV AWS data center facilities, which provide industry-standard best security practices. As of June 30, 2015, we used AWS data center facilities located in Virginia, Oregon, Dublin, Ireland, Sydney, Australia and Singapore and intend to expand operations to other regions based on market conditions. These facilities have earned multiple certifications including, but not limited to, SOC 2 Type II, ISO9001 and ISO27001.

We designed our platform to be resilient to failure and capable of rapid recovery from component failure. We apply a wide variety of strategies to achieve 99.9% uptime, excluding scheduled maintenance. During 2014, we achieved 99.9% uptime. We have automated procedures in place to handle coordinated changes across our various instances and store backups of key databases in multiple redundant and geographically isolated locations.

Our technology stack is a dynamic web application built with our own automated scaling and provisioning technologies. We use Web 2.0 technologies like Ruby on Rails and Node.js, which provide users a familiar web

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

experience. Our platform is built on underlying open source technologies, taking full advantage of advancements in scalability and flexibility. We utilize Linux and React operating systems, Postgres and Cassandra databases, and Redis value store. Our platform also provides an API that third-parties can use to add new features and functionality.

Keeping the platform secure is a primary focus of our operations team due to the sensitive nature of the data contained within the platform. We maintain a high level of diligence around data security and have chosen to adopt the AICPA SOC2 set of security controls and demonstrate compliance with these controls through annual audits and web application vulnerability assessments.

 

LOGO

Customers

As of June 30, 2015, we had more than 1,400 customers representing colleges, universities, school districts, and companies in more than 25 countries. We have K-12 customers in 48 of 50 states. The majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts. Canvas is used by seven Ivy League schools. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract. In situations where there is a single contract that applies to entities with multiple subsidiaries or divisions, universities or schools, only the entity that has contracted for our platform is counted as a customer. For example, a contracting school district is counted as a single customer even though the school district encompasses multiple schools. In 2014, no single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue. The following sets forth a list of representative customers:

 

Higher Education

Richland Community College, Illinois

University of Colorado | Anschutz Medical Campus

University of Michigan

University of Texas at Austin

Utah Education Network

K-12

Granite School District, Utah

Hall County Schools, Georgia

Knox County Schools, Tennessee

North Carolina Department of Public Instruction

Pasco County Schools, Florida

 

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

International

Best Practice Network, United Kingdom

City University of Hong Kong

London Business School

Trinity Grammar School, Australia

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Corporations

Center for Professional Leadership Studies at UNLV

Dawnbreaker

Foundation Center

InMoment

Salud Family Health Centers

 

 

Customer Case Studies

By using our applications to deliver an online learning experience, many customers benefit from an easy to use environment that gives access to insightful analytics, which can lead to significant cost savings. The case studies below illustrate the results that certain of our customers have achieved by using our platform.

Pasco County Schools

Situation : Beginning in 2008, Pasco County (along with every school district in Florida) was required by state law to offer a full-time virtual program for K-12 students. In response, the Pasco eSchool was launched in 2009. Its first four years were spent juggling numerous learning management systems to comply with rigid vendor requirements that course content be delivered using proprietary systems. And just as the eSchool began using Moodle, district schools were moving independently toward other learning management systems.

Solutions and Benefits : In 2012, Pasco County assembled an internal team to begin investigating a new learning management system that could simplify the district’s technology landscape. After narrowing the choice to four finalists, Pasco County chose Canvas because of its robust feature set, ease of use, customer-responsiveness, and open API, which allowed the district to customize the learning management system to meet current and future needs for both its virtual and in-school programs. To ensure the success of its implementation goals, the district purchased Premium Canvas Training and Support Packages. Pasco reported the following benefits from using Canvas:

 

    expanded reach with full time virtual program;

 

    offered more courses to more students (both virtual and in-school);

 

    offered and tracked professional development;

 

    created a culture of teachers comfortable with teaching with technology;

 

    easily integrated with other education applications; and

 

    increased communication between teachers, students, and parents.

University of Central Florida

Situation : The University of Central Florida, or UCF, is the second-largest university in the United States. Its 12 colleges offer 210 degree programs and serves approximately 61,000 students. UCF delivers 38% of its total credit hours online. It needed a learning management system that was flexible and that could be customized to meet UCF’s unique needs.

Solutions and Benefits : In 2012, UCF selected Canvas. UCF particularly valued Canvas’ extensibility and began implementing the platform with teachers and students as part of its distributed learning initiative. UCF’s Canvas usage has since grown and the university often participates in beta environments for new product and feature releases. Most recently, UCF began using Canvas Data to identify patterns and trends in its data. UCF reports the following benefits from using Canvas:

 

    a customized platform to fit its unique needs;

 

    expanded capacity within the platform by building a suite of custom integrations;

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    continual updates incorporate technical and pedagogical improvements, allowing instructors and designers to achieve a balanced approach in their online courses; and

 

    high usage and user adoption.

Richland Community College

Situation : Richland Community College was in need of a new learning management system to replace what they were currently using, which had been bought by another company and was now being shut down. They wanted a learning management system that was intuitive and agile, not slow and cumbersome like what they had been using.

Solution and Benefits : In May 2012, after evaluating several learning management systems, Richland Community College chose Canvas because of its student and teacher-friendly, easy-to-use interface. In May 2012, it began a soft, one-year roll out with select teachers and students. Then in summer 2013, they rolled out Canvas to the entire institution. To the faculty’s surprise, even though it was a new system for much of the faculty and students, the number of support tickets decreased dramatically from day one. In addition to this, Richland reported the following benefits from using Canvas:

 

    improved faculty/student communication;

 

    experienced lower system and integration frustration;

 

    reduced grading controversy due to easy-to-use gradebook with straight-forward insight into performance and grades;

 

    less time spent uploading and locating content;

 

    comfort in knowing Canvas support person is there anytime to answer any question they can’t figure out on their own; and

 

    teachers and students report feeling comfortable with the learning management system and that it helps them to be successful.

University of Birmingham

Situation : In 2013, the University of Birmingham’s legacy virtual learning environment was ready for review. It was time for the University’s digital learning team to seek a teaching and learning environment that was a better fit for their five-year digital strategy for growth and excellence in teaching and learning. The University sought a solution that would not only deliver a fully-integrated, connected University, but also provide a teaching and learning environment that was scalable, modern and appealing to both academic staff and digitally-native learners. The University was looking for a state-of-the-art solution that came with guaranteed reliability, accessibility and scalability, which could also set them apart from the competition.

Solution and Benefits : Canvas offered a collaborative solution for the University’s teaching and learning environment. Canvas is a cloud-based platform, which meant it could cope with increased usage at key times throughout the academic year in line with the University’s requirements. Canvas’ user-interface was designed to be easy-to-use, modern and accessible on multiple web browsers and devices in line with the University’s requirements.

The University of Birmingham implemented the system and set an 18-month window for all content to be transitioned to Canvas. However, in practice, this period has proven to be much shorter, with staff actively choosing to use the new platform. Within three months more courses were on Canvas than had been available in the penultimate year of the previous platform.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Clearlink

Situation : In early 2014, Clearlink, a provider of content and conversion services, saw the increasing need to have an empowered centralized platform for training their growing sales teams efficiently and effectively. Understanding their need for a robust and easy-to-use learning management system, they went out into the market looking for a solution. They were impressed by the growth of Instructure and started exploring our corporate product, Bridge. Clearlink wanted a simple, cost effective solution that could deliver vendor information to the sales floor quickly and consistently, without pulling the inbound sales teams away from their phones. In choosing a new learning management system, an easy-to-use interface and reporting were both critical components of Clearlink’s decision making process. By late 2014, Clearlink picked Bridge as their learning management system.

Solutions and Benefits : After evaluating Bridge extensively, Clearlink chose Bridge for multiple reasons, including:

 

    an easy to navigate user interface;

 

    an intuitive user experience for better adoptability;

 

    Bridge easily creates programs and quizzes for content contributors;

 

    quick and efficient response and interaction with the Instructure team; and

 

    instructure cares about Clearlink’s success.

Since implementation in January 2015, Clearlink has developed over 43 courses and enrolled close to 1,600 employees. Each course has provided significant savings to Clearlink by allowing agents to consume trainings at their workstations and on their mobile devices. The ability to deliver training “virtually” has deepened learner engagement with information critical to creating quality sales. Additionally, key partners who rely on Clearlink’s unique customer acquisition capabilities are benefiting from Bridge’s capabilities. Instead of relying on a costly and time-consuming effort to send trainers, training materials and support to conduct on-site training events, brand-partners can now share their content directly with Clearlink to be consumed through Bridge. This has saved each organization significant time and expense and deepened the already strong relationship of trust. Additionally, the “real-time” access to training has allowed Clearlink to drive performance in important metrics such as answer rate percentage, sales conversion and unavailable time.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our applications and services through a direct sales force. Our sales organization includes technical sales engineers who serve as experts in the technical aspects of our applications and customer implementations. Many of our sales efforts require us to respond to request for proposals, particularly in the higher education space and to a lesser extent in K-12, and to a minimal extent in the corporate market. As of June 30, 2015, our sales function consisted of 125 employees, the majority of whom were direct quota-based sales representatives. As we grow internationally, we may use reseller partnerships as needed to penetrate certain new markets.

We engage in a variety of traditional and online marketing activities designed to provide sales lead generation and sales support and promote brand awareness. Our specific marketing activities for lead generation include advertising in trade publications, digital advertising, including search engine optimization and search engine marketing, display search and referral marketing. Brand awareness activities include press relations in business, human resources, education publications and blogs, market specific advertising campaigns and speaking engagements, and industry trade-shows and seminars. We also host InstructureCon, our annual user conference for current customers and prospects. Nearly 1,700 people attended InstructureCon 2015 in Park City, Utah.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Customer Success

We view strong customer support and services as essential for customer retention even though our applications are easy to adopt and use. The majority of our services and support is offered by phone and online audio and video conferencing rather than in person, resulting in a more efficient and cost effective business model for us and our customers. As of June 30, 2015, our Customer Success department, responsible for all customer post-sale interaction, consisted of 200 employees located in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. Our services and support efforts include the following:

 

    Customer Success Management. We have created a strong Customer Success Management team to assist customers throughout the deployment and production lifecycle. They provide coverage available to all customers as part of their standard subscription as well as other service offerings.

 

    Implementation Services. We believe that a positive onboarding experience leads to more satisfied customers, longer customer relationships and greater lifetime value. Our standard implementation takes anywhere from 30 to 90 days depending on customer-side complexity and timelines. It includes regularly scheduled and highly-structured activities to ensure customers progress toward actually and effectively using our applications. Most of these interactions take place over the phone and through online audio and video conferencing.

 

    Training Services. Also critical to customer success is our customers’ comfort level with the features and functionality of our applications. We include training with every implementation and offer additional training for a fee. The training offered is intended to engender confidence among users so they can be successful with our platform. Most training is performed remotely by online audio and video conferencing.

 

    Consulting Services. In addition to our implementation and training offerings, we provide custom application development, integrations, content services, and change management consulting. These services are architected to boost customer adoption of our applications and to drive usage of features and capabilities that are unique to Instructure, which we believe increases brand loyalty and lifetime value.

 

    Support. We provide standard support services, which can be upgraded to our premium support services to include 24/7 coverage and an improved service level agreement. Our Tier 1 offering includes our premium support services as well as direct support to users by our agents. We also provide extensive user guides and online videos for the ongoing education and assistance of our users. During the 12 months ended June 30, 2015, more than 95% of our support users that responded to our survey reported they were satisfied with their experience when surveyed about their interactions with Instructure.

Partner Ecosystem and Integration

We are committed to enabling our customers to build an ecosystem for successful learning. Our open platform is central to both our technology and our strategy.

From a technological perspective, we remain focused on implementing industry standards like IMS Global Learning Consortium’s Learning Tools Interoperability and Learning Information Services, allowing for robust integrations between Canvas and a large spectrum of third-party solutions to be offered to our customers.

Our partnership program invites third-party software, service and content providers, through an extensive library of APIs, to easily integrate with our applications and at no or minimal charge to the partner. This allows us to broaden and efficiently extend the functionality of our applications. We have over 100 partners, including Pearson, Cengage, Gooru, Ex Libris, Panopto, AspirEdu, Boundless Learning, iParadigms, Verificient Technologies, Zaption and Harvard Business Publishing.

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Research and Development

Our product, customer success, and sales and marketing teams operate cross-functionally and regularly engage with customers, partners and industry analysts to understand customer needs and general industry trends to enhance our existing applications. Additionally, our research and education team analyzes user data and current online learning trends and collaborates with customers to inform application development and growth into adjacent markets. Once application improvements are identified, the entire development organization works closely together to design, develop, test and launch new functionality and application updates. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments to strengthen our existing applications, and expand the number of applications on our extensible learning platform that will benefit our customers and allow us to expand into new markets.

Culture and Employees

We are passionate about making learning and working more engaging and accessible for people everywhere and we apply that same vision at Instructure every day. We maintain seven values that we believe set us apart, define our company culture and serve as a strategic advantage as they are directly aligned with the experience we strive to provide to our customers.

 

    Customer Experience. We aspire to create an awesome customer experience in every interaction with our applications and people.

 

    Openness. Instructure is built on openness—it’s part of who we are. Open doors. Open office. Open source. We have created an open work environment without offices to increase collaboration and transparency—and to reflect the open learning platform environment we provide to our customers.

 

    Ownership. Everyone’s an owner because each of us can have a significant impact on our ability to succeed. Full-time Instructure employees receive equity grants and can participate in the success and growth of the company.

 

    Trust. We have a clear “tell us if we’re doing something stupid” policy. Everyone is encouraged to offer input and feedback regardless of level of experience or position. Questioning the status quo is part of our DNA and supports us in continuing to disrupt and transform our markets.

 

    Integrity. Simply put, we say what we’re going to do and then we do it. We hold people accountable for results and commitments. Our objectives and commitments are openly shared throughout the company.

 

    Excellence. Achieving excellence isn’t easy. But we believe it can be simple. Instructure pursues the leading edge of innovation in our technology, support, and business operations. We do this by hiring smart, creative, passionate people and giving them opportunities to create awesome.

 

    Simplicity. Our platform is designed to make teaching, learning, and engaging easier. Everything we do—from designing software to how we communicate—should reflect that. Keep it simple and easy to understand.

Since our founding, we have worked hard to retain our open and engaging culture with people who are passionate about improving learning. We have received multiple “best places to work” awards and have maintained high ratings on recruiting websites. As of June 30, 2015, we had 651 full-time employees.

Competition

We operate in highly competitive markets. Canvas primarily competes with systems offered by Blackboard, Desire2Learn and Moodle in the education market. Bridge primarily competes with systems offered by Cornerstone OnDemand, Saba Software and SumTotal Systems (owned by Skillsoft) along with dozens of small,

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

specialized systems for specific industries to large, generalized systems provided as part of a larger human resources management suite.

We may face future competition in our markets from other large, established companies, as well as from smaller specialized companies.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

    usability and features;

 

    reliability and uptime;

 

    service and support for users and staff;

 

    software integration and third-party publisher partnerships;

 

    mobile capabilities;

 

    data analytics; and

 

    collaboration and engagement.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in the areas of product development, partner ecosystem development and customer support. In addition, many of our competitors, particularly the large software companies named above, may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, a variety of contractual arrangements, such as license agreements, assignment agreements, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to gain rights to and protect the intellectual property used in our business. We actively pursue registration of our trademarks, logos, service marks, and domain names in the United States and in other key jurisdictions, but we have not, to date, applied for patent protection for any of our inventions. We are the registered holder of a variety of U.S. and international domain names that include the term Instructure, Canvas and Bridge.

A substantial portion of our Canvas application, including the base code, uses “open source” software we license from third parties. Open source software is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses, like the GNU Affero General Public License may require us to offer the components of our software that incorporate the open source software for no cost, make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using the open source software, and license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties under proprietary licenses. Though such third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we believe that alternative technologies would be available to us.

To promote our open platform philosophy, we make available a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available to the public on the “GitHub” platform for no charge, under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License. We accept modifications of the source code for Canvas from contributors who agree to

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the terms of our contributor agreement. Our contributor agreement provides for assignment of joint ownership in the copyright to the contribution, and a license to any patent rights of the contributor. Contributors must also represent that it is an original work and that the contribution does not violate any third party intellectual property right.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers, and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. Our policy is to require employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf and agreeing to protect our confidential information, and all of our key employees and contractors have done so. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our vendors and customers. We also control and monitor access to, and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available.

Regulatory

The legal environment of internet-based businesses is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations are applied in this environment, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, is often unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation, and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Moreover, our academic customers are regulated at the state and federal levels by legislatures, administrative agencies and other policymaking bodies that can directly impact their ability to procure and deploy technology products.

Our customers, and those with whom they communicate using our applications, upload and store customer data onto our platform. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as rights of privacy or intellectual property rights related to the content loaded onto our platform. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations regarding the data stored and processed on our platform as well as the operation of our business.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information, or PII, continues to be the focus of worldwide legislation and regulation. We are subject to data privacy and security regulation by data protection authorities in the U.S. (including the states in which we conduct our business) and potentially in other countries.

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the unauthorized use and disclosure of individuals’ PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials or amending existing laws to expand compliance obligations. Federal laws are also under consideration that may create additional compliance obligations and penalties. In the European Union, where companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, the Data Protection Directive and data protection laws of each of the European Member countries require comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to PII collected about them. We have in the past relied on compliance with adherence to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU and U.S.-Swiss Safe Harbor Frameworks as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce, and the European Union and Switzerland, concerning U.S. companies doing business in Europe, collecting PII from European

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

citizens, and transferring such PII to the United States under the Safe Harbor Framework. As a result of the October 6, 2015 European Union Court of Justice, or ECJ, opinion in Case C-362/14 (Schrems v. Data Protection Commissioner) regarding the adequacy of the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework is now considered, within the EU, to be an invalid means of legitimizing data transfers to the United States under the Data Protection Directive and its implementations into EU member state national law. In light of the ECJ opinion in Case C-362/14, we are engaged in efforts to legitimize data transfers from the European Economic Area, such as the use of so-called ‘model contract clauses’ developed by the European Commission. We post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the processing, use and disclosure of PII. Our publication of our Safe Harbor certifications, our privacy policy, and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices.

Through contractual obligations with our customers we sometimes agree to certain obligations related to The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, which generally prohibits educational institutions that receive federal funding from disclosing PII from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. We are also subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA, which applies to operators of commercial websites and online services directed to U.S. children under the age of 13 that collect personal information from children, and to operators of general audience websites with actual knowledge that they are collecting information from U.S. children under the age of 13. Also, certain laws and regulations that protect the collection, use and disclosure of particular types of data may hinder our ability to provide services to customers and potential customers subjected to such laws.

Copyrights

U.S. and international copyright and trademark laws protect the rights of third parties from infringement of their works of authorship. Our customers and users can generally use our platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We maintain an active copyright infringement policy and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our platform. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and cease-and-desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for hosting content provided by users that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.

Facilities

We lease space for our corporate headquarters in Salt Lake City, Utah pursuant to a lease that expires in February 2025. We also lease space in Chicago, Illinois for certain research and development functions pursuant to a lease that expires in July 2022. We maintain our international headquarters in London, England and sales offices in Sydney, Australia and Hong Kong. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We may, from time to time, be party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current executive officers, key employees and directors as of August 31, 2015:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers

     

Joshua L. Coates

     41       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Steven B. Kaminsky

     56       Chief Financial Officer

Marc T. Maloy

     41       Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales

Matthew A. Kaminer

     41       Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Key Employees

     

S. David Burggraaf

     48       Senior Vice President Engineering

Misty D. Frost

     44       Senior Vice President Marketing

Mitchell E. Macfarlane

     39       Senior Vice President Customer Experience

Jeff E. Weber

     48       Senior Vice President People and Places

Zachary S. Wily

     39       Chief Architect

Non-Employee Directors

     

Steven A. Collins

     50       Director

William M. Conroy

     56       Director

Byron B. Deeter

     41       Director

E. Nicholaus Efstratis

     44       Director

Ellen Levy

     46       Director

Adam D. Marcus

     39       Director

Lloyd G. Waterhouse

     63       Director

Brian C. Whitmer

     32       Director

 

(1) Member of the compensation committee.
(2) Member of the audit committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Executive Officers

Joshua L. Coates has served as our Chief Executive Officer since October 2010 and as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Coates served as Chief Technology Officer of the advanced development group at EMC Corporation, a provider of online information backup and recovery services. In 2005, Mr. Coates founded Berkeley Data Systems, which operated mozy.com, an online storage company, where he served as Founder and Chief Executive Officer until it was acquired by EMC in 2007. In 1999, Mr. Coates founded Scale Eight, a software company, where he served as Founder, Chief Technology Officer and member of the board of directors. Mr. Coates holds a B.S. in computer science from University of California, Berkeley. We believe Mr. Coates is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company and his extensive background in the software industry.

Steven B. Kaminsky has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2012. From March 2008 to May 2012, Mr. Kaminsky served as Chief Financial Officer at Radisphere National Radiology Group, Inc., a provider

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of standards-based radiology delivery solutions for health systems. Beginning in 2005, he served as Chief Financial Officer at Plan Data Management, a healthcare technology company, which was acquired by TriZetto Group, Inc., a healthcare technology company, in 2006, after which Mr. Kaminsky served as Vice President of Finance and Internal Audit until 2008. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Kaminsky served as Chief Financial Officer at ReefEdge, Inc., a software company. Prior to 2002, he held positions at McDonalds Corporation and Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Kaminsky holds a B.S. in accounting from University of Illinois at Urbana-Champagne, an M.B.A. from University of California, Los Angeles and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Marc T. Maloy has served as our Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales since September 2014 and previously served as our Senior Vice President Sales since April 2013. From 2001 to 2013, Mr. Maloy served in various roles at HireRight, Inc., a background checking company, most recently as Senior Vice President of Worldwide Sales from 2009 to April 2013. From 1998 to 2001, he served as Director of Operations at Certico Verification Services, LLC, a pre-employment background screening company. Mr. Maloy holds a B.S. in human resources and operations management from the Kelley School at Indiana University.

Matthew A. Kaminer has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since May 2015. From July 2013 to May 2015, Mr. Kaminer served as General Counsel and Secretary of Collective Inc., a video and mobile advertising company. From June 2011 to July 2013, he served as General Counsel and Secretary of Epocrates, Inc., a healthcare information company. From March 2010 to June 2011, Mr. Kaminer served as General Counsel for MediMedia USA, Inc., a provider of specialty healthcare communications, publishing and medical education. From 2004 to 2009, Mr. Kaminer served as Assistant General Counsel and Chief Privacy Officer at WebMD Health Corp., a medical information company. Mr. Kaminer holds a B.S. in computer science from Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from George Washington University.

Key Employees

S. David Burggraaf has served as our Senior Vice President Engineering since March 2014. From 2010 to 2014, Mr. Burggraaf served as Senior Vice President Product Engineering at FamilySearch Organization, a nonprofit family history organization. From 2006 to 2010, he served as Vice President Engineering at The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. From 1994 to 2006, Mr. Burggraaf served in various roles at Microsoft Corporation.

Misty D. Frost has served as our Senior Vice President Marketing since April 2012. From 2004 to 2012, Ms. Frost served in various roles at Datamark, Inc., a provider of enrollment marketing services to the higher education market, including Director of Product Development, Director of Interactive Operations and serving most recently as Vice President Delivery Services. Prior to 2004, she served in various marketing roles at Critical Mass Inc., a design agency, Sumus Interactive, Inc., a communications firm, and Dahlin Smith White, Inc., an advertising firm. Ms. Frost holds a B.S. in anthropology from the University of Utah.

Mitchell E. Macfarlane has served as our Senior Vice President Customer Experience since February 2015 and has served in various other leadership positions since joining us in May 2011. From May 2010 to May 2011, Mr. Macfarlane served as Principal Program Manager at VMware, Inc., a provider of virtualization and cloud infrastructure solutions. From 2006 to 2010, he served as Senior Enterprise Project Manager at InfoTrax Systems, LLC, a provider of backend operations systems. Prior to 2006, Mr. Macfarlane served in various roles at General Electric Company, Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., a direct selling company, and Big Planet Inc., a multi-level marketing company selling internet services. Mr. Macfarlane holds a B.S. in sociology and an M.B.A. from Brigham Young University.

Jeff E. Weber has served as our Senior Vice President People and Places since May 2013. From August 1999 to April 2013, Mr. Weber served in various roles at ancestry.com, an online family history company, most recently as Senior Vice President People and Places from March 2012 to April 2013. From 1996 to 1999, he served as Director Human Resource Outsourcing at The Russell Group, LLC, a human resources outsourcing

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

firm. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Weber served as a Human Resource Generalist at Shell Oil Company. Mr. Weber holds a B.S. in business and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in organizational behavior from Brigham Young University.

Zachary S. Wily has served as our Chief Architect since March 2014 and served as our Vice President Engineering from May 2011 to March 2014 and our Director, Engineering from February 2010 to May 2011. From 2005 to 2010, Mr. Wily served in various roles at Mozy and EMC.

Non-Employee Directors

Steven A. Collins has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. From 2011 to February 2014, Mr. Collins served as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ExactTarget Inc., a cross-channel digital marketing company. From 2003 to 2011, Mr. Collins was with NAVTEQ Corporation, a digital mapping company, and served as the Vice President of Finance and the Senior Vice President of Finance & Accounting prior to being named Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Collins currently serves on the board of directors of Shopify, Inc. Mr. Collins holds a B.S. in industrial engineering from Iowa State University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Collins is a Certified Public Accountant. We believe Mr. Collins is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his software industry experience, including his experience in finance.

William M. Conroy has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2013. Since March 2011, Mr. Conroy has served as President of Conroy Advisors, LLC, a consulting company. From March 2010 to March 2011, he served as Solutions Executive in the information management organization of IBM. From 2002 to 2010, Mr. Conroy served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Initiate Systems, Inc., a software company, until it was acquired by IBM in 2010. From 2001 to 2002, he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Click Commerce, Inc., a research solutions company. From 2000 to 2001, he served as a Partner with Insight Capital Group, a global private equity firm. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Conroy served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of TenFold Corporation, a software company. Prior to joining TenFold, he served in various capacities at Oracle Corporation, most recently as group vice president. Mr. Conroy holds a B.S. in business administration from Bowling Green State University. We believe Mr. Conroy is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to consulting and investment experience and his service on the boards of directors of other companies in the information technology industry.

Byron B. Deeter has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2013. Mr. Deeter is a Partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he has held various positions since he joined the firm in 2005, and is presently a member of the firm’s management company. From 2004 to 2005, he was a director at IBM. Mr. Deeter held various positions in Trigo Technologies, Inc., a product information management software company, including President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2000 to November 2000 and Vice President Business Development from November 2000 to April 2004. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Deeter worked as an Associate with TA Associates, a private equity firm, and from 1996 to 1998, as an Analyst at McKinsey & Company. Mr. Deeter served on the board of directors of Eloqua, Inc. from 2007 to 2013, until Eloqua was acquired by Oracle, on the board of directors of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. from 2007 to July 2014 and on the board of directors of Criteo S.A. from April 2010 to January 2014. Mr. Deeter holds a B.A. in political economies of industrial societies from the University of California, Berkeley. We believe Mr. Deeter is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience with SaaS and marketing companies.

E. Nicholaus Efstratis has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. Since 2007, Mr. Efstratis has served as a Managing Director at Epic Ventures, a venture capital firm. He has been a venture capitalist investing in early stage technology companies since 1999. Prior to focusing on the technology sector, Mr. Efstratis and his family founded and operated Ranchlife Adventures, a working cattle and guest ranch located in Montana. Mr. Efstratis holds a B.S. in entrepreneurship and an M.B.A. from Brigham Young University. We believe Mr. Efstratis is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience in the information technology industry.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Ellen Levy has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Since April 2012, Dr. Levy has served as Managing Director of Silicon Valley Connect, LLC, a management consulting company. From 2008 to April 2012, Dr. Levy served in various roles at LinkedIn Corporation, a professional social networking internet service, serving most recently as Vice President Strategic Initiatives since March 2010. Dr. Levy holds a B.A. from the University of Michigan and an M.A. and Ph.D. in cognitive psychology from Stanford University. We believe Dr. Levy is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience working with software and other technology companies.

Adam D. Marcus has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2014. Mr. Marcus is a Managing Partner at OpenView Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he has held various positions since he joined the firm in 2009. From 2005 to 2009, he served as an Associate and Senior Associate at Battery Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Marcus led corporate development for the Boston Celtics. Mr. Marcus holds a B.S. in psychology and Spanish from Franklin and Marshall College and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. We believe Mr. Marcus is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his investment experience in the information technology industry and his experience with SaaS and marketing companies.

Lloyd G. Waterhouse has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. From June 2012 to April 2014, Mr. Waterhouse served as the Chief Executive Officer of McGraw-Hill Education, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a content and analytics provider. From 2006 to December 2007, Mr. Waterhouse served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Harcourt Education Group, a global education company, and served as an independent director and consultant from August 2004 to September 2006. From 2001 to 2004, he served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Reynolds and Reynolds Co., a leading provider of integrated solutions to automotive retailers. Since May 2010, Mr. Waterhouse has served on the board of directors of SolarWinds, Inc., and from April 2009 to June 2012, served on the board of directors of ITT Educational Services, Inc. Mr. Waterhouse holds a B.S. in finance from Pennsylvania State University and an M.B.A. from Youngstown State University. We believe Mr. Waterhouse is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience as a senior executive, particularly within the education industry, and as a director of publicly-traded companies.

Brian C. Whitmer , one of our co-founders, has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2011 and between September 2008 and January 2010. Since July 2014, Mr. Whitmer has served as Founder of CoughDrop, Inc., an alternative and augmentative communication company. From September 2012 to December 2013, Mr. Whitmer served as our Chief Product Officer. From 2008 to September 2012, Mr. Whitmer served as our Vice President of Product. From 2007 to 2008, Mr. Whitmer served as a research lab assistant at Brigham Young University. From 2004 to 2006, he held various software development positions at the Missionary Training Center of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Mr. Whitmer holds a B.S. and M.S. in computer science from Brigham Young University. We believe Mr. Whitmer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive knowledge of our company and his software industry experience.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of seven members. Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement among certain of our major stockholders. Under the terms of this voting agreement, the stockholders who are party to the voting agreement have agreed to vote their respective shares so as to elect as directors: (1) one director designated by EPIC Venture Fund IV (Mr. Efstratis); (2) one director designated by OpenView Venture Partners, L.P. (Mr. Marcus); (3) one director designated by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(Mr. Deeter); (4) the person serving as Chief Executive Officer (Mr. Coates); (5) one director designated by certain holders of our common stock (Mr. Whitmer); and (6) two directors designated by the holders of our common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class (Mr. Collins and Mr. Conroy). The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. There is no contractual arrangement by which Dr. Levy and Mr. Waterhouse were appointed to our board of directors.

Our board of directors will consist of              members upon the closing of this offering. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be elected annually to serve until the next annual general meeting of stockholders.

Director Independence

Generally, under the listing requirements and rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within one year of the completion of this offering.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Our board of directors has determined that, other than Mr. Coates, by virtue of his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Whitmer, by virtue of his prior employment with us, none of our directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the NYSE. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable NYSE rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administration functions. Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by the board of directors. Following the closing of this offering, the charters for each of these committees will be available on our website at www.instructure.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of                     ,                      and                     , each of whom satisfies the independence requirements under the NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chairman of our audit committee is                                 . Our board of directors has determined that each of                     ,                      and                      is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Our board of directors has also determined that each member of our audit committee has the requisite financial expertise required under the applicable requirements of the NYSE. In arriving at this determination, the board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The primary purpose of the audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee our independent registered accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

    selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

    helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

    developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

    reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing related party transactions;

 

    obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

    approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit service to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of                     ,                      and                     , each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the NYSE listing standards and the rules and regulations of the SEC, a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The chairman of our compensation committee is                     .

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the terms of compensatory arrangements with our executive officers;

 

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

    selecting independent compensation consultants and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committee’s compensation advisors;

 

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate;

 

    reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees; and

 

    reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of                      and                     , each of whom our board of directors has determined to be independent under the NYSE listing standards. The chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee is                     .

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

    identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors;

 

    evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices;

 

    evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

    reviewing management succession plans; and

 

    developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the closing of this offering, the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website at www.instructure.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. We intend to disclose any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not incorporate by reference the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers serve, or have served during the last fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors, compensation committee or other board committee performing equivalent functions of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as one of our directors or on our compensation committee.

2014 Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during 2014. Mr. Coates did not receive any additional compensation for his service on our board of directors.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
     Option
Awards (1)
    Other
Compensation
    Total  

Steven A. Collins

   $       $ 168,976 (2)     $      $ 168,976   

William M. Conroy

                    40,000 (3)       40,000   

Byron B. Deeter

                             

E. Nicholaus Efstratis

                             

Ellen Levy (4)

                             

Adam D. Marcus

                             

Lloyd G. Waterhouse (4)

                             

Brian C. Whitmer

                    63,337 (5)       63,337   

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1) The amounts reported do not reflect the amounts actually received by our non-employee directors. Instead, these amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each stock option granted to our non-employee directors during 2014, as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 9 to our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our non-employee directors who have received options will only realize compensation with regard to these options to the extent the trading price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price of such options. The table below lists the aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding option awards held by each of our non-employee directors.

 

Name

   Number of Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options as of
December 31, 2014
 

Steven A. Collins

     85,535   

William M. Conroy.

       

Byron B. Deeter

       

E. Nicholaus Efstratis

       

Ellen Levy

       

Adam D. Marcus

       

Lloyd G. Waterhouse

       

Brian C. Whitmer

       

 

(2) In May 2014, in connection with the appointment of Mr. Collins to the board of directors and in consideration for his service as a director, we granted Mr. Collins an option to purchase 85,535 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.25 per share. All shares subject to the option are early exercisable, which are subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares if Mr. Collins ceases to provide continued services with us through the relevant vesting date. The shares are scheduled to vest over a two-year period as follows: 1/24th of the shares vest each month, subject to continued service with us through each relevant vesting date. The vesting of Mr. Collin’s option award will accelerate in full upon a change of control.
(3) Reflects compensation for advisory services paid to Mr. Conroy pursuant to a consulting agreement we entered into with Mr. Conroy in February 2013.
(4) Dr. Levy and Mr. Waterhouse joined our board of directors in August 2015.
(5) Includes (a) $30,004 earned in 2013, which were paid during 2014, pursuant to Mr. Whitmer’s employment and severance arrangements and (b) $33,333 for consulting services paid to Mr. Whitmer pursuant to a consulting agreement we entered into with Mr. Whitmer in December 2013.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

We have adopted a non-employee director compensation policy, pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

Cash Compensation

Commencing upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering, each non-employee director will receive an annual cash retainer of $30,000 for serving on our board of directors. The chairperson and members of the three standing committees of our board of directors will be entitled to the following additional annual cash retainers:

 

Committee

   Chairperson Fee      Member Fee  

Audit Committee

   $ 20,000       $ 7,500   

Compensation Committee

     10,000         5,000   

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

     7,500         3,500   

All annual cash compensation amounts will be payable in equal quarterly installments in arrears, on the last day of each fiscal quarter for which the service occurred, pro-rated based on the days served in the applicable fiscal quarter.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Each director may elect to receive their annual cash compensation in the form of restricted stock units, or RSUs. Such RSUs will be granted on the date of our annual stockholder meeting and will vest in full on the last market trading day immediately prior to the next annual stockholder meeting, subject to the director’s continued service through such vesting date.

Equity Compensation

IPO Grant. On the date of this offering, each of Ellen Levy and Lloyd G. Waterhouse, will be granted an RSU with a value of $350,000. The value of this award will be determined based on the price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This award will vest as to 50% on the last market trading day immediately prior to the first annual stockholder meeting after the date of this offering and 50% of this award will vest on the last market trading day immediately prior to the second annual stockholder meeting after the date of this offering, subject, in each case, to the director’s continued service through such vesting date. On the date of this offering, each of William M. Conroy and Byron B. Deeter will be granted an RSU with a value of $262,500. The value of this award will be determined based on the price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This award will vest as to one-third on the last market trading day immediately prior to the first annual stockholder meeting after the date of this offering and two-thirds of this award will vest on the last market trading day immediately prior to the second annual stockholder meeting after the date of this offering, subject, in each case, to the director’s continued service through such vesting date.

Initial Grant. On the date of a non-employee director’s initial appointment to our board of directors, or if such date is not a market trading day, the first market trading day thereafter, such director will receive (1) a RSU with a value of $175,000, pro-rated based on the number of days that have elapsed as of the date of appointment since our last annual meeting of stockholders (or if an annual meeting has not yet been held, the date of this offering), or the Pro-rated Portion, plus (2) a RSU with a value of $175,000, or the Annual Portion. The value of the awards granted will be determined based on the fair market value per share of common stock on the applicable grant date. The Pro-rated Portion will vest in full on the last market trading day immediately prior to the next annual stockholder meeting following such director’s appointment, subject to the director’s continued service through such vesting date. The Annual Portion will vest on the last market trading day immediately prior to the second annual stockholder meeting following such director’s appointment. If a non-employee director is initially elected at an annual stockholder meeting, such director will receive a RSU with a value of $350,000. The award will vest as to 50% on the last market trading day immediately prior to our next annual stockholder meeting and 50% will vest on the last market trading day immediately prior to the second annual stockholder meeting following such election, subject, in each case, to the director’s continued service through such vesting date.

Biennial Grant. On the date of each annual stockholder meeting, each non-employee director who is continuing in office after the date of such meeting, and whose IPO Grant, Initial Grant or most recent Biennial Grant, as applicable, has fully vested on the last market trading day immediately prior to the date of such annual stockholder meeting, will receive an RSU with a value of $350,000. The value of the awards granted will be determined based on the fair market value per share of common stock on the applicable grant date. The award will vest as to 50% on the last market trading day immediately prior to the next annual stockholder meeting and 50% will vest on the last market trading day immediately prior to the date of the following annual stockholder meeting, subject, in each case, to the director’s continued service through such vesting date.

Change in Control. All RSUs issued pursuant to the non-employee director compensation policy will vest in full upon a change in control or corporate transaction, each as defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, subject to the director’s continued service through the effective date of such transaction.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, as of December 31, 2014, were:

 

    Joshua L. Coates, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Steven B. Kaminsky, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

    Marc T. Maloy, our Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales.

2014 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers during 2014:

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Joshua L. Coates

     2014       $ 1       $      $      $ 1   

Chief Executive Officer

            

Steven B. Kaminsky

     2014         214,346         49,950 (1)       1,059 (2)       265,355   

Chief Financial Officer

            

Marc T. Maloy

     2014         256,944         141,786 (3)       2,859 (4)       401,589   

Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales

            

 

(1) Represent amounts earned in 2014, which were paid during 2015, under our executive bonus plan based on the achievement of company and individual performance goals. Our 2014 company goals related to business and corporate development objective and financial management objectives. The 2014 annual performance bonuses for each eligible named executive officers based on company performance (80%) and individual performance (20%), which we determined was appropriate in order to reinforce the importance of integrated and collaborative leadership. For 2014, Mr. Coates waived his right to receive any payments under the executive bonus plan, our board of directors determined that Mr. Kaminsky was entitled to 106% of his target bonus and Mr. Maloy was not eligible to participate in our executive bonus plan.
(2) Includes (a) the value of company paid premiums of $59 for life insurance and (b) $1,000 of safe-harbor matching contributions defined in our 401(k) plan.
(3) Represents sales commissions earned by Mr. Maloy in 2014. The amounts earned under his incentive compensation opportunity were based on the achievement of sales targets.
(4) Includes (a) the value of company paid premiums of $59 for life insurance and (b) $2,800 of safe-harbor matching contributions defined in our 401(k) plan.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2014

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014. All awards were granted under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

                Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date     Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price Per
Share (1)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
 

Joshua L. Coates

                              $                    $   

Steven B. Kaminsky

           05/21/2012                                    129,264 (2)(3)(4)       792,388 (5)  
    05/31/2013        05/31/2013        44,014 (2)(3)              1.38        05/30/2023                 

Marc T. Maloy

    04/11/2013        04/03/2013        225,000 (2)              0.67        04/10/2023                 

 

(1) The exercise price per share reflects the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2) All shares subject to the option are early exercisable, which are subject to our right to repurchase any unvested shares if the named executive officer ceases to provide continued services with us through the relevant vesting date. The shares are scheduled to vest over a four-year period as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the options vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and thereafter 1/48th of the shares vest each month, subject to continued service with us through each relevant vesting date.
(3) Pursuant to the offer letter between the named executive officer and us, the vesting of such named executive officer’s stock and option awards will accelerate under certain circumstances as described under “—Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.”
(4) Shares acquired pursuant to an early exercise provision and subject to a right of repurchase, which lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule. See footnote (2).
(5) This amount reflects the fair market value of our common stock of $6.13 per share as of December 31, 2014 as determined by our board of directors.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including, but not limited to, the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by Instructure during 2014.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, a non-qualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Instructure during 2014.

Employment and Change in Control Arrangements

We have offer letters with each of our executive officers other than Mr. Coates. The offer letters generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the executive officer’s initial base salary, initial equity grant amount, and eligibility for employee benefits. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed of our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. The key terms of employment with our executive officers are described below.

Offer Letters

Joshua L. Coates . We have no employment agreement or offer letter with Joshua L. Coates, our Chief Executive Officer, and we currently do not anticipate entering into one in the future. Mr. Coates’s current annual base salary is $1. Mr. Coates is an at-will employee and receives no benefits different from those available to all our full-time employees and receives no perquisites.

Steven B. Kaminsky. In April 2012, we extended an offer letter to Steven B. Kaminsky, our Chief Financial Officer. The offer letter has no specific term and constitutes an at-will employment arrangement. Mr. Kaminsky’s current annual base salary is $238,500 and his annual target bonus is 30% of his base salary. The offer letter provided Mr. Kaminsky with relocation support up to a maximum amount of $75,000 to assist with his relocation to the Company’s headquarters in Utah. In connection with his employment, Mr. Kaminsky was granted a stock option for 364,978 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.15 per share. In addition, pursuant to his offer letter, Mr. Kaminsky was eligible to receive an additional stock option grant if we completed a qualified financing by the one-year anniversary of Mr. Kaminsky’s start date. Accordingly, in connection with the sale and issuance of our Series D preferred stock, we granted Mr. Kaminsky a stock option for 44,014 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.38 per share. The shares underlying the option vest as to 25% on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares vest each

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

month thereafter, subject to Mr. Kaminsky’s continued service with us through each relevant vesting date. These option grants will vest in full if his employment is terminated without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the applicable stock option agreements underlying these options) in connection with a change in control or within three months prior to or 12 months after such change in control.

Marc T. Maloy. In March 2013, we extended an offer letter to Marc T. Maloy, our Executive Vice President Worldwide Sales. The offer letter had no specific term and constitutes an at-will employment arrangement. Mr. Maloy’s current annual base salary is $250,000. The offer letter provided Mr. Maloy with relocation support up to a maximum amount of $25,000 to assist with his relocation to our headquarters in Utah. In connection with his employment, Mr. Maloy was granted a stock option for 245,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $0.67 per share. The shares underlying the option vest as to 25% on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/48th of the shares vest each month thereafter, subject to Mr. Maloy’s continued service with us through each relevant vesting date. Mr. Maloy is also eligible to receive sales commissions based on the achievement of sales targets.

Change in Control and Severance Agreements

In August 2015, we entered into executive agreements with each of our executive officers and certain other employees. The agreement with each executive officer provides that if such officer is terminated for any reason other than cause, death or disability or the officer voluntarily resigns for good reason, such officer would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

    a payment equal to 6 months of such officer’s then-current base salary, paid over the 6 month period following such officer’s separation from service;

 

    reimbursement of COBRA premiums for such officer and his or her eligible dependents, if any, for a period of up to 6 months; and

 

    a lump sum payment equal to 80% of such officer’s annual target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months of service in the year in which the separation of service occurs.

In addition, these agreements provide that if such officer is terminated for any reason other than cause, death or disability or if the officer voluntarily resigns for good reason within 3 months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the change in control) or 12 months after a change in control, such officer would be entitled to receive the following severance benefits:

 

    a payment equal to 9 months of such officer’s then-current base salary, paid over the 9 month period following such officer’s separation from service;

 

    reimbursement of COBRA premiums for such officer and his or her eligible dependents, if any, for a period of up to 9 months;

 

    a lump sum payment equal to 80% of such officer’s annual target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months of service in the year in which the separation of service occurs, provided that the effective date of termination is on or after March 31 of the year of termination; and

 

    100% acceleration of vesting of all then-unvested equity awards held by such officer.

Payment of any severance benefits is conditioned on the executive officer’s timely execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

Equity Benefit Plans

We believe that our ability to grant equity-based awards is a valuable and necessary compensation tool that aligns the long-term financial interests of our employees, consultants and directors with the financial interests of our stockholders. In addition, we believe that our ability to grant options and other equity-based awards helps us

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to attract, retain and motivate employees, consultants and directors and encourages them to devote their best efforts to our business and financial success. The principal features of our equity incentive plans and our 401(k) plan are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which, other than the 401(k) plan, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2015 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2015 Plan, in August 2015 and our stockholders approved the 2015 Plan in         2015, which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Once the 2015 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan.

Stock Awards . The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of equity compensation, or collectively, stock awards, all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Additionally, the 2015 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors and consultants.

Share Reserve . Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2015 Plan after the 2015 Plan becomes effective is 3,000,000 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2015 Plan becomes effective before such date) and continuing through and including January 1, 2025, by 4.5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2015 Plan is 12,000,000 shares.

No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock under the 2015 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000. Such limitations are designed to help assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

If a stock award granted under the 2015 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2015 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2015 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2015 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under the 2015 Plan.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2015 Plan, our

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2015 Plan. Subject to the terms of our 2015 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2015 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2015 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2015 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the plan administrator.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount not to exceed the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2015 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards . The 2015 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria, including without limitation: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings; (2) total stockholder return; (3) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (4) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (5) stock price; (6) margin (including gross margin); (7) income (before or after taxes); (8) operating income; (9) pre-tax profit; (10) operating cash flow; (11) sales or revenue targets; (12) increases in revenue or product revenue; (13) expenses and cost reduction goals; (14) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (15) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (16) market share; (17) cash flow; (18) share price performance; (19) debt reduction; (20) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (21) stockholders’ equity; (22) capital expenditures; (23) debt levels; (24) operating profit or net operating profit; (25) workforce diversity; (26) growth of net income or operating income; (27) billings; (28) bookings; (29) employee retention; (30) user satisfaction; (31) the number of users, including but not limited

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

to unique users; (32) budget management; (33) partner satisfaction; and (34) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions.

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless otherwise specified by our board of directors (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the performance goals are established, our compensation committee will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of the performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to GAAP; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under GAAP; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by our company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under GAAP; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under GAAP; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of entering into or achieving milestones involved in licensing arrangements.

Other Stock Awards . The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2015 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:

 

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or parent company;

 

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction; or

 

    make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.

Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under the 2015 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

Change of Control . The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. For example, certain of our employees may receive an award agreement that provides for vesting acceleration upon the individual’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason (including a material reduction in the individual’s base salary, duties, responsibilities or authority, or a material relocation of the individual’s principal place of employment with us) in connection with a change of control. Under the 2015 Plan, a change of control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially of our consolidated assets.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2015 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2015 Plan.

2010 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders approved the 2010 Plan, in January 2010. The 2010 Plan was amended most recently in March 2015. The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock awards and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants.

The 2015 Plan became will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under our 2010 Plan following that date, and the 2010 Plan will be terminated. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2010 Plan have terms similar to those described above with respect to options to be granted under the 2015 Plan.

Authorized Shares. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2010 Plan is 11,808,205. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2010 Plan is 11,808,205.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under the 2010 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or are settled in cash do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under the 2010 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers the 2010 Plan and the stock awards granted under it. Subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine and amend the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise,

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

purchase or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under the 2010 Plan.

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under GAAP, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Corporate Transactions. The 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding stock award may be assumed or continued or an equivalent stock award may be substituted by a successor corporation and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us in respect of common stock issued pursuant to prior stock awards may be assigned to the successor corporation. If the successor corporation does not agree to assume or continue the stock award or to substitute an equivalent stock award, such stock awards will become fully vested and exercisable prior to the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights will lapse. Any awards that have not been assumed, continued, substituted, or exercised prior to the corporate transaction will terminate at the closing of the transaction.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer stock awards under the 2010 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the 2010 Plan.

Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2010 Plan, provided that such action is approved by our stockholders to the extent stockholder approval is necessary and that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Unless sooner terminated, the 2010 Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date the 2010 Plan was adopted by the Board. No stock awards may be granted under the 2010 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, in August 2015. Our stockholders approved the ESPP in                     2015. The ESPP will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our ESPP is 500,000 shares (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 and continuing through and including January 1, 2025, by the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (2) 500,000 shares of common stock; or (3) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under the ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP. Shares may be authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us on the open market.

Our board of directors will administer the ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee.

Our employees and, if designated by our board of directors, the employees of our parent or subsidiaries may be eligible to participate in the ESPP. Employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee (1) immediately after the grant would own

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (2) holds rights to purchase stock under the ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding. Under the ESPP, we may grant purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan because of deviations necessary to permit participation by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, as required by applicable foreign laws.

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator also may adopt procedures and sub-plans under the ESPP. No offerings have been approved as of the date of this prospectus.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions or other methods with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under the ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under the ESPP. During a participant’s lifetime, a purchase right may be exercised only by such participant.

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress may be shortened and a new exercise date will be set, so that the participants’ purchase rights can be exercised within 10 business days prior to the corporate transaction and terminate immediately thereafter.

The ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our ESPP, at any time and for any reason.

Health and Welfare Benefits

All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental and vision insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other full-time employees.

401(k) Plan

Our 401(k) Plan is a deferred savings retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. All of our employees are generally eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan subject to certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age. Under the 401(k) Plan, each employee may make pre-tax contributions of up to 100% of their eligible compensation up to the current statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Employees who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. We also make safe-harbor matching contributions up to $1,000 annually for each employee. Pre-tax contributions by employees and any employer contributions that we make to the 401(k) Plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to employees until withdrawn. Employer contributions that we make to the 401(k) Plan are generally deductible when made. Employee contributions are held in trust as required by law. An employee’s interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals, including, with the exception of certain discretionary contributions, any matching contributions made by us, is 100% vested when contributed. For 2014, we made $0.3 million in matching contributions.

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Upon the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former executive officers and directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability:

 

    for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;

 

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or

 

    for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we shall advance expenses incurred by an executive officer and director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our other officers, employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a participant, in which:

 

    the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation and other arrangements that are described in the section titled “Executive Compensation” or that were approved by our compensation committee.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable in arm’s-length transactions.

Sales of Preferred Stock

In August 2012, we issued an aggregate of 1,862,198 shares of our Series C preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.37 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. In May 2013, we issued an aggregate of 3,773,578 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $7.95 per share for an aggregate purchase price $30.0 million. In November 2014, we issued an aggregate of 2,737,100 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $14.614 per share for an aggregate purchase price $40.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of preferred stock by holders of more than 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities and our directors. None of our executive officers purchased shares of preferred stock.

 

Name

   Shares of 
Series C
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of
Series D
Preferred
Stock
     Shares of 
Series E
Preferred
Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (1)

             3,270,440         273,709       $ 29,999,981   

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners (2)

                     2,052,826         29,999,999   

Entities affiliated with Epic Ventures (3)

     783,865         415,093         410,565         13,509,341   

Entities affiliated with OpenView Venture Partners (4)

     1,078,333                         5,790,648   

 

(1) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. Mr. Deeter, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of Bessemer Venture Partners.
(2) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investors) VIII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P., Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund III, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P.
(3) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by Epic Expansion Capital, LLC, Epic Venture Fund IV, LLC and Zions SBIC LLC. Epic Ventures is the manager of Zions SBIC LLC. Mr. Efstratis, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Epic Ventures.
(4) Includes shares of preferred stock purchased by OpenView Venture Partners, L.P., OpenView Affiliates Funds, L.P., OpenView Venture Partners II, L.P. and OpenView Affiliates Fund II, L.P. Mr. Marcus, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner of OpenView Venture Partners.

Repurchase and Subsequent Sale of Securities

In January 2012, we repurchased an aggregate of 344,828 shares of our Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.90 per share and 465,118 shares of our common at a purchase price of $2.15 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million. In February 2012, we sold an equal number of shares at the same prices for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million to certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities and our directors.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the capital stock we repurchased from Joshua L. Coates, our Chief Executive Officer, and Brian C. Whitmer, a member of the board of directors:

 

Name

   Shares of Common
Stock Repurchased
     Shares of Series A
Preferred
Stock Repurchased
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Joshua L. Coates

             344,828       $ 1,000,001   

Brian C. Whitmer

     232,559                 500,002   

The following table summarizes the capital stock purchased by the holders of 5% of our capital stock and their affiliated entities and our directors. None of our executive officers purchased shares of capital stock.

 

Name

   Shares of
Common
Stock
     Shares of 
Series A
Preferred Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase
Price
 

Entities affiliated with OpenView Venture Partners (1)

     269,333         199,678       $ 1,158,132   

Entities affiliated with Epic Ventures (2)

     195,785         145,150         841,873   

 

(1) Includes shares purchased by OpenView Venture Partners, L.P., OpenView Affiliates Funds, L.P., OpenView Venture Partners II, L.P. and OpenView Affiliates Fund II, L.P. Mr. Marcus, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Partner of OpenView Venture Partners.
(2) Includes shares purchased by Epic Venture Fund IV, LLC and Zions SBIC LLC. Epic Ventures is the manager of Zions SBIC LLC. Mr. Efstratis, a member of our board of directors, is a Managing Director at Epic Ventures.

Other Issuances of Securities

In February 2013, we sold 37,221 shares of our common stock to Conroy Investments, LLC, an entity affiliated with William Conroy, a member of our board of directors, at a per share price of $4.03, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.

In February 2015, we issued 384,575 shares of our Series A preferred stock and 176,470 shares of our Series B preferred stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants held by Joshua L. Coates, our Chief Executive Officer, at a per share exercise price of $0.26 and $0.85, respectively, for an aggregate purchase price of $250,000.

Investor Rights Agreement

In April 2014, we entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement with holders of our preferred stock and common stock, including entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners, Bessemer Venture Partners, Epic Ventures, OpenView Venture Partners, and our chief executive officer. Messrs. Deeter, Efstratis and Marcus, members of our board of directors, are affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, Epic Ventures and OpenView Venture Partners, respectively. After the closing of this offering, these holders will be entitled to certain registration rights, including the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The investor rights agreement also provides for a right of first refusal in favor of certain holders of our capital stock with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock. The rights of first refusal will not apply to, and will terminate upon, closing of this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters with our executive officers. For more information regarding these offer letters, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employment, Severance and Change of Control Agreements.”

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Equity Grants

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and a member of our board of directors. For a description of these stock options, see the section titled “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws provides that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our other officers, employees and agents when determined appropriate by the board of directors. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related Party Transaction Policy

We have adopted a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, key employees, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, is not permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction will be on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related-party’s interest in the transaction.

All of the transactions described in this section were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy. Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director’s or officer’s relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to us and in the best interest of all our stockholders.

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2015 by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned before the offering shown in the table is based on 32,173,354 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering. The percentage of shares beneficial owned after this offering assumes the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering. The percentage of              shares beneficially owned assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including stock options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015. Shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options and the percentage of any group of which the person is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Section 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Instructure, Inc., 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700, Salt Lake City, UT 84121.

 

Name and Address

of Beneficial Owner

   Number
of Shares
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
      Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

Greater than 5% stockholders

       

Entities affiliated with OpenView Venture Partners (1)

     7,429,696         23.1         

Entities affiliated with Epic Ventures (2)

     7,085,684         22.0     

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners (3)

     3,979,719         12.4     

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners (4)

     3,134,269         9.7     

Directors and Named Executive Officers

       

Joshua L. Coates

     3,996,713         12.4     

Steven B. Kaminsky (5)

     408,992         1.3     

Marc T. Maloy (6)

     245,000         *     

Steven A. Collins (7)

     85,535         *     

William M. Conroy (8)

     178,754         *     

Byron B. Deeter (3)

     3,979,719         12.4     

E. Nicholaus Efstratis (2) (9)

     7,144,408         22.2     

Ellen Levy (10)

                 

Adam D. Marcus (1)

     7,429,696         23.1     

Lloyd G. Waterhouse (12)

                 

Brian C. Whitmer (11)

     1,864,123         5.8     

All current executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (13)

     25,332,940         77.9     

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent
(1) Includes (a) 174,468 shares held by OpenView Affiliates Fund II, L.P., (b) 262,879 shares held by OpenView Affiliates Fund, L.P., (c) 3,540,378 shares held by OpenView Venture Partners II, L.P. and (d) 3,451,971 shares held by OpenView Venture Partners, L.P. OpenView Management, LLC, the general partner of OpenView Affiliates Fund II, L.P., OpenView Affiliates Fund, L.P., OpenView Venture Partners II, L.P. and OpenView Venture Partners, L.P., has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by these entities. The managing member of OpenView Management, LLC is Scott Maxwell. Mr. Marcus, a member of our board of directors, is a managing partner at OpenView Venture Partners. The address for each of these entities is 303 Congress Street, 7th Floor, Boston, MA 02210.
(2) Includes (a) 859,209 shares held by Epic Expansion Capital Annex, LLC, (b) 410,565 shares held by Epic Expansion Capital, LLC, (c) 4,009,218 shares held by Epic Venture Fund IV, LLC and (d) 1,806,692 shares held by Zions SBIC LLC. EPIC Management Partners, LLC is the manager of Epic Expansion Capital Annex, LLC. E. Nicholaus Efstratis and Kent Madsen have shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Epic Expansion Capital Annex, LLC, Epic Expansion Capital, LLC, Epic Venture Fund IV, LLC and Zions SBIC LLC, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by such entities, except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Efstratis, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director at Epic Ventures. The address for each of these entities is One South Main Street, 8th Floor Salt Lake City, UT 84111.
(3) Includes (a) 2,172,927 shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P. (“Bessemer Institutional”) and (b) 1,806,792 shares held by Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P. (“Bessemer VIII” and together with Bessemer Institutional, the “Bessemer Entities”). Deer VIII & Co. L.P. is the general partner of each of the Bessemer Entities, and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. is the general partner of Deer VIII L.P. Each of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. and Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Entities. Robert M. Stavis, J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, a member of our board of directors, Robert P. Goodman and Jeremy S. Levine are the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to shares held by the Bessemer Entities are made by the directors of Deer VIII Ltd. acting as an investment committee. No stockholder, partner, director, officer, manager, member or employee of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. or Deer VIII & Co. Ltd. has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by the Bessemer Entities. The address for the Bessemer Entities is c/o Bessemer Venture Partners 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, NY 10538.
(4) Includes (a) 972,452 shares held by Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P.; (b) 251,546 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII, L.P.; (c) 34,705 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Co-Investors) VIII, L.P.; (d) 308,432 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P., (e) 909,153 shares held by Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund III, L.P. and (f) 657,981 shares held by Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P. Insight Holdings Group, LLC (“Holdings”) is the sole shareholder of Insight Venture Associates VIII, Ltd. (“IVA Ltd”) and Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, LTD (“IVA Coinvestment LTD”). IVA Ltd is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates VIII, L.P. (“IVP LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners VIII (Co-Investors), L.P. IVA Coinvestment LTD is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, L.P. (“IVA Coinvestment LP”), which is the general partner of Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P. and Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund III, L.P. Each of Jeffrey Horing, Deven Parekh, Peter Sobiloff, Michael Triplett and Jeffrey Lieberman is a member of the board of managers of Holdings. Because Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Triplett and Lieberman are members of the board of managers of Holdings, Holdings is the sole shareholder of IVA Ltd and IVA Coinvestment LTD, Messrs. Horing, Parekh, Sobiloff, Triplett and Lieberman have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these entities. The foregoing is not an admission by Holdings, IVA Ltd or IVA Coinvestment LTD that it is the beneficial owner of the shares held by these entities. The principal business address of the entities affiliated with Insight Venture Management, LLC is c/o Insight Venture Partners, 1114 Avenue of the Americas 36th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
(5) Includes (a) 364,978 shares and (b) 44,014 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015.
(6) Consists of (a) 20,000 shares and (b) 225,000 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015.
(7) Represents 85,535 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015.
(8) Represents 178,754 shares held by Conroy Investments, LLC, with respect to which Mr. Conroy holds sole voting and investment power.
(9) Includes 58,724 shares held by NKE Investments, LLC. Mr. Efstratis has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by this entity.
(10) Dr. Levy joined our board of directors in August 2015.
(11) Includes (a) 1,064,123 shares held by The Brian and Paula Whitmer Revocable Trust dated April 10, 2014 and (b) 800,000 shares held by Whitmer Family Enterprises, LLC, with respect to all of which Mr. Whitmer holds sole voting and investment power.
(12) Mr. Waterhouse joined our board of directors in August 2015.
(13) Includes (a) 24,978,391 shares held by the directors and executive officers and (b) 354,549 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2015.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be in effect immediately after the closing of the offering are summaries and are qualified by reference to these documents. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for common stock and will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 210,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

    200,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of June 30, 2015, we had outstanding:

 

    32,173,354 shares of common stock, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

    5,467,958 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.51 per share; and

 

    155,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.41 per share.

Our outstanding capital stock was held by 180 stockholders of record as of June 30, 2015.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The rights, preferences, and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2015, there were 22,465,711 shares of preferred stock outstanding, which will convert, immediately upon the closing of this offering, into 22,465,711 shares of common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2015, 5,467,958 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.51 per share. For additional information regarding the terms of these plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Warrants

As of June 30, 2015, 155,000 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase common stock with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.41 per share. Of such shares 25,000 are only issuable, at an exercise price of $2.98 per share, if the aggregate loan balance under our credit facility exceeds $7,500,000. The warrants provide for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrants in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Unless exercised earlier, these warrants shall terminate three years after the closing of this offering.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investor rights agreement which provides that holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This investor rights agreement was entered into in April 2011 and has been amended and restated from time to time in connection with our preferred stock financings. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specific conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire three years after the effective date of the registration statement, of

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

which this prospectus forms a part, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as that stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of 27,246,852 shares of common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of 75% of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we file a registration statement having an aggregate offering price to the public of not less than $10,000,000 to register the offer and sale of all or a portion of their shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of 27,246,852 shares of common stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. If we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of 27,246,852 shares of common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Such holders may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $500,000.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Among other things, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will:

 

    permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

    provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may be removed with or without cause, by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

    provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent or electronic transmission;

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

    provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors; and

 

    not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

The amendment of any of these provisions would require approval by the holders of at least 66 2/3% of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding upon consummation of the transaction, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

    any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

    any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder;

 

    subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; and

 

    the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by the entity or person.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with one or more actions or proceedings described above, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification.”

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “INST.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                         . The transfer agent and registrar’s address is                                 . The transfer agent’s telephone number is                     .

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market for our common stock existed, and a liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock from time to time and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital in the future. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2015, upon the closing of this offering shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining             shares of common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are subject to lock-up agreements with us as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the offer and sale is registered or if the offer and sale qualifies for an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below. These remaining shares will generally become available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    no shares will be eligible for sale in the public market on the date of this prospectus; and

 

    approximately             shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in certain circumstances to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701.

As of June 30, 2015, of the             shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding, approximately             shares will be vested and eligible for sale 181 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of common stock from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes. In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of shares of common stock that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of common stock issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment.

In addition, the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (1) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and (2) we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale and (3) we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2015; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; provided, in each case, that we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale.

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale, public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. As of June 30, 2015,             shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register the issuance of shares of our common stock under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Lock-Up Arrangements

Our officers, directors and substantially all of our stockholders and option and warrant holders have agreed with the underwriters that for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. may, in their sole discretion, at any time, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in this agreement.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement described above, we have entered into agreements with certain securityholders, including the investor rights agreement and our standard form option agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such securityholders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of 27,246,852 shares of common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. If the offer and sale of these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income and estate taxes. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or federal Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such pass-through entities. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of acquiring, owning and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local or foreign tax consequences.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (3) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (4) a trust if it (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion below, distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and you do not timely provide the required certification, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the U.S.) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments.

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment that such holder maintains in the U.S.), (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met or (3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period. In general, we would be a U.S. real property holding corporation if interests in U.S. real estate comprised (by fair market value) at least half of our business assets. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a U.S. real property holding corporation depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future. Even if we are treated as a U.S. real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (a) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than five percent of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (b) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (1) above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder described in (2) above, you will be

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses if you timely file U.S. tax returns reporting the losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.).

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any dividends we pay on our common stock including the amount of any such dividends, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such dividends are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

Dividends paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

Under current U.S. federal income tax law, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing Non-U.S. Holder status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the U.S. through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers.

Any amounts of tax withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% may apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). This U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% will also apply to dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of these rules to their investment in our common stock.

The withholding provisions described above apply currently to payments of dividends and, pursuant to IRS guidance, is expected to apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock on or after January 1, 2019.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Federal Estate Tax

If an individual Non-U.S. Holder is treated as the owner of, or has made certain lifetime transfers of, an interest in our common stock, that person’s gross estate will include the value thereof for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, even though such individual was not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of his or her death.

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional             shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “INST.”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, which we refer to as the restricted period:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

  (1)   transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering;

 

  (2)   transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution;

 

  (3)   transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to an immediate family member or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lockup agreement or such immediate family member of the party subject to the lock-up agreement (for purposes of the lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

 

  (4)   transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock by will or intestacy;

 

  (5)   transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock pursuant to a domestic relations order, divorce decree or court order;

 

  (6)   distributions of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into our common stock to limited partners, general partners, members, stockholders or holders of similar equity interests in the party subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

  (7)   sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

  (8)   transfers or distributions of shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust;

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (9)   transfers to us in connection with the repurchase of our common stock in connection with the termination of the employment with us of the party subject to the lock-up agreement pursuant to contractual agreements with us;

 

  (10)   the disposition of shares of our common stock to us, or the withholding of shares of our common stock by us, in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act solely in connection with the payment of taxes due with respect to the vesting of restricted stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or pursuant to a contractual employment arrangement described in this prospectus, insofar as such restricted stock is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;

 

  (11)   the exercise of a stock option granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus by the party subject to the lock-up agreement, and the receipt by the party subject to the lock-up agreement of shares of our common stock from us upon such exercise, insofar as such option is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and, provided, further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering;

 

  (12)   a merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a change of control that has been approved by our board of directors, provided that, in the event that such change of control transaction is not completed, this clause (12) shall not be applicable and the shares of the party subject to the lock-up agreement shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

  (13)   the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of our common stock provided that (a) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the restricted period and (b) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of our common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

provided, that, in the case of clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) or (8) above each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement; and, provided, further that in the case of clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (8), (9) or (10) above no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period. A “change of control” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of our voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least 90% of our (or the surviving entity’s) outstanding voting securities and for the avoidance of doubt, this offering is not a change of control.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Instructure, Inc. at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and for the years then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have submitted with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. You may also request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing us at 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700, Salt Lake City, UT 84121.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.instructure.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors of Instructure, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Instructure, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Instructure, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

June 24, 2015

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    

 

 

December 31,

    June 30,
2015
    Pro forma
Stockholders’

Equity
June 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014      
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,138      $ 43,915      $ 13,608     

Short term marketable securities

     9,317        501        1,150     

Accounts receivable—net of allowance of $53, $135, and $171 at December 31, 2013, 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively

     3,927        8,182        28,240     

Prepaid expenses

     1,037        2,979        3,606     

Other current assets

     328        617        1,764     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     27,747        56,194        48,368     

Noncurrent marketable securities

     3,990                   

Property and equipment, net

     7,077        7,761        9,747     

Goodwill

            989        989     

Intangible assets, net

     1,027        753        598     

Noncurrent prepaid expenses

     677        652        728     

Other assets

     651        677        1,278     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 41,169      $ 67,026      $ 61,708     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,784      $ 2,546      $ 4,505     

Accrued liabilities

     3,669        5,605        7,591     

Deferred rent

            380        466     

Deferred revenue

     16,780        29,380        42,978     

Capital lease obligation

     271        223        73     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     22,504        38,134        55,613     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     2,686        2,574        2,815     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     8,385        8,520        8,813     

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

     223                   

Warrant liability

     1,002        3,577        205     

Other long-term liabilities

     355        763        470     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     35,155        53,568        67,916     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 19,729, 22,630 and 22,630 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 19,169, 21,906 and 22,466 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; liquidation and redemption value of $49,431, $89,431, $93,580 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2015

     49,092        88,989        93,770      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit):

        

Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 35,000, 38,000 and 39,900 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 7,367, 11,214 and 11,400 shares issued and 5,674, 9,521 and 9,707 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; 32,173 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma at June 30, 2015 (unaudited) (see Note 1)

     1        1        1        3   

Treasury stock, 1,693 common shares, at cost

     (1     (1     (1     (1

Additional paid-in capital

     5,413        14,392        20,590        114,360   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     5               (1     (1

Accumulated deficit

     (48,496     (89,923     (120,567     (120,567
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit)

     (43,078     (75,531     (99,978   $ (6,206
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 41,169      $ 67,026      $ 61,708     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Subscription and support

   $ 22,456      $ 38,093      $ 15,724      $ 25,948   

Professional services and other

     3,599        6,259        2,452        4,554   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     26,055        44,352        18,176        30,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

        

Subscription and support

     8,581        12,131        5,086        7,613   

Professional services and other

     2,039        2,982        1,118        2,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     10,620        15,113        6,204        10,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     15,435        29,239        11,972        20,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     20,702        35,390        14,191        25,131   

Research and development

     11,242        21,290        7,812        10,916   

General and administrative

     5,321        11,268        4,183        13,969   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     37,265        67,948        26,186        50,016   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (21,830     (38,709     (14,214     (29,957
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     22        32        28        7   

Interest expense

     (150     (136     (57     (44

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     (545     (2,518     (1,391     (527

Other income (expense), net

     4        (39     14        (109
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (669     (2,661     (1,406     (673
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (22,499     (41,370     (15,620     (30,630

Income tax expense

            (57     —          (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (22,499   $   (41,427   $   (15,620)      $   (30,644)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividends to investors

     (353            —          (632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $   (22,852   $   (41,427   $   (15,620)      $   (31,276)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.05   $ (4.98   $ (2.04   $ (3.33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders

     5,642        8,312        7,656      $ 9,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (1.37     $ (0.98
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

       30,218          31,858   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
           2013                 2014           2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $   (22,499   $   (41,427   $   (15,620   $   (30,644

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     5                      (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (22,494   $ (41,427   $ (15,620   $ (30,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
        Common
Stock, $0.001
Par Value
    Common
Treasury Stock
    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount         Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances at January 1, 2013

    15,395      $ 18,863          7,029      $ 1        (1,693   $ (1     2,130      $      $ (25,997   $ (23,867

Exercise of common stock options

                    338                             42                      42   

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

                                                2                      2   

Stock-based compensation

                                                3,592                      3,592   

Repurchase of common stock

                                  (37     (150                          (150

Reissuance of treasury stock

                                  37        150                             150   

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock—net of issuance costs of $124

    3,774        29,876                                                             

Deemed dividends to investors

           353                                      (353                   (353

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                                                       5               5   

Net loss

                                                              (22,499     (22,499
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

    19,169        49,092          7,367        1        (1,693     (1     5,413        5        (48,496     (43,078

Exercise of common stock options

                    3,703                             528                      528   

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

                                                149                      149   

Stock-based compensation

                                                8,198                      8,198   

Grant of restricted stock awards

                    109                                                    

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock—net of issuance costs of $103

    2,737        39,897                                                             

Common stock issued in 12 Spokes acquisition

                    35                             104                      104   

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                                                       (6            (6

Reclassification of gain on marketable securities to earnings

                                                       1               1   

Net loss

                                                              (41,427     (41,427
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    21,906        88,989          11,214        1        (1,693     (1     14,392               (89,923     (75,531

Exercise of common stock options (unaudited)

                    186                             111                      111   

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase (unaudited)

                                                32                      32   

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                                6,687                      6,687   

Exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant (unaudited)

    560        4,149                                                             

Deemed dividends to investors (unaudited)

           632                                      (632                   (632

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                                                       (1            (1

Net loss (unaudited)

                                   —                                     —        (30,644     (30,644
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

    22,466      $   93,770          11,400      $ 1        (1,693   $ (1   $   20,590      $ (1   $   (120,567   $   (99,978
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
           2013               2014           2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Operating Activities:

        

Net loss

   $   (22,499   $   (41,427   $   (15,620   $   (30,644

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation of property and equipment

     1,238        1,760        805        1,136   

Amortization of intangible assets

     299        306        150        155   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     49        61        21        32   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     545        2,575        1,391        527   

Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation

     (50     (872              

Stock-based compensation

     3,592        8,198        491        6,687   

Other

     245        200        85        111   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

Accounts receivable, net

     (2,067     (4,335     (16,041     (20,167

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (1,378     (2,296     100        (2,451

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     1,435        2,542        881        3,945   

Deferred revenue

     7,359        12,488        12,576        13,839   

Deferred rent

     2,742        515        666        379   

Other liabilities

     (144     (110     (57     (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (8,634     (20,395     (14,552     (26,712
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (997     (2,440     (1,228     (3,139

Purchases of intangible assets

     (7     (6     (6       

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

            37        8        18   

Purchases of marketable securities

     (13,401     (1,155     (648     (1,153

Sale of marketable securities

            10,402        10,402          

Maturities of marketable securities

            3,415        2,065        500   

Acquisition of 12 Spokes

            (250     (250       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (14,405     10,003        10,343        (3,774
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $124, $103, $0 and $0 in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, respectively

     29,876        39,897                 

Proceeds from exercise of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

                          250   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     42        751        548        111   

Payments of line of credit financing costs

     (22     (80     (18     (32

Repurchase of common stock

     (150                     

Proceeds from the sale of treasury stock

     150                        

Advances from the revolving credit note facility

     2,000                        

Repayment of advances from the revolving credit note facility

     (2,000                     

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (205     (271     (134     (150

Excess tax benefit for stock-based compensation

     50        872                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     29,741        41,169        396        179   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     6,702        30,777        (3,813     (30,307

Cash, beginning of period

     6,436        13,138        13,138        43,915   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

   $ 13,138      $ 43,915      $ 9,325      $ 13,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 101      $ 51      $ 28      $ 11   

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

        

Leasehold improvements

   $ 5,629      $      $      $ 494   

Property and equipment acquired under capital lease

   $ 699      $      $      $   

Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid

   $      $ 33      $ 150      $ 642   

Line of credit financing costs

   $ 47      $ 58      $ 57      $   

Issuance of common stock for acquisition

   $      $ 104      $ 104      $   

Deemed dividends to investors

   $ 353      $      $      $ 632   

Vesting of common stock subject to repurchase

   $ 2      $ 149      $ 92      $ 32   

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

Instructure, Inc. provides an innovative, cloud-based learning management platform for academic institutions and companies worldwide. We built our learning management applications, Canvas, for the education market, and Bridge, for the corporate market, to enable our customers to easily develop, deliver and manage engaging face-to-face and online learning experiences. We offer our platform through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, business model. We were incorporated in the state of Delaware in September 2008. We are headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, and have wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Australia, the Netherlands and Hong Kong, all of which commenced operations in 2014 and Sweden, which commenced operations in February 2015.

We have financed our operations to date primarily with cash receipts from customers and the proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock. We will continue to require additional capital to move forward with our business plan. While we do have borrowings of $15,000,000 available (see Note 6—Credit Facility), there can be no assurance that funds necessary beyond these amounts will be available in amounts or on terms sufficient to ensure ongoing operations.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

Upon the closing of our initial public offering, or IPO, all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity information gives effect to the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock as of June 30, 2015. The effect of this conversion on the pro forma consolidated balance sheet will reduce stockholders’ deficit by $93,770,000.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 and the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, and the consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2015, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary to present fairly our consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2015 and our results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any other period.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Such estimates, which we evaluate on an on-going basis, include allowances for doubtful accounts, useful lives for property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation of marketable securities, valuation allowances for net deferred income tax assets, valuation of stock-based compensation and common stock, preferred stock warrants, the best estimate of selling price of deliverables included in multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and the weighted average customer life used in the recognition of nonrefundable upfront implementation service revenue. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions which we believe to be reasonable.

Operating Segments

We operate in a single operating segment, cloud-based learning management systems. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision makers, or CODMs, which are our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. Our CODMs evaluate our financial information and resources and assess the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, less the weighted average unvested common stock subject to repurchase or forfeiture. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period.

For purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock, common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, and redeemable convertible preferred stock are considered to be common stock equivalents. We applied the two-class method to calculate our basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock, as our redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock are participating securities. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that treats a participating security as having rights to earnings that otherwise would have been available to common stockholders. However, the two-class method does not impact the net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders as we were in a loss position for each of the periods presented and the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders do not participate in losses.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of the denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

Numerator:

        

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $   (22,852   $   (41,427   $   (15,620   $   (31,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     5,674        8,650        8,060        9,555   

Less: Weighted-average common stock subject to repurchase

     (32     (338     (404     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

     5,642        8,312        7,656        9,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, common stock warrants, common stock subject to repurchase, redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted)

                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-diluted

     5,642        8,312        7,656        9,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (4.05   $ (4.98   $ (2.04   $ (3.33
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2013 and 2014, and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), we incurred net losses and, therefore, the effect of our outstanding stock options, unvested restricted stock, common stock warrants, common stock subject to repurchase, redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock was not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. The following table contains share totals with a potentially dilutive impact (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                  2014                  2014                  2015        
                   (unaudited)  

Options to purchase common stock

     6,584         4,491         4,214         5,468   

Common stock warrants

     105         155         130         155   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     560         560         560           

Common stock subject to repurchase

     8         202         443         127   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (as converted)

     19,169         21,906         19,169         22,466   

Unvested restricted stock awards

             88         101         66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26,426         27,402         24,617         28,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Upon the closing of the proposed IPO, all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into 22,465,711 shares of common stock. The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

six months ended June 30, 2015 have been computed to give effect to the redeemable convertible preferred stock as if such shares had been converted to common stock as of the beginning of the period.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2014
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2015
 

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $   (41,427   $   (31,276
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding-basic

     8,312        9,392   

Pro forma adjustment for assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock upon the closing of the proposed IPO

     21,906        22,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares used for pro forma basic earnings per share computation

     30,218        31,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, unvested restricted stock awards, common stock warrants, common stock subject to repurchase and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares used for pro forma dilutive earnings per share computation

     30,218        31,858   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.37   $ (0.98
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk, Significant Customers and International Operations

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. We deposit cash with high credit quality financial institutions, which at times, may exceed federally insured amounts. We have not experienced any losses on our deposits. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally require no collateral from our customers. We review the expected collectability of accounts receivable and record an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable for amounts that we determine are not collectible.

The following table depicts the largest customer’s revenue as a percentage of total revenue:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended June 30,  
         2013             2014             2014             2015      
                 (unaudited)  

Customer A

     16.7     9.8     12.1     7.3

The following table depicts the largest customers’ outstanding net accounts receivable balance as a percentage of the total outstanding net accounts receivable balance:

 

     December 31,     June 30,
    2015    
 
         2013             2014        
                 (unaudited)  

Customer B

     27.1     24.1     9.0

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

There were no other customers with outstanding net accounts receivable balances as a percentage of the total outstanding net accounts receivable balance greater than 10% as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and at June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

In 2014, we began international operations. Because our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion of our sales to customers outside of the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all short-term highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

We hold investments in marketable securities, consisting of corporate debt securities and commercial paper. We classify our marketable securities as available-for-sale investments as we neither buy and hold securities for the purpose of selling them in the near future nor intend to hold securities to maturity. We classify our marketable securities as short term on the consolidated balance sheet for all purchased investments with contractual maturities that are less than one year as of the balance sheet date. Our marketable securities are carried at estimated fair value with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Unrealized losses are charged against other income (expense), net when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. We have not recorded any such impairment charge in the periods presented. We determine realized gains or losses on sale or maturity of marketable securities on a specific identification method, and record such gains or losses as other income (expense), net.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are carried at the original invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the probability of future collection. When management becomes aware of circumstances that may decrease the likelihood of collection, it records a specific allowance against amounts due, which reduces the receivable to the amount that management reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, management determines the adequacy of the allowance based on historical loss patterns, the number of days that billings are past due and an evaluation of the potential risk of loss associated with specific accounts. Account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable when the potential for recovery is remote. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when payment is received.

The following is a roll-forward of our allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Period
     Charged to
Costs or
Expenses
     Deductions (1)     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $       $ 53       $      $ 53   

Year ended December 31, 2014

     53         109         (27     135   

Six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     135         64         (28     171   

 

(1) Deductions include actual accounts written-off, net of recoveries.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures that materially increase values or capacities or extend useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized.

Repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life or improve the related assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or over the related lease terms (if shorter). The estimated useful life of each asset category is as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Computer and office equipment

   2-3 years

Purchased software

   2-3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   2-6 years

Leasehold improvements and other

   lesser of lease term or useful life (2-10 years)

Capitalized software development costs

   3 years

Certain costs incurred to develop software applications used in the cloud-based learning management system are capitalized and included in property and equipment, net on the balance sheets. Capitalizable costs consist of (1) certain external direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use software; and (2) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the project. These costs generally consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and testing activities. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, or costs incurred for data conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and administrative or overhead costs, are expensed as incurred. Costs that cannot be separated between the maintenance of, and relatively minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are also expensed as incurred. Costs incurred during the application development stage that significantly enhance and add new functionality to the cloud-based learning management system are capitalized as capitalized software development costs. Capitalization begins when: (1) the preliminary project stage is complete; (2) management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project; (3) it is probable the project will be completed; (4) the software will be used to perform the functions intended; and (5) certain functional and quality standards have been met.

When there are indicators of potential impairment, we evaluate recoverability of the carrying values of property and equipment by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds our estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. We did not incur any impairment charges during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited).

Leases

We lease our facilities under operating leases . For leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, we record rent expense for the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. We record the difference between the rent paid and the straight-line rent as a deferred rent liability in the accompanying balance sheets.

Fair Value

Our short-term financial instruments include accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and are carried in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity dates.

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess cost of the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is monitored annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Management considers the following potential indicators of impairment: (1) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in our use of acquired assets or the strategy of our overall business; (3) significant negative industry or economic trends; and (4) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period. We perform our annual impairment test on September 30. Currently, our goodwill is evaluated at the entity level as it is determined there is only one reporting unit. We perform a two-step impairment test. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying amount. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds the fair value, then an impairment charge is recorded. On September 30, 2014, the estimated fair value of our single reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount. Because the fair value of our single reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value and there were no indicators that our goodwill had become impaired since that date, there was no impairment as of September 30, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

During 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), we did not recognize an impairment charge. We have no other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Liability for Common Stock Warrants

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock that are not considered indexed to our own stock as warrant liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 815, we record the liability-classified common stock warrants issued in conjunction with our credit facility at their estimated fair value because they are free standing and the number of shares exercisable under this warrant to purchase our common stock increases if the loan balance exceeds $7,500,000 (see Note 6—Credit Facility). At the end of each reporting period, changes in the estimated fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of common stock are recorded as a change in fair value of warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

Liability for Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

We account for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our contingently redeemable convertible preferred stock as warrant liability on our consolidated balance sheets. We record the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants at their estimated fair value because these warrants may contingently obligate us to redeem the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock at some point in the future. At the end of each reporting period, changes in the estimated fair value of the warrant liability is recorded as change in fair value of warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or the completion of a qualifying liquidation event including an initial public offering, at which time the redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants would become common stock and the related liability would be reclassified to common stock in stockholders’ deficit. As noted in Note 8—Stockholders’ Deficit, the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised in February 2015.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription revenue, which is comprised of SaaS fees from customers accessing our learning management systems and from customers purchasing additional

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services. We provide our applications as a service and revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection is reasonably assured, and delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

Because we provide our applications as a service and customers do not take possession of the software, these arrangements are accounted for as service contracts . For arrangements with multiple deliverables, we follow the guidance provided in ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition for Multiple-Element Arrangements . In accordance with this guidance, deliverables in multiple-deliverable arrangements are accounted for as separate units of accounting if the delivered items have standalone value. If the deliverables in a multiple-deliverable arrangement do not have standalone value, the revenue associated with the deliverables is recognized ratably as a single unit of accounting over the period commencing upon delivery of the final deliverable and over the term of that deliverable. We allocate revenue to each deliverable in an arrangement based on a selling price hierarchy. The selling price for a deliverable is based on its vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of the selling price, or BESP, if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The total arrangement fee for a multiple-deliverable arrangement is allocated based on the relative VSOE, TPE, or BESP of each element.

We determine BESP by considering our overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration for our subscription services, which may also include support, training, and professional services, include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer type, price lists, our pricing strategy, and historical stand-alone sales. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with and approval by our pricing committee. As our pricing strategies evolve, we may modify our pricing in the future which could result in changes in relative selling prices.

As subscription and support revenue are delivered over the entire length of the arrangement (the service period), they are recognized ratably beginning on the date our service is made available to customers through the end of the service period and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Implementation services are nonrefundable upfront fees that do not have standalone value. As such, we defer revenue for implementation services in multiple-element arrangements and recognize the revenue over the longer of the contract term or customer life. Training and professional services are sold with subscriptions and separately (i.e., not sold contemporaneously with the negotiation of a subscription contract) and we have determined each has standalone value. As a result, these services are recognized as revenue when the related services are delivered, which is generally within two to three months from the date of contract.

We also derive revenue from fees for separate, project-based custom application development, integrations, content services and change management consulting services. Pricing of these projects is generally either fixed fee or time and material based. We recognize revenue from these service arrangements in accordance with ASC 605. To the extent that adequate project reporting of time incurred and time to complete records exist, we recognize consulting services revenue as the services are performed under the proportionate performance method. In situations where we are unable to utilize the proportional performance method, for example due to either the lack of adequate documentation of time incurred or to be incurred, we recognize revenue based on the milestone method if individual milestones with substantive value to the customer exist. If neither of these two methods is able to be utilized, revenue recognition is deferred until the contract is completed. During 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) there was no revenue recognized under the proportionate performance method. We recognized $0, $223,000, $8,000 and $180,000 in revenue under the milestone method for 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of our managed hosting provider and other third-party service providers, employee-related costs including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our operations and customer support teams, amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which we define as rent, facilities and costs related to information technology, or IT.

Cost of professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, benefits, travel, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead costs.

Service Availability Warranty

We warrant to our customers: (1) that commercially reasonable efforts will be made to maintain the online availability of the platform for a minimum availability in a trailing 365-day period (excluding scheduled outages, standard maintenance windows, force majeure, and outages that result from any technology issue originating from any customer or user); (2) the functionality or features of the platform may change but will not materially degrade during any paid term; and (3) that support may change but will not materially degrade during any paid term. To date, we have not experienced any significant losses under these warranties.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses totaled $2,192,000 and $3,849,000 for 2013 and 2014, respectively. Advertising expenses totaled $1,748,000 and $3,790,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award granted and recognized as compensation expense using the straight-line method over the period in which the award is expected to vest, which is generally the period from the grant date to the end of the vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the unit price and a number of assumptions, including the award’s expected life, risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the underlying stock and expected dividends.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Our Common Stock.  Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock. The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options is determined by our board of directors, which considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock at each grant date. These factors included, but were not limited to: (1) contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by third-party specialists; (2) the lack of marketability of our common stock; (3) developments in the business; (4) the prices paid in recent transactions involving our equity securities; and (5) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition, given prevailing market conditions.

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.  We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Expected Term.  We estimate the expected term for stock options using the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise activity for our company. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual expiration date of the award.

 

    Volatility.  We estimate the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our comparable companies as we do not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. To determine our comparable companies, we consider public enterprise cloud-based application providers and select those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

    Dividend Yield.  We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are revalued into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates. Income and expense accounts are revalued on the date of the transaction using the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Non-monetary assets, liabilities, and equity transactions are converted at historical exchange rates in effect at the time of the transaction. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in the statement of operations in other income (expense), net. The net foreign currency transaction loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) was $0, $67,000, $3,000 and $91,000, respectively.

Research and Development

With the exception of capitalized software development costs, research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Commissions

We recognize commission expense related to subscriptions in the period in which the contract is signed.

Risks and Uncertainties

We are subject to all of the risks inherent in an early stage business. These risks include, but are not limited to, a limited operating history, new and rapidly evolving markets, dependence on the development of new services, unfavorable economic and market conditions, changes in level of demand for our services, and the timing of new application introductions. If we fail to anticipate or to respond adequately to technological developments in our industry, changes in customer or supplier requirements, or changes in regulatory requirements or industry standards, or any significant delays in the development or introduction of services, our business could be harmed.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are accounted for using the asset and liability method and represent the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when these temporary differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the majority of deferred tax assets are offset by a valuation allowance. We recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09, which amended the existing FASB Accounting Standards Codification. This standard establishes a principle for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. The standard also provides guidance on the recognition of costs related to obtaining and fulfilling customer contracts. In July 2015, the FASB decided to defer by one year the effective dates of its new revenue recognition standard for public and nonpublic entities. As a result, this guidance will be effective for public companies for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Public entities would be permitted to adopt the standard as early as the original public entity effective date; early adoption prior to that date would not be permitted. Once effective, entities can choose to apply the standard using either a full retrospective approach or a modified retrospective approach. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the potential impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2015
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  

Computer and office equipment

   $ 847      $ 1,663      $ 2,217   

Purchased software

     429        500        838   

Capitalized software development costs

     445        1,393        2,329   

Furniture and fixtures

     1,047        1,426        1,759   

Leasehold improvements and other

     5,770        5,845        6,752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     8,538        10,827        13,895   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,461     (3,066     (4,148
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,077      $ 7,761      $ 9,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization for capitalized software development costs was $81,000, $315,000 and $571,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $73,000 and $234,000, respectively, and is recorded within cost of revenue on the statements of operations. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 was $75,000 and $265,000 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

3. Acquisition

On April 15, 2014, we acquired all of the assets of 12 Spokes, Inc., a privately-held software and application development company located in Utah, through an asset purchase transaction. We completed this transaction to expand the capabilities of our employee base. The consideration paid for 12 Spokes included $1,000,000 of cash, of which $250,000 was paid up front and the remaining will be paid out equally over the next three years on the anniversary of the transaction. The deferred payments were recorded as a liability using the present value of the future cash payments of $683,000, of which $239,000 is included in current liabilities. Additionally, we issued 140,000 shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $417,000, of which 35,000 of fully vested shares of common stock with a fair value of $104,000 is included in the purchase price. The remaining 105,000 are unvested shares of restricted common stock with a fair value of $313,000 being recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period.

The transaction has been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. Under the acquisition method of accounting, we allocated the purchase price to the identifiable assets based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. No liabilities were acquired in the transaction. We incurred transaction costs of $41,000 in connection with the transaction, which were included in general and administrative expenses in 2014.

The components of the purchase price and allocation for the acquisition of the 12 Spokes assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration:

  

Cash paid

   $ 250   

Restricted common stock

     104   

Deferred consideration

     683   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of total consideration

   $ 1,037   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired:

  

Fixed assets: computers

   $ 22   

Intangible assets: non-compete agreements

     26   
  

 

 

 

Total

     48   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     989   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $   1,037   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the non-compete agreements was determined using the discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method measures cash flow with and without competition to determine the fair value of the non-compete. The non-compete agreements are being amortized over the estimated useful life of three years based on the expected employment term plus the non-compete term.

The computers are being depreciated over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis.

The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is attributable to assembled workforce acquired. For income tax purposes $1,000,000 is expected to be deductible. The purchase price allocation was finalized as of December 31, 2014.

Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisition was not material in relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 1, 2013 to the date of acquisition.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Average Remaining
Useful Life
     December 31,     June 30,
2015
 
        2013     2014    
                        (unaudited)  

Domain names

     38 Months       $   1,251      $   1,268      $   1,268   

Tradenames and trademarks

     29 Months         120        109        109   

Non-compete agreements

     27.5 Months                26        26   

Accumulated amortization

        (344     (650     (805
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,027      $ 753      $ 598   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $299,000 and $306,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Amortization expense for intangible assets was $150,000 and $155,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

Based on the recorded intangible assets at December 31, 2014, estimated amortization expense is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amortization
Expense
 

2015

   $   309   

2016

     309   

2017

     133   

2018

     1   

2019

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 753   
  

 

 

 

5. Marketable Securities

Our investment policy is consistent with the definition of available-for-sale securities. We do not buy and hold securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future nor do we intend to hold securities to maturity. Rather, our policy is focused on the preservation of capital, liquidity and return. From time to time, we may sell certain securities but the objectives are generally not to generate profits on short-term differences in price.

The following table summarizes, by major security type, our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated Fair
Value
 

Corporate debt securities

   $   13,302       $   7       $   (2   $   13,307   

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated Fair
Value
 

Corporate debt securities

   $   501       $   —       $   —       $   501   

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     June 30, 2015 (unaudited)  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated Fair
Value
 

Corporate debt securities

   $   1,151       $   —       $    (1)    $   1,150   

Because we do not intend to sell the investments that are in an unrealized loss position and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, we do not consider those investments with an unrealized loss to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2013.

There were no marketable securities in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2014. There were $1,150,000 marketable securities in an unrealized loss position of $1,000 as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited). Because we do not intend to sell the investments that are in an unrealized loss position and it is not likely that we will be required to sell any investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, we do not consider those investments with an unrealized loss to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2015.

There were no gross realized gains or losses from the sale or maturity of marketable securities during 2013. There were gross realized gains of $9,000 and gross realized losses of $0 from the sale or maturity of marketable securities included in other income (expense) during 2014. There were gross realized gains of $9,000 and $0 gross realized losses of $0 and $0 from the sale or maturity of marketable securities for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

During 2013 and 2014, we recognized gross interest income on securities of $116,000 and $177,000, respectively. Interest income was offset by amortization expense on securities of $99,000 and $148,000 during 2013 and 2014, respectively, and reported net within interest income on the statement of comprehensive loss.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015, we recognized gross interest income on securities of $170,000 and $5,000 (unaudited), respectively. Interest income was offset by amortization expense on securities of $143,000 and $3,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

The estimated fair value of investments by contractual maturity is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014      June 30, 2015  
            (unaudited)  

Due within one year

   $   501       $   1,150   

Due after one year and through 5 years

               

Due after 5 years and through 10 years

               

Due after 10 years

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 501       $ 1,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Credit Facility

In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution, or the credit facility, allowing us to incur revolver borrowings of up to $7.0 million, or such lesser amount equal to a percentage of our monthly contracted recurring revenue. Interest on borrowings accrued at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25% to 3.75%, with the exact interest rate determined by reference to a specified operating metric. Accrued interest is payable monthly on the first day of each month with all outstanding borrowings payable on the maturity date. In addition to an upfront facility fee, we are obligated to pay the lender a fee, payable quarterly in arrears, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the average unused portion of the available borrowings.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, change our business, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The agreement also includes a financial covenant requiring the achievement of minimum bookings on a trailing three month basis, tested monthly. During the continuance of an event of default, SVB may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility, and foreclose on the collateral. Amounts borrowed under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property and more than 65% of the capital stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries.

We issued a warrant to purchase 105,000 shares of common stock to the lender in connection with the credit facility (see Note 8—Stockholder’s Deficit). The warrant has a ten-year term and an exercise price of $0.66 per share.

In February 2013, we amended the credit facility to (1) decrease available aggregate revolver borrowings to $5.0 million from February 2013 to July 2013 and $4.0 million thereafter and (2) change the interest rate on borrowings to the prime rate plus 1.50% to 4.50%, with the exact interest rate determined by reference to a specified operating metric. In addition, if we obtained net cash proceeds of at least $10.0 million from the sale of our equity securities, then the credit facility provided that the aggregate available borrowings would increase to $7.0 million, or such lesser amount equal to a percentage of our monthly contracted recurring revenue. In May 2013, we obtained equity funding in excess of $10.0 million. Additionally, the credit facility contained a covenant requiring us to have certain minimum new and renewal contracts during the term.

In April 2014, we further amended the credit facility to (1) increase available aggregate revolver borrowings and (2) change the interest rate on borrowings from the prime rate plus 1.00% to prime rate plus 1.75%, with the exact interest rate determined by reference to a specified operating metric. The aggregate revolver borrowings increased to $7.5 million until April 2015 and, in April 2015, increased to $10.0 million through the maturity date in April 2016, which limit could be increased to $15.0 million from April 2015 through September 2015 at our election, so long as we were in compliance with all terms and conditions under the credit facility. Actual available borrowings under the credit facility were equal to a percentage of our monthly contracted recurring revenue. Additionally, the credit facility contained a covenant based on consummation of contracts during each applicable three-month measurement period.

We issued a warrant to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock to the lender in connection with the April 2014 amendment of the credit facility (see Note 8—Stockholder’s Deficit). The warrant has a ten-year term and an exercise price of $2.98 per share.

In June 2015, we amended the credit facility to (1) increase available aggregate revolver borrowings and (2) decrease the interest rate on borrowings from a rate of prime plus 1.75% to prime plus 0.50%. The aggregate revolver borrowings is $15.0 million (subject to increase to $25.0 million in the lender’s sole discretion) through the maturity date in June 2017 so long as we are in compliance with all terms and conditions under the credit facility. The agreement also includes a financial covenant requiring the achievement of minimum bookings on a trailing three month basis, tested monthly. During the continuance of an event of default, the lender may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility, and foreclose on the collateral.

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we had no borrowings under the credit facility. Unamortized deferred financing costs associated with the credit facility, were $57,000, $78,000, and $78,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

The fair value of the warrant on the date of grant was $58,000 and was recorded as deferred financing costs and recognized as interest expense over the term of the credit facility. Given the warrant is liability classified, we

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

are recording subsequent changes in the fair value of the warrant to changes in the fair value of warrant liability on the statements of operations (see Note 8—Stockholder’s Deficit).

The following are the assumptions used in the estimate of the fair value of the warrant on the date of grant:

 

Dividend Yield

   None

Risk-free interest rate

   1.79%

Expected term (in years)

   5.2

Volatility

   70%

Probability of contingent event

   20%

7. Geographic Data

We have one operating segment, which is our cloud-based learning management systems. Revenue by geographic region, based on the physical location of the customer, is (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2013     2014     2014     2015  
                 (unaudited)  

United States

   $   25,580      $   42,366      $   17,547      $   28,683   

Foreign

     475        1,986        629        1,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 26,055      $ 44,352      $ 18,176      $ 30,502   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of revenue generated outside of the United States

     2     4     3     6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

We had 35,000,000, 38,000,000 and 39,900,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. There were 7,367,051, 11,214,242, and 11,400,351 shares issued at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. There were 1,692,708 shares of common stock held in treasury at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited). Each share of common stock has the right to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and if declared by the board of directors, subject to prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared or paid on the common stock through June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

During 2013, we issued 338,335 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and received cash of $42,000. During 2014, we issued 3,703,024 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and received cash of $751,000.

During the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), we issued 3,375,621 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and received cash of $548,000. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we issued 186,109 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options and received cash of $111,000.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Common Stock Warrants

In November 2012, we issued a warrant to purchase 105,000 shares of common stock in connection with the credit facility (See Note 6—Credit Facility). The warrant is fully exercisable and expires in November 2022. This warrant is classified as stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

In April 2014, we issued the lender a second warrant to purchase up to 50,000 shares of common stock in connection with an amendment of the credit facility (See Note 6—Credit Facility) at an exercise price of $2.98 per share, of which 25,000 are exercisable as of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015. An additional 25,000 shares may become exercisable if our aggregate outstanding balance of the credit facility exceeds $7,500,000. We anticipate the probability that the additional 25,000 shares may become exercisable at 20%. The common stock warrant expires upon the earliest of (1) three years after we file a registration statement for an initial public offering that is completed, (2) if we are acquired or substantially all of our assets are acquired or leased or otherwise disposed, then immediately prior to and contingent upon that acquisition, and (3) April 1, 2024. In the event of an acquisition, the common stock warrant will be automatically net-share settled if such exercise would provide value to the holder. This common stock warrant is classified as a liability and recorded as a warrant liability on the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value being recorded each reporting period through the changes in fair value of warrant liability account on the statements of operations.

The following table summarizes information about common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years of
Expiration
     Number of Shares Underlying Warrants as of      Exercise
Price
 

Warrants to Purchase

      December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2014
     June 30,
2015
    
                          (unaudited)         

Common stock

     2022         105         105         105       $   0.66   

Common stock

     2024                 50         50         2.98   

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

We have authorized multiple series of redeemable convertible preferred stock with a par value per share of $0.0001, collectively, the Series Preferred. The number of authorized and outstanding shares of Series Preferred as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), was:

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2015
 
     2013      2014     
     Authorized
Shares
     Outstanding
Shares
     Authorized
Shares
     Outstanding
Shares
     Authorized
Shares
     Outstanding
Shares
 
                                 (unaudited)  

Series A

     3,894,000         3,510,000         3,894,000         3,510,000         3,894,000         3,894,000   

Series B

     10,199,000         10,023,000         10,199,000         10,023,000         10,199,000         10,199,000   

Series C

     1,862,000         1,862,000         1,862,000         1,862,000         1,862,000         1,862,000   

Series D

     3,774,000         3,774,000         3,774,000         3,774,000         3,774,000         3,774,000   

Series E

                     2,901,000         2,737,000         2,901,000         2,737,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     19,729,000         19,169,000         22,630,000         21,906,000         22,630,000         22,466,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2013, we issued 3,774,000 shares of Series D preferred stock for cash at a purchase price of $7.95 per share. Issuance costs of $124,000 were netted against the total proceeds of $30,000,000.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

During 2014, we issued 2,737,000 shares of Series E preferred stock for cash at a purchase price of $14.614 per share. Issuance costs of $103,000 were netted against the total proceeds of $40,000,000.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we issued 385,000 shares of Series A preferred stock for the exercise of the Series A preferred stock warrant at an exercise price of $0.26 per share. The amount of cash received from the exercise was $100,000.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we issued 175,000 shares of Series B preferred stock for the exercise of the Series B preferred stock warrant at an exercise price of $0.85 per share. The amount of cash received from the exercise was $150,000.

The liquidation preference (in thousands), dividend rate and conversion rates of the Series Preferred, in order of liquidation preference, as of December 31, 2014, is:

 

     Liquidation
Preference
     Dividend
Rate*
    Original
Issue Price
     Conversion
Ratio
 

Series A

   $ 912         8   $ 0.26         1:1   

Series B

     8,519         8        0.85         1:1   

Series C

     10,000         8        5.37         1:1   

Series D

     30,000         8        7.95         1:1   

Series E

     40,000         8          14.614         1:1   
  

 

 

         

Total liquidation preference

   $   89,431           
  

 

 

         

 

* Non-cumulative undeclared dividend. No dividends have been declared through June 30, 2015 (unaudited).

The significant rights, privileges, and preferences of the Series Preferred are as follows:

Dividends

The holders of Series Preferred are entitled to receive 8% of the respective original issue price per annum (as disclosed in the previous table) in preference to holders of common stock. The dividends are non-cumulative and only payable if and when declared by our board of directors. In the event dividends are paid on any share of common stock, we will pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of series preferred in a per share amount equal to the amount paid or set aside for each share of common stock.

Liquidation

The holders of Series Preferred have liquidation preferences over the holders of common stock in the amounts disclosed in the previous table, along with any declared but unpaid dividends. If upon a liquidation event, our assets are insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred, payment will be made to the holders of Series Preferred ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled. After the payment of the liquidation preferences, the holders of Series Preferred will share in any remaining distribution on an as-if converted basis with the holders of common stock up to an amount equal to two times their respective original issue price per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like, inclusive of their liquidation preference distributions.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Conversion

Each share of Series Preferred is convertible into common stock at the initial conversion rate as shown in the previous table, subject to adjustment based on certain anti-dilution provisions, including stock splits, stock dividends, subdivision, combinations, recapitalization or similar events, as provided by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Further, the shares of a particular series of Series Preferred will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of such series of Series Preferred. In addition, each share of Series Preferred, other than shares of Series E preferred stock, shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock at a price per share not less than the original issue price of the Series E preferred stock ($14.614) in which gross cash proceeds to us are at least $50,000,000. The shares of Series E preferred stock shall automatically be converted into shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of our common stock at a price in which gross cash proceeds to us are at least $50,000,000. If the price in the public offering is less than the original issue price of the Series E preferred stock ($14.614), the conversion price of the Series E preferred stock shall be reduced to the price per share in such offering.

Redemption

The holders of Series Preferred have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of our company, a greater than 50% change in control, or a sale of substantially all of our assets would constitute a redemption event. Although the redeemable convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily or currently redeemable, these events would constitute a redemption event outside of our control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Voting

The holders of Series Preferred are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock could be converted. The holders of Series A preferred stock voting as a single class (on an as-converted basis), the holders of Series B preferred stock voting as a single class (on an as-converted basis) and the holders of Series D preferred stock voting as a single class (on an as-converted basis), are entitled to elect one member of the board of directors per respective series. The holders of a majority of the common stock are entitled to elect two members of the board of directors. The holders of a majority of the Series Preferred and common stock, voting together as a single class (on an as-converted basis) are entitled to elect two members of the board of directors.

Stockholder Rights

The holders of Series Preferred have protective provisions that require consent of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Series Preferred for specific actions including the following: (1) changes in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws that would affect, alter, or change the preference or rights of the preferred stock; (2) changes in the authorized number of shares of the Series Preferred; (3) declaration, or payment of dividends; (4) redemption or repurchase of shares; (5) any agreement by Instructure or our stockholders regarding an asset transfer or acquisition; (6) changes in the size of the board of directors; (7) creation of a new class or series of stock ranking on parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividends; (8) engaging in transactions with affiliates unless approved by the board of directors; (9) granting exclusive distribution rights to all or substantially all of our products or granting an exclusive license to all or substantially all of our intellectual property unless approved by the board of directors, including at least one director elected by the Series Preferred; or (10) making any change in the president, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief technical officer or chief operating officer or other material change to the compensation thereof, unless approved by the board of directors.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In addition, the holders of a majority of each respective series of Series Preferred must approve any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences or other special rights or privileges or restrictions of such respective series of Series Preferred.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with loans from a stockholder in prior years, warrants were issued on various dates from 2008 through 2010 to purchase Series A and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. These warrants are recorded at fair value and marked to market at each reporting period with changes recorded within change in fair value of warrant liability on the consolidated statements of operations and classified and recorded as a warrant liability on the consolidated balance sheets.

These redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants were exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited). In connection with the exercise of the warrant, the warrant liability was marked to market one last time as of the settlement date. The resulting warrant liability of $3,899,000 and the cash received of $250,000 was recorded as redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The following table summarizes information about redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited) (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Years of
Expiration
    Number of Shares Underlying Warrants as of     Exercise
Price
 

Warrants to Purchase

    December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2014
    June 30,
2015
   
                      (unaudited)        

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

    2018        77        77             $   0.26   

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

    2019        308        308               0.26   

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

    2015        175        175               0.85   

9. Stock-Based Compensation

Our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights, and shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), there were 9,908,205 and 11,808,205 shares of common stock authorized, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), 9,670,795 and 10,833,309 shares, net of forfeitures, were granted, respectively, and 237,410 and 974,896 shares remain available for future grants, respectively. We expect to issue new shares of common stock for all stock options exercised.

Certain stock options provide for early exercise provisions of unvested shares. The unvested shares are subject to a repurchase right held by us at the original purchase price. Early exercises of options are not deemed to be substantive exercises for accounting purposes and accordingly, amounts received for early exercises are initially recorded in accrued liabilities or other long-term liabilities and reclassified to additional paid-in capital as the underlying shares vest. At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we had $0, $74,000 and $41,000 recorded in liabilities related to early exercises of stock options, and the related number of unvested shares subject to repurchase was 7,832, 202,135 and 127,391, respectively.

The board of directors determines the terms of each grant. Generally, the options have a vesting period of four years and have a ten-year contractual life. Certain stock options have provisions to accelerate vesting upon the occurrence of certain events such as a change in control. Certain stock options provide for early exercise

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

provisions of unvested shares. All options were granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the estimated fair value of our common stock at the date of grant. The fair value of the common stock that underlies the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors based, in part, upon periodic valuation studies obtained from a third-party valuation firm.

In performing its valuation analysis, the valuation firm engaged in discussions with management, analyzed historical and forecasted financial statements, and reviewed corporate documents. In addition, these valuation studies were based on a number of assumptions, including industry, general economic, market and other conditions that could reasonably be evaluated at the time of the valuation.

We estimated the grant-date fair value of options granted using the following assumptions in the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

 

     Year Ended December 31,    Six Months Ended June 30,
     2013    2014    2014    2015
               (unaudited)

Dividend yield

   None    None    None    None

Volatility

   63.00%    70.00%—71.18%    70.00%—71.19%    70.00%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.85%—2.16%    1.65%—1.99%    1.65%—1.99%    1.46%—1.75%

Expected life (years)

   5.6—6.1    5.3—6.1    5.3—6.1    5.2—6.7

We estimate forfeitures at the time of grant for those awards that are expected to vest and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. All stock-based payment awards are amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which are generally the vesting periods.

During 2013, certain investors purchased 671,135 shares of common stock and we purchased 37,221 shares of common stock from current and former employees, for an aggregate of 708,356 shares at a weighted average price per share of $5.85. In addition, during 2013, certain investors also purchased an aggregate of 100,000 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock from another third-party investor, at a weighted average price per share of $5.56. These transactions were for aggregate consideration of $4,705,000. The purchase price per share was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, during 2013, we recorded the incremental purchase price above fair value of $3,123,000 as stock-based compensation expense for the sales by the current and former employees and $353,000 as a non-cash deemed dividend for the sales by the third-party investor.

During 2014, certain investors purchased an aggregate of 973,161 shares of common stock from current and former employees, at a weighted average price per share of $13.15. This transaction resulted in aggregate purchase consideration of $12,797,000. The purchase price per share was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, during 2014, we recorded the incremental purchase price above fair value of $6,898,000 as stock-based compensation expense for the sales by current and former employees.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), certain investors purchased an aggregate of 182,292 shares of common stock from a former employee, at a weighted average price per share of $13.15. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), certain investors also purchased an aggregate of 801,376 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock from a current employee and another third-party investor, at a weighted average price per share of $14.62. These transactions resulted in aggregate purchase consideration of $14,109,000. The purchase price per share was in excess of the fair value of such shares. As a result, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited), we recorded the incremental purchase price above

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

fair value of $5,353,000 as stock-based compensation expense for the sales by the current and former employees and $632,000 as a non-cash deemed dividend for the sale by the third-party investor.

The following two tables show stock-based compensation expense by award type and where the stock-based compensation expense was recorded in our consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                2014                2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)  

Options

   $ 469       $ 1,233       $ 478       $ 1,273   

Vesting of restricted stock awards

             67         13         61   

Employee sale of securities to investors

     3,123         6,898                 5,353   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $   3,592       $   8,198       $   491       $   6,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended June 30,  
           2013                  2014                2014              2015      
                   (unaudited)  

Subscription and support cost of revenue

   $ 28       $ 258       $ 10       $ 57   

Professional services and other cost of revenue

     8         39         13         58   

Sales and marketing

     1,597         2,877         103         422   

Research and development

     1,585         3,971         160         527   

General and administrative

     374         1,053         205         5,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

   $   3,592       $   8,198       $   491       $   6,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Underlying
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2014

     6,584      $   0.44         8.2       $ 7,471   

Granted

     2,210        3.96         

Exercised

     (3,703     0.20         

Forfeited or cancelled

     (600     1.57         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     4,491        2.21         8.5           17,595   
  

 

 

         

Granted (unaudited)

     1,437        7.16         

Exercised (unaudited)

     (186     0.59         

Forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

     (274     3.41         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     5,468        3.51         8.5         25,545   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2014

     3,761        2.44         8.5         14,946   

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

     1,743        0.74         7.8         9,388   

Vested and expected to vest—June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     4,632        3.39         8.5         22,203   

Exercisable at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     2,085        1.09         7.4         14,782   

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The activity of the our unvested options for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Underlying
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 

Unvested at January 1, 2014

     3,396      $   0.48   

Granted

     2,210        2.50   

Vested

     (1,731     0.44   

Forfeited

     (593     0.99   
  

 

 

   

Unvested at December 31, 2014

     3,282        1.77   
  

 

 

   

Granted (unaudited)

     1,437        4.50   

Vested (unaudited)

     (704     1.17   

Forfeited (unaudited)

     (253     2.27   
  

 

 

   

Unvested at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     3,762        2.89   
  

 

 

   

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of each option granted during 2013 and 2014 was $0.70 and $2.50, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $327,000 and $10,942,000, $9,425,000 and $1,154,000 during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), respectively. The total fair value of options vested during 2013 and 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) was $351,000, $735,000, $275,000 and $823,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 and June 30, 2015, we had $4,253,000 and $7,813,000 (unaudited), respectively, of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to non-vested awards that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years and 3.0 years (unaudited), respectively.

In April 2014, in connection with the 12 Spokes acquisition, we issued 105,000 shares of restricted common stock as part of the employee agreement between us and the former owner of 12 Spokes. The shares are subject to a four year vesting period and vest monthly over the vesting period. These shares were issued for no consideration and therefore the fair value of these shares of $313,000 is recorded as compensation expense over the vesting period. In December 2014, this same employee and we mutually agreed to a termination agreement. The agreement specified that the employee would remain with us until April 2015 for a total vesting of 26,000 shares of restricted common stock. In addition, we agreed to accelerate six months’ worth of vesting, which resulted in an additional 13,000 shares of restricted common stock. We recorded additional stock-based compensation for the acceleration as a modification of improbable to probable. The remaining 66,000 shares of restricted common stock were forfeited in July 2015 (unaudited).

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The activity for restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2014, and six months ended June 30, 2015 (unaudited) is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Restricted Stock Outstanding  
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
 

Unvested and outstanding at January 1, 2014

          $   

Granted

     109          2.98   

Vested

     (23     2.98   

Canceled

              
  

 

 

   

Unvested and outstanding at December 31, 2014

     86        2.98   

Granted (unaudited)

              

Vested (unaudited)

     (20     2.98   

Canceled (unaudited)

              
  

 

 

   

Unvested and outstanding at June 30, 2015 (unaudited)

     66        2.98   
  

 

 

   

10. Income Taxes

Loss before provision for income taxes was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2013                 2014        
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $   (22,499   $   (36,783

Foreign

            (4,587
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (22,499   $ (41,370
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following reconciles the differences between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 35% and the provision for income taxes:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2013                 2014        
     (in thousands)  

Expected income tax (benefit) expense at the federal statutory rate

   $   (7,650   $   (14,066

State tax net of federal benefit

     (1,614     (904

Stock-based compensation

     1,267        2,782   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     185        856   

Difference in foreign tax rates

            1,524   

Research and development credits

     (236     (314

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

     8,026        10,114   

Other

     22        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

   $      $ 57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2014, we had a current state and foreign income tax expense of $22,000 and $63,000, respectively, and a deferred foreign income tax benefit of $(28,000).

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2013               2014        
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 13,235      $ 22,626   

Research and development credits

     519        897   

Accruals and reserves

     2,607        2,746   

Depreciation

     177        286   

Stock-based compensation

     196        611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     16,734        27,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

            (20

Capitalized costs

     (138     (409
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (138     (429
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (16,596     (26,709
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $ 28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, we had $22,626,000 in tax-effected federal and state net operating loss carryforwards that, if unused, begin expiring in 2017. Although a portion of these carryforwards are subject to the provisions of Internal Revenue Code Section 382, we do not believe these limitations will prevent us from fully utilizing these carryforwards. Additionally, we had $2,703,000 of carryforwards related to excess tax benefits for stock-based compensation. These operating loss carryforwards, if unused, begin expiring in 2017. Finally, at December 31, 2014, we had $1,514,000 in income tax credits, consisting primarily of federal and state research and development tax credits. These tax credits, if unused, begin expiring in 2023.

We review all available evidence to evaluate our recovery of deferred tax assets, including our recent history of accumulated losses in all tax jurisdictions over the most recent three years as well as our ability to generate income in future periods. We have provided a valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized given the nature of the assets and the likelihood of future utilization.

The valuation allowance increased by $8,026,000 in 2013 and $10,113,000 in 2014, due to the increase in the deferred tax assets by approximately the same amounts (primarily due to the increase in the net operating loss carryforwards).

U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries have not been provided for as we currently plan to indefinitely reinvest these amounts and have the ability to do so. Cumulative undistributed foreign earnings were not material at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

We have net operating loss carryforwards of $34,105,000 and $59,070,000, respectively at December 31, 2013 and 2014, which expire at various dates through 2034. We have generated net operating loss carryforwards

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

from stock compensation deductions and the amount of federal and state excess tax benefits totaling $2,703,000 will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.

We have federal research and development credit carryforwards of $1,120,000 at December 31, 2014 that expire at various dates through 2034. We also have state research and investment credit carryforwards of $393,000 that expire at various dates through 2028.

On December 19, 2014 the Tax Increase Prevention Act was signed into law, which contains provisions that extended the federal research credit through the end of 2014. The federal research credit provisions had previously expired at the end of 2013. A benefit of $483,000 for 2014 federal research credit is reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merit. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The following summarizes activity related to unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2013                  2014        
     (in thousands)  

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of the year

   $   121       $   280   

Gross increases (decreases)—prior period positions

               

Gross increases (decreases)—current period positions

     159         203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized benefit—end of period

   $ 280       $ 483   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All of the unrecognized tax benefits decrease deferred tax assets with a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance. None of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect our effective tax rate if recognized in the future.

We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded through December 31, 2014.

We do not expect any significant change in our unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.

We file tax returns in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Netherlands, Hong Kong and various state jurisdictions. All of our tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject, as carryforward attributes generated in past years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state and foreign tax authorities if they have or will be used in future periods. We are routinely examined by various taxing authorities. We do not expect that the results of ongoing examinations will have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined into the following three categories:

 

Level 1:

  Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2:

  Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3:

  Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement hierarchy during 2013 and 2014. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $   7,597       $       $       $ 7,597   

Corporate debt securities

             13,307                 13,307   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,597       $ 13,307       $       $ 20,904   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $   1,002       $ 1,002   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $   4,650       $       $       $ 4,650   

Corporate debt securities

             501                 501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,650       $ 501       $       $ 5,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $   3,439       $   3,439   

Common stock warrant liability

                     138         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 3,577       $ 3,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) were as follows (in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2015 (unaudited)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $   4,005       $   —       $       $   4,005   

Corporate debt securities

             1,150                 1,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,005       $ 1,150       $       $ 5,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $       $   

Common stock warrant liability

                     205         205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $       $       $ 205       $ 205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities, which is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):

 

     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
Warrant
Liability
    Common Stock
Warrant
Liability
 

Balance at January 1, 2013

   $ 457      $   

Recognized expense

     545          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     1,002          

Warrant issuance

            58   

Recognized expense

     2,437        80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $   3,439      $   138   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2014 (unaudited):

    

Balance at January 1, 2014

     1,002          

Warrant issuance

            58   

Recognized expense

     1,366        25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

   $ 2,368      $ 83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

June 30, 2015 (unaudited):

    

Balance at January 1, 2015

     3,439        138   

Recognized expense

     460        67   

Exercise of warrant

     (3,899       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2015

   $      $ 205   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair values of these outstanding warrants are measured using an option pricing model and probability weighted expect return model. Inputs used to determine estimated fair value include the estimated fair value of the underlying preferred and common stock at the valuation measurement date, the estimated time to exit, risk-free interest rates, expected dividends, probability of contingent event, and estimated volatility. In addition to the above, significant inputs to the common stock warrant also includes the estimated likelihood of the exercise contingency being met. Estimated volatility is based on the volatility of a peer group. We monitor the historical volatility of peer group companies on a quarterly basis and adjusts the estimated volatility when significant

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

changes in the peer group volatilities occur. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying preferred and common stock would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The hierarchy level assigned to each security in our marketable securities portfolio and cash equivalents is based on our assessment of the transparency and reliability of the inputs used in the valuation of such instrument at the measurement date. The fair value of cash equivalents included in the Level 1 category is based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market. The fair value of the marketable securities included in the Level 2 category is based on observable inputs, such as quoted prices for similar assets at the measurement date; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. These values were obtained from an independent pricing service and were evaluated using pricing models that vary by asset class and may incorporate available trade, bid and other market information and price quotes from well-established independent pricing vendors and broker-dealers. See Note 4—Intangible Assets for further information regarding the fair value of our investments.

The carrying amount of our cash, receivables, and payables approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these items.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

We are involved in legal proceedings, including challenges to trademarks, from time to time arising in the normal course of business. Management believes that the outcome of these proceedings will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

Lease Commitments

We lease office furniture under capital lease agreements that expire in December 2015. The total outstanding balance financed under capital leases was $494,000, $223,000 and $73,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Accumulated depreciation on the leased assets was $200,000, $480,000, and $620,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation of assets recorded under the capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

We lease office space under non-cancelable operating leases that contain rent escalation clauses and renewal options. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and have accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid. During 2013 we entered into a 12 year non-cancellable operating lease for our corporate headquarters that included a lease incentive allowance of $8,088,000 that we could use for either the payment of tenant improvements or rent abatement. We utilized $5,629,000 of the lease incentive allowance for tenant improvements and the remaining $2,459,000 as a rent abatement for the first 13 months of the lease. As part of the lease agreement, we are subject to 3% annual rent escalations.

In order to accommodate current and anticipated future growth, we took occupancy in June 2015 of a leased research and development facility in Chicago, Illinois. The lease for the research and development facility was executed in December 2014 and is a 7.5 year non-cancellable operating lease that included a lease tenant improvement allowance of $494,000. The lease also provided a 50% monthly rent abatement for the first 24 months, or approximately $303,000 in total rent abatement. As part of the lease agreement, we are subject to 2.5% annual rent escalations.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating and capital leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31:

   Capital     Operating      Total  

2015

   $ 236      $ 4,570       $ 4,806   

2016

            4,460         4,460   

2017

            4,654         4,654   

2018

            4,827         4,827   

2019

            4,937         4,937   

Thereafter

            26,687         26,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     236        50,135         50,371   

Less: Portion representing interest

     (13             (13
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation

   $   223      $   50,135       $   50,358   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating leases for 2013 and 2014, was $2,617,000 and $3,317,000, respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited), was $1,528,000 and $1,748,000, respectively.

On March 31, 2013, we relocated our headquarters to a new office location to accommodate current and future growth and ceased use of the leased property with the intent of entering into sublease arrangements with third-parties to offset future minimum lease payment obligations. Our original lease agreement goes through August 31, 2017. During 2013, we entered into two sublease agreements with third-parties in exchange for escalating monthly rental payments as well as tenant improvement incentives of approximately $250,000 and $126,000. The sublease agreements go through the entire term of the original lease or through August 31, 2017. During 2013, in connection with the exit of the leased office space, we estimated and recorded $79,000 within general and administrative expenses on the statement of comprehensive loss as an estimate of the loss on the exit of the leased property. The loss on the exit of the leased property was estimated by calculating the net present value of future minimum lease payments offset by actual monthly sublease rental income. The difference between the net present value of the net future payments and the actual payments, or approximately $30,000, is being amortized as accretion expense over the remaining lease term within general and administrative expenses on the statement of comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2014, there is an unamortized short and long term lease loss reserve balance of $31,000 and $51,000 recorded within other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. As of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), there is an unamortized short and long-term lease loss reserve balance of $32,000 and $38,000 recorded within other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

At December 31, 2014, the net future minimum lease (payments) and sublease rental income to be received under these non-cancellable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ended December 31:

   Payments     Sublease
Rental
Income
     Total  

2015

   $ (736   $ 768       $ 32   

2016

     (758     790         32   

2017

     (519     538         19   

2018

                      

Thereafter

                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   (2,013   $   2,096       $   83   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

13. Employee Benefit Plan

We sponsor a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan, or the 401(k) Plan, available to all qualified employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to contribute gross salary though payroll deductions up to the legally mandated limit based on their jurisdiction. In 2014, we implemented a matching contribution equal to 50% of each participant’s elective contributions, not to exceed $1,000 per participant annually. Participants vest in matching contributions over a four-year period after a one year cliff vest. The cost recognized for our contributions to the 401(k) Plan for 2014 was $296,000. We did not make any contributions for the year ended December 31, 2013. The cost recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited) was $175,000 and $316,000, respectively.

14. Related-Party Transactions

We incurred $40,000 for consulting services provided by a member of our board of directors during each of 2013 and 2014, and $20,000 for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited). We owed $20,000, $10,000 and $10,000 for such services at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and June 30, 2015 (unaudited), respectively.

We incurred $35,000 for sales and marketing services provided by one of our stockholders for 2013, and owed $0 to such stockholder at December 31, 2013. This agreement was terminated in May 2013.

15. Subsequent Events

In preparing the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, we evaluated subsequent events for recognition and measurement purposes through June 24, 2015, the date the independent auditors’ report was originally issued and the audited annual consolidated financial statements were available for issuance. After the original issuance of the consolidated financial statements and through October 9, 2015, we have evaluated subsequent events or transactions that have occurred that may require disclosure in the accompanying financial statements. We have concluded that no events or transactions have occurred that require disclosure in the accompanying financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Instructure, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange initial listing fee.

 

     Amount  

SEC registration fee

   $ 7,553   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

New York Stock Exchange initial listing fee

     *       

Legal fees and expenses

     *       

Accounting fees and expenses

     *       

Printing and engraving expenses

     *       

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *       

Miscellaneous expenses

     *       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *       
  

 

 

 

 

* To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or officer is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Instructure, provided that such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Instructure. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of Instructure regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, pursuant to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold since January 1, 2012:

 

  (1)   In February 2012, we issued an aggregate of 344,828 shares of our Series A preferred stock to six accredited investors at a purchase price of $2.90 per share and 465,118 shares of our common stock to six accredited investors at a purchase price of $2.15 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million.

 

  (2)   In August 2012, we issued an aggregate of 1,862,198 shares of our Series C preferred stock to six accredited investors at a per share price of $5.37, for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million.

 

  (3)   In February 2013, we issued 37,221 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor at a per share price of $4.03, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.

 

  (4)   In May 2013, we issued an aggregate of 3,773,578 shares of our Series D preferred stock to 13 accredited investors at a per share price of $7.95, for an aggregate purchase price of $30.0 million.

 

  (5)   In April 2014, we issued an aggregate of 140,000 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at a per share price of $2.98, for an aggregate purchase price $417,200, in connection with an asset purchase agreement.

 

  (6)   In November 2014, we issued an aggregate of 2,737,100 shares of our Series E preferred stock to nine accredited investors at a per share price of $14.614, for an aggregate purchase price $40.0 million.

 

  (7)   In February 2015, we issued 176,470 shares of our Series B preferred stock to one accredited investor upon exercise of an outstanding warrant at a per share exercise price of $0.85, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000.

 

  (8)   In February 2015, we issued 384,575 shares of our Series A preferred stock to one accredited investor upon exercise of an outstanding warrant at a per share exercise price of $0.26, for an aggregate purchase price $100,000.

 

  (9)   From January 2012 to August 31, 2015, we have granted stock options under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 7,849,625 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging between $0.09 and $8.18 per share to a total of 793 employees, directors and consultants. Of these, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,118,288 shares have been cancelled without being exercised, 1,109,279 have been exercised for aggregate proceeds of $725,380 and options to purchase 5,622,058 shares remain outstanding.

 

  (10)   From January 2012 to August 31, 2015, we have granted restricted stock awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase 109,167 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $2.98 per share to one consultant and one employee for aggregate proceeds of $325,318.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 1 through 8 above were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) in that the transactions were by an issuer not involving any public offering.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 9 and 10 above were exempt from registration under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under either (a) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or (b) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder).

We did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including the underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access,

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)   For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

  (4)   If the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Salt Lake City, State of Utah, on the 9th day of October, 2015.

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

        /s/ Joshua L. Coates

        Joshua L. Coates

        Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joshua L. Coates, Steven B. Kaminsky and Matthew A. Kaminer, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him and in his or her name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Joshua L. Coates

Joshua L. Coates

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

October 9, 2015

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Steven B. Kaminsky

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  October 9, 2015

/s/ Steven A. Collins

Steven A. Collins

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ William M. Conroy

William M. Conroy

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ Byron B. Deeter

Byron B. Deeter

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ E. Nicholaus Efstratis

E. Nicholaus Efstratis

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ Ellen Levy

Ellen Levy

   Director   October 9, 2015

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

DATE

/s/ Adam D. Marcus

Adam D. Marcus

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ Lloyd G. Waterhouse

Lloyd G. Waterhouse

   Director   October 9, 2015

/s/ Brian C. Whitmer

Brian C. Whitmer

   Director   October 9, 2015

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description of Document

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws, as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated November 21, 2014.
10.2    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers.
10.3+    2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Incentive Stock Option Agreement and Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.
10.4+    2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+    Form of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.6+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.7+    2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8+    Form of Executive Agreement by and between the Registrant and its officers.
10.9+*    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.10    Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Old Mill Building IV, LLC, dated October 2, 2012.
10.11    First Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Old Mill Building IV, LLC, dated October 30, 2014.
10.12    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated June 15, 2015.
10.13    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated November 14, 2012.
10.14    Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated April 1, 2014.
21.1*    List of Subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (reference is made to the signature page hereto).

 

* To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Joshua L. Coates hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was September 18, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901 and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is National Corporate Research, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 60,629,937 shares, 38,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 22,629,937 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share.

B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).


C. 3,893,933 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”). 10,198,902 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred ”). 1,862,198 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred ”). 3,773,578 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “ Series D Preferred ”). 2,901,326 shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock” (the “ Series E Preferred ” and, together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred and the Series D Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the respective Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be non-cumulative.

(b) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be twenty-six cents ($0.26) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(c) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be eighty-five cents ($0.85) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(d) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be five dollars and thirty-seven cents ($5.37) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(e) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be seven dollars and ninety-five cents ($7.95) (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(f) The “Original Issue Price” of the Series E Preferred shall be $14.614 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

(g) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

 

2


(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

(h) In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

(i) The provisions of Sections 1(g) and 1(h) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable.

(j) A repurchase of shares of Common Stock may be made without regard to the preferential dividends arrears amount or any preferential rights amount (each as determined under applicable law).

(k) The Company shall not repurchase or redeem any shares of Series Preferred without offering to repurchase or redeem a pro rata portion of the Series Preferred shares held by each holder of Series Preferred shares at the same price as the other shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed or repurchased calculated by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Series Preferred shares proposed to be redeemed or repurchased by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Series Preferred Stock held by such holder immediately prior to such proposed redemption or repurchase, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to the proposed redemption or repurchase.

2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or

 

3


by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Series Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation) relative to the Series Preferred including in respect of the authorized or designated number of Series Preferred;

(ii) Any amendment or alteration of the rights, preferences or privileges of the shares of Series Preferred so as to adversely affect the shares of Series Preferred;

(iii) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock, Series Preferred or Convertible Securities (as defined herein) (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(g)(i), (ii) and (iii) hereof);

(iv) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined below);

(v) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividends or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new class or series;

(vi) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board of Directors;

(vii) Granting exclusive distribution rights to all or substantially all of the Company’s products or granting an exclusive license to all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property, unless approved by the Board of Directors, including at least one director elected by the Series Preferred;

(viii) Making any change in the President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technical Officer or Chief Operating Officer or material change to the compensation thereof, unless approved by the Board of Directors; or

(ix) Engaging in any transaction with any affiliate, unless approved by the Board of Directors.

(c) Separate Vote of Series A Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Series A Preferred.

 

4


(d) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Series B Preferred.

(e) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Series C Preferred.

(f) Separate Vote of Series D Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Series D Preferred.

(g) Separate Vote of Series E Preferred. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (whether by merger, amendment, recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise), including any filing of a Certificate of Designation, that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights or privileges, or restrictions of the Series E Preferred.

(h) Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(ii) For so long as five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock

 

5


split or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iii) For so long as five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series D Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series D Preferred after the filing date hereof), the holders of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(iv) The holders of Common Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors in accordance with applicable law and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(vi) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Company is subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”). During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(vii) During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares

 

6


entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series Preferred equal to their respective Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Series Preferred on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis until such time as the holders of Series Preferred have received, pursuant to Section 3(a) above and this Section 3(b), an aggregate amount per share of Series Preferred equal to two (2) times their respective Original Issue Price (as adjusted for any stock, dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares); thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(c) For purposes of determining the amount each holder of Series Preferred is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event, each such holder of shares of Series Preferred shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph or has actually converted shares of Series Preferred into Common Stock, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of the Series Preferred that have not converted (and have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock with respect to such shares.

 

7


4. A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

(a) In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of (i) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

(b) For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; (B) any redemption or repurchase of shares representing the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company; or (C) any other transaction or series of related transactions in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(c) In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made; provided , that, subject to applicable securities laws, each holder of Series Preferred shall be offered the opportunity to receive the same type of consideration or ratio of multiple types of consideration (i.e., cash and/or property) as each other holder of Series Preferred.

5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred, as applicable, being converted.

 

8


(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of the Series Preferred by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for each series of the Series Preferred shall initially be the applicable Original Issue Price of each respective series of Series Preferred (the “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

(e) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that the first share of Series E Preferred is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding division of the Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Series Preferred, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

9


(f) Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(B) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

10


(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Original Issue Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, the then existing Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent ($0.01) per share. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest one cent ($0.01) per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either

 

11


Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(D) No further adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to

 

12


the Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred (for clarity, no shares issued in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance or shares issuable upon the conversion of such shares shall qualify under the exclusion of the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” pursuant to this Section (h)(v)(A));

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a registered public offering;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance, joint venture or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board; and

(G) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with a transaction to which a waiver is obtained in accordance with Section 5(i) below.

 

13


References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Waiver of Antidilution Protection . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any provision of Section 5(h) and any adjustments made or required to be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred pursuant hereto may be waived on behalf of all shares of such series of Series Preferred by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such series of Series Preferred, voting as a separate class.

(j) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

 

14


(k) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(l) Automatic Conversion.

(i) (A) Each share of Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred; each share of Series B Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred; each share of Series C Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred; each share of Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred; and each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred. (B) In addition to the foregoing, each share of Series Preferred (other than shares of Series E Preferred) shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company at a per share price

 

15


not less than the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $50,000,000. (C) In addition to the foregoing, each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price or Series Preferred Conversion Rate set forth in Section 5(b), immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $50,000,000. Upon each such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d). In the case of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 5(l)(i)(C) above, if the per share price in such offering is less than the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred, then the Series Preferred Conversion Price applicable to the Series E Preferred shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to the per share price in such offering.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Sections 5(l)(i)(A), (B) or (C) above, the applicable outstanding shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of some or all of the Series Preferred, the applicable holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(m) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

 

16


(n) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(o) Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(p) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

6. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

 

17


D. In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Company (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that such director acts in good faith.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Restated Certificate.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[R EMAINDER OF THIS P AGE I NTENTIONALLY L EFT B LANK ]

 

18


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 21st day of November, 2014.

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

/s/ Joshua L. Coates

Joshua L. Coates,
Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to the Instructure, Inc.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Joshua L. Coates hereby certifies that:

ONE: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

TWO: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was September 18, 2008.

THREE: The Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions amending its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

1. Article IV(A) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

A . This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 62,529,937 shares, 39,900,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 22,629,937 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001) per share.

FOUR: Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their approval in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, said proposed Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , INSTRUCTURE, Inc. has caused this C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT TO THE A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 25 th day of March, 2015.

 

INSTRUCTURE, I NC .

/s/ Joshua L. Coates

Joshua L. Coates,
Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Joshua L. Coates hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was September 18, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 615 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is the National Corporate Research, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of this Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. This Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is two hundred ten million (210,000,000) shares. Two hundred million (200,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001). Ten million (10,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-hundredth of one cent ($0.0001).

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed

 

1.


in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in the Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. B OARD OF D IRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2.


3. R EMOVAL OF D IRECTORS . The Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

4. V ACANCIES . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B.

1. B YLAW A MENDMENTS . The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

2. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

3.


B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII or VIII.

 

4.


* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

5.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Instructure, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this      day of                     , 2015.

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .
Signature:  

 

  Joshua L. Coates
  Chief Executive Officer

 

1.

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

         P AGE  

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

     1   

Section 1.

 

Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

 

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4.

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings

     3   

Section 7.

 

Notice of Meetings

     4   

Section 8.

 

Quorum

     4   

Section 9.

 

Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     5   

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights

     5   

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners of Stock

     5   

Section 12.

 

List of Stockholders

     6   

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting

     6   

Section 14.

 

Organization

     7   

ARTICLE IV

 

DIRECTORS

     8   

Section 15.

 

Number and Term of Office

     8   

Section 16.

 

Powers

     8   

Section 17.

 

Term of Directors

     8   

Section 18.

 

Vacancies

     9   

Section 19.

 

Resignation

     9   

Section 20.

 

Removal

     10   

Section 21.

 

Meetings

     10   

Section 22.

 

Quorum and Voting

     11   

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting

     11   

Section 24.

 

Fees and Compensation

     11   

Section 25.

 

Committees

     12   

Section 26.

 

Organization

     13   

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

     13   

Section 27.

 

Officers Designated

     13   

Section 28.

 

Tenure and Duties of Officers

     13   

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

         P AGE  

Section 29.

 

Delegation of Authority

     14   

Section 30.

 

Resignations

     14   

Section 31.

 

Removal

     15   

ARTICLE VI

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     15   

Section 32.

 

Execution of Corporate Instruments

     15   

Section 33.

 

Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation

     15   

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES OF STOCK

     15   

Section 34.

 

Form and Execution of Certificates

     15   

Section 35.

 

Lost Certificates

     16   

Section 36.

 

Transfers

     16   

Section 37.

 

Fixing Record Dates

     16   

Section 38.

 

Registered Stockholders

     17   

ARTICLE VIII

 

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     17   

Section 39.

 

Execution of Other Securities

     17   

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

     18   

Section 40.

 

Declaration of Dividends

     18   

Section 41.

 

Dividend Reserve

     18   

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

     18   

Section 42.

 

Fiscal Year

     18   

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

Section 43.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19   

ARTICLE XII

 

NOTICES

     22   

Section 44.

 

Notices

     22   

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

     23   

Section 45.

 

Amendments

     23   

ARTICLE XIV

 

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

     23   

Section 47

 

Transfer Restrictions

     23   

Section 46.

 

Right of First Refusal

     23   

ARTICLE XV

 

LOANS TO OFFICERS

     26   

Section 48.

 

Loans to Officers

     26   

 

ii.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

( CONTINUED )

 

         P AGE  

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     26   

Section 49.

 

Annual Report

     26   

 

iii.


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i)

 

2.


the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total

 

3.


number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of

 

4.


directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided

 

5.


in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting .

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

6.


(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. (Del. Code Ann., tit. 8 § 228(d))

Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to

 

7.


questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office .

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

8.


Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

9.


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided, however, that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice

 

10.


is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11.


Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any

 

12.


business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers .

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of

 

13.


Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to

 

14.


whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be

 

15.


entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers .

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates .

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

16.


(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal

 

17.


impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

18.


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents .

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct,

 

19.


by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

20.


(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such

 

21.


person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or

 

22.


Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Transfer Restriction. No stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, encumber, lien, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise unless either (a) such transfer is previously approved in writing by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer of the Company or (b) such transfer qualifies as an “Authorized Transfer” as set forth below and in either case, such shares shall remain subject to these Bylaws.

Section 47. Right of First Refusal. Unless previously approved, in writing, by an authorized officer of the Company, no stockholder shall sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer any of the shares of common stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise, except by a transfer which meets the requirements hereinafter set forth in this bylaw:

(a) If the stockholder desires to sell or otherwise transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer.

 

23.


(b) For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all or any of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, within the sixty-day period following the expiration of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said transfer.

(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this bylaw (each an “Authorized Transfer”):

(1) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate

 

24.


family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general of limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such transfer.

(2) A stockholder’s transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation.

(3) A corporate stockholder’s transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder.

(4) A transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of Section 46 and 47 of these Bylaws, and there shall be no further transfer of such stock except in accord with the Bylaws.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any sale or transfer, or purported sale or transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate on either of the following dates, whichever shall first occur:

(1) On August 1, 2018; or

(2) Upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

25.


ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 48. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 49. Annual Report .

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least fifteen (15) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

26.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting .

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a


stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(1) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(2) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4).

(3) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of


such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(4) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors of the Board of Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.


(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(4)(D) and 5(b)(4)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii).

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(1) “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”);

(2) “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (A) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (B) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (C) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (D) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member; and

(3) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution


adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute, by applicable stock exchange rules or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the


contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization .

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Secretary, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon


to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal. The Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.


Section 22. Quorum and Voting .

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees .

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25 may at any time


increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of


Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall


perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers .


(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to


which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS . The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification


is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under paragraph (d) of this Section 45.

(b) Other Officers, Employees and other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person, except executive officers, to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 45 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 45, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 45 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 45 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or


proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 45 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 45 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 45 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 45.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 45 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Section 45 in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 45 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 45 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 45 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 45, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.


(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 45 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices .

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a) or as otherwise provided in these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock


affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Exhibit 10.1

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 21, 2014, by and among I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Stock ”), pursuant to that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”) or Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Stock ” and together with the Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock and Series E Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”);

W HEREAS , the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Investor Rights Agreement dated May 13, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the parties required pursuant to the Prior Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.


1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified Person, including without limitation any general partner, officer, director, or manager of such Person and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.

(b) “Convertible Securities” means Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into Common Stock of the Company.

(c) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(e) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(f) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

(h) “Qualified Public Offering” means an Initial Offering that results in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock.

(i) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(j) “Registrable Securities” means (i) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (ii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (A) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (B) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

 

2.


(k) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(l) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(m) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(n) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(o) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(p) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock, Series E Stock and other shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock or Common Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(q) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

 

SECTION 2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the

 

3.


Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (i) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (ii) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (iii) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (iv) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or (v) a Person transferring to an Affiliate; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

 

4.


2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities then outstanding with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $10,000,000 (a “ Demand Offering ”)), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders ) ; provided that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following a Demand Offering;

 

5.


(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; provided that, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions hereunder fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, within ninety (90) days of receipt of such written request and 90 days after the effective date of such registration statement, provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder.

 

6.


If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Company’s Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

 

7.


(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five hundred thousand ($500,000);

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days of receipt of such written request and 90 days after the effective date of such registration statement, provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses

 

8.


incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 180 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

9.


(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use best efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants

 

10.


to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any

 

11.


rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such

 

12.


indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or Affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) acquires at

 

13.


least one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations); or (d) is an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity) with such Holder; provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, that, (i) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements and (ii) the foregoing provisions shall only be applicable to the Holders if the Holders are treated similarly with respect to any release prior to the termination of the lock-up period (including any extension thereof) such that if any such persons are released all Holders shall also be released to the same extent on a pro rata basis. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form A or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

14.


2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date three (3) years following a Qualified Public Offering; or (ii) all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without restriction during any ninety (90) day period that existed continuously for a ninety (90) day period following the termination of the requirements of Section 2.11 hereof. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

 

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within ninety (90) days thereafter, the Company will furnish such Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

15.


(c) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods and each month in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 30 days in respect of each quarterly period and 20 days in respect of each monthly period, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period or monthly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) So long as an Investor (with its Affiliates) shall own not less than one million (1,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) (a “ Major Investor ”), the Company will furnish each such Major Investor: (i) at least thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto) showing monthly projected financials and (ii) a report comparing each annual budget to the relevant financial statements.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary, parent Affiliate of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary, parent or Affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

16.


3.5 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, including the Directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the Company, and (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest monthly over the remaining three (3) years.

3.6 Employee Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information, Inventions Agreement substantially in a form approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, each employee and consultant with access to Company confidential information will enter into a non-solicitation and non-competition agreement (to the extent such agreement is enforceable) with a term extending at least one year following termination of such employee’s services with the Company.

3.7 Approval. The Company shall not, without the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, with all non-interested Directors voting and the approval of the Directors designated by the holders of the Preferred Stock, authorize or enter into any transactions with any director or officer, or any member of such director’s or officer’s immediate family.

3.8 Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain following the closing of the Financing from financially sound and reputable insurers, directors and officers insurance with coverage limits of at least $3,000,000 per occurrence, on terms reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors and at a reasonable cost to the Company.

3.9 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified Public Offering or (ii) upon an “ Acquisition ” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof.

 

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.7 hereof. Each Major Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Major Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any

 

17.


option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Major Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Major Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Major Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Major Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Major Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the Major Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Major Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s pro rata share (as set forth in Section 4.1) of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to all such purchases. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date of notice to the Major Investors.

4.5 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Qualified Public Offering or (ii) an Acquisition. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors.

 

18.


4.6 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.7 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(b) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date hereof;

(d) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a registered public offering;

(e) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance, joint venture or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors;

(f) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board of Directors; and

(g) any Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued to Persons other than the Investors and their Affiliates in connection with transactions that have been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, including the representatives designated by the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement, shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of, any state or federal court located in the County where the Company’s principal office is located.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice

 

19.


of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms and that the waiving Investors and their Affiliates do not, by separate agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 5.5 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence

 

20.


therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or E XHIBIT A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.7(e), (f) or (g) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) an Acquisition; or (ii) the date three (3) years following the closing of the Initial Offering.

 

21.


[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

22.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .
By:

/s/ Joshua L. Coates

Name: Joshua L. Coates,
Title: Chief Executive Officer


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VIII, L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (CAYMAN) VIII, L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII, L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS VIII (CO-INVESTORS), L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners VIII (Co-Investors), L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS (DELAWARE) VIII, L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates VIII, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
INSIGHT VENTURE PARTNERS COINVESTMENT FUND III, L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund III, L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P.
by: Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, L.P.,
its general partner
by: Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment III, Ltd.,
its general partner
By:

/s/ Blair Flicker

Name: Blair Flicker
Its:

 

Address :

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P.

Attn: Blair Flicker

1114 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Fax: +1 (212) 230-9272

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
B ESSEMER V ENTURE P ARTNERS VIII L.P.
B ESSEMER V ENTURE P ARTNERS VIII I NSTITUTIONAL L.P.
By: Deer VIII & VO. L.P., their General Partner
By: Deer VIII & Co. Ltd., its General Partner
By:

/s/ J. Edmund Colloton

J. Edmund Colloton, Director

Address:

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue

Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel. 914-833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

DLA Piper LLP (US)

11911 Freedom Drive, Suite 300

Reston, VA 20190

Attn: Eric Grossman

Fax: (703) 773-5007

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
OPENVIEW VENTURE PARTNERS, L.P.
By: OPENVIEW GENERAL PARTNER, L.P., its general partner
By: OPENVIEW MANAGEMENT, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Illegible

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address: 303 Congress Street, 7 th Floor
Boston, MA 02210
Facsimile: (617) 478-7501

 

OPENVIEW AFFILIATES FUND, L.P.
By: OPENVIEW GENERAL PARTNER, L.P., its general partner
By: OPENVIEW MANAGEMENT, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Illegible

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address: 303 Congress Street, 7 th Floor
Boston, MA 02210
Facsimile: (617) 478-7501

 

OPENVIEW VENTURE PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: OPENVIEW GENERAL PARTNER II, L.P., its general partner
By: OPENVIEW MANAGEMENT, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Illegible

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address: 303 Congress Street, 7 th Floor
Boston, MA 02210
Facsimile: (617) 478-7501

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


OPENVIEW AFFILIATES FUND II, L.P.
By: OPENVIEW GENERAL PARTNER II, L.P., its general partner
By: OPENVIEW MANAGEMENT, LLC, its general partner
By:

/s/ Illegible

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Address: 303 Congress Street, 7 th Floor
Boston, MA 02210
Facsimile: (617) 478-7501

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
EPIC V ENTURE F UND IV, LLC
By:

/s/ Nick Efstratis

Nick Efstratis
Managing Director

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
EPIC E XPANSION C APITAL , LLC
By: EPIC Management Partners, LLC, its manager
By:

/s/ Nick Efstratis

Nick Efstratis
Managing Director

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:

/s/ Joshua L. Coates

Joshua L. Coates

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


E XHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Insight Venture Partners VIII, L.P.

Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VIII, L.P.

Insight Venture Partners VIII (Co-Investors), L.P.

Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VIII, L.P.

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund III, L.P.

Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund (Delaware) III, L.P.

Augustin Family Trust, u/a/d 02-27-2007

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII L.P.

Bessemer Venture Partners VIII Institutional L.P.

EPIC Venture Fund IV, LLC

Epic Expansion Capital, LLC

Draper Associates Riskmasters Fund, LLC

Gideon Hixon Fund, L.P.

Joshua L. Coates

Mark Madsen

OpenView Venture Partners, L.P.

OpenView Affiliates Fund, L.P.

OpenView Venture Partners II, L.P.

OpenView Affiliates Fund II, L.P.

TOMORROW VENTURES 2010 FUND, LLC

University Opportunity Fund

University Opportunity Affiliates Fund

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS


Zion SBIC LLC

JLS Holdings LLC

Taku Technology Investments, LLC

Reach Productions LLC

Saint Katherine Private Trust Company, LLC

 

A-1

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

Exhibit 10.2

I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT

T HIS I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                     , 2015, between Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and              (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

B. Although the furnishing of such insurance to protect persons serving a corporation and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

C. The uncertainties relating to such liability insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

D. The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

G. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified; and

 

Adopted [August 2015]   1.   


H. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations which Indemnitee and such other entities and/or organizations intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.

I. This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety any previous Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and the Indemnitee.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or a director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

2.


2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf if, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, he or she is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, any and all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee. The Company shall not settle any action or claim in a manner that would impose any penalty or admission of guilt or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their respective conduct is active or passive.

 

3.


(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he or she shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) unless a Change in Control has occurred: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors,

 

4.


even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and (ii) if a Change in Control has occurred, then by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. In no event shall Indemnitee be liable for fees and expenses incurred by such Independent Counsel, subject to the limitations on indemnification set forth herein.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any

 

5.


director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading in connection with the request for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60 day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within 15 days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within 75 days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within 15 days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within 60 days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification), and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a

 

6.


manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within 10 days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 1 year following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his or her behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within 10 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

7.


(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of Board or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy all greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, the Company shall procure such insurance policy or policies under which the Indemnitee shall be covered in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have in the future certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or

 

8.


payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Secondary Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exceptions to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(d) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in the last paragraph of this Section 9 below);

 

9.


(e) a final judgment or other final adjudication is made that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination);

(f) in connection with any claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement); or

(g) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of this Section 9, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act currently generally requires the Company to undertake, in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act, to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

10.


12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) Other than as provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Change in Control ” means the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board . During any period of 2 consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition of Change in control) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions . The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation . The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

11.


(d) Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(e) Disinterested Director ” means a non-executive director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(f) Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(g) Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) Expenses ” shall include all documented and reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(i) Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(j) Person ” for purposes of the definition of Beneficial Owner and Change in Control set forth above, shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(k) Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any

 

12.


other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his or her part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his or her rights under this Agreement.

(l) Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.

(m) SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(n) Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to the Indemnitee shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) 5 days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

 

13.


(b) To the Company at:

  Instructure, Inc.

  6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

  Salt Lake City, UT 84121

  Attention: Legal Department

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, electronic mail (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. Federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com ) or other transmission method and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument and be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company as its agent in the State of Delaware for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

14.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .
By:  

 

Name: Joshua L. Coates
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

L AST A MENDED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  4, 2015

L AST A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  25, 2015

T ERMINATION D ATE : J ANUARY  25, 2020

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

1.


(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

 

2.


(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) Restricted Stock Unit, (E) cash and/or (F) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3.


(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) in Orem, Utah. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve . Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed 11,808,205 shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve . If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to

 

4.


meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e ., the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 11,808,205 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a

 

5.


separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided , however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided , further , that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

 

6.


(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in

 

7.


the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(h) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death or for Cause, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the

 

8.


expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(k) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(m) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

(n) Right of First Refusal . The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the Option Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

9.


6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration . A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service . In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability . Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to

 

10.


be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change

 

11.


from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(v) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vi) Non-Exempt Employees . No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(vii) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(viii) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant

 

12.


and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(ix) Disability of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(x) Death of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

13.


(xi) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(xii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

14.


(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a

 

15.


determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury

 

16.


guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f) . If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 12h-1(f) ”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided, however , the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further , that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however , that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.

(l) Repurchase Limitation . The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase

 

17.


price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

 

18.


(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Current Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) may (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) and at the sole discretion of the Board, be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine. Notwithstanding the Board’s determination, if any, to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Stock Award, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

19.


10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

(d) Cause ” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud,

 

20.


dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

21.


(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company ” means Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as

 

22.


an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

23.


(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer ” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

24.


(aa) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(bb) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan ” means this Instructure, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(jj) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ll) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

25.


(mm) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%).

(nn) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

26.


I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

Exercise Price (Per Share):

Total Exercise Price:

Expiration Date:

 

Type of Grant:
Exercise Schedule:
Vesting Schedule:
Payment: By cash or check

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that in connection with the exercise of this option; Optionholder shall be required to execute a counterpart signature page and become a party to the Company’s Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as may be in effect from time to time. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :

 

 

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . O PTIONHOLDER :
By:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature
Date:

 

Date:

 

A TTACHMENTS : Stock Option Agreement, 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


Attachment I

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT


I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

a. a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

b. any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

c. you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

d. if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.


5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

a. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

b. Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

a. immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause (as defined in the Plan);

b. three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause (as defined in the Plan), Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition


set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

c. twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

d. eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause (as defined in the Plan);

e. the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

f. the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

a. You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

b. By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

c. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of your option grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

d. By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or


other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s Bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s Bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s Bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s Bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s Bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.


14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

a. At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

b. Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

c. You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you shall not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.


16. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.


Attachment II

2010 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


Attachment III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Instructure, Inc.

9020 South Sandy Parkway

Suite 300

Sandy, Utah 84070

Date of Exercise:                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one): Incentive ¨ Nonstatutory ¨
Stock option dated:
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:
Certificates to be issued in name of:
Total exercise price: $            
Cash payment delivered herewith: $            

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company listed above (the “Shares”), which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the Option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and “control securities” under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.


I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least ninety days (90) after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded ( i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Shares or other securities of the Company held by me, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to my Shares until the end of such period.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Print Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  5, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [    ], 2015

IPO D ATE : [    ], 2015

1. General.

(a) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

 

1.


(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

 

2.


(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(w)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 3,000,000 shares (the “ Share Reserve ”).

In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, for a period of not more than ten years from the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company, commencing on the first day of the fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) the first day of fiscal 2025, in an amount equal to 4.5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of a given fiscal year to provide that there will be no increase in the Share Reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a

 

3.


merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 12,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i) A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(ii) A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or a “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not

 

4.


be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

5.


(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will

 

6.


thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 3 months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

7.


(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

8.


(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

9.


(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals

 

10.


applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

11.


8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

12.


(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions

 

13.


necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

 

14.


(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

(ii) Stock Awards Held by Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “ Current Participants ”), the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Awards may be exercised) may (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) and at the sole discretion of the Board, be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board shall determine. Notwithstanding the Board’s determination, if any, to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Stock Award, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction).

(iii) Stock Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

15.


10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date. In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

16.


(g) Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same

 

17.


proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company will otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply.

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(l) Company ” means Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in

 

18.


the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(t) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

19.


(u) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the IPO Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(w) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(x) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(y) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(z) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

20.


(aa) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(cc) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(dd) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ee) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ff) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(gg) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(ii) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(jj) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(kk) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(ll) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii)

 

21.


earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) stockholders’ equity; (xxx) capital expenditures; (xxxi) debt levels; (xxxii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiii) workforce diversity; (xxxiv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxv) billings; (xxxvi) bookings; (xxxvii) employee retention; (xxxviii) user satisfaction; (xxxix) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xl) budget management; (xli) partner satisfaction; (xlii) entry into or completion of strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); and (xliii) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(mm) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effects of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of entering into or achieving milestones involved in licensing arrangements. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

22.


(nn) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(oo) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(pp) Plan ” means this Instructure, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.

(qq) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(rr) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(vv) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ww) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(yy) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(zz) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(aaa) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of

 

23.


such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(bbb) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

24.

Exhibit 10.5

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

 

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

 

 

Type of Grant:   

¨   Incentive Stock Option 1

                ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:   

Same as Vesting Schedule

  
Vesting Schedule:   

[One-fourth (1/4 th ) of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service as of each such date.]

Payment:   

By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

  

¨   By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company

  

¨   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded

  

¨   By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded

  

¨   If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the

  

 

1   If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .      O PTIONHOLDER :

By:

 

 

    

 

  Signature         Signature
Title:  

 

     Date:   

 

Date:  

 

    

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) By delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these

 

1.


purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

5. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

7. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the date on which the event giving rise to your termination of Continuous Service for Cause occurs (or, if required by law, the date of termination of Continuous Service for Cause);

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided , however , that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

2.


(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d)) below;

(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) in certain circumstances upon the effective date of a Transaction as set forth in the Plan;

(f) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(g) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

3.


9. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

10. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

11. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax

 

4.


required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

12. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

13. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

15. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

5.


16. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

17. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

18. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of

the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

6.


A TTACHMENT II

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


N OTICE O F E XERCISE

Instructure, Inc.

Attention: Stock Plan Administrator

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

Date of Exercise:                         

This constitutes notice to Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):      Incentive ¨        Nonstatutory  ¨   
Stock option dated:                                                                         
Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:                                                                         
Certificates to be issued in name of:                                                                         

Total exercise price:

   $                                   $                                

        Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                                   $                                

        Value of              Shares delivered herewith:

   $
                            
  
  $
                            
  

        Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):

   $
                            
  
  $
                            
  

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Instructure, Inc. 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Exhibit 10.6

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

(2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice of grant (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice ”) and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

  Participant:                                                                                                                
  Date of Grant:                                                                                                                
  Vesting Commencement Date:                                                                                                                
  Number of Restricted Stock Units/Shares:                                                                                                                

 

Vesting Schedule:    The shares subject to the Award shall vest as follows: [                                               ].
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of the Common Stock pursuant to the Award specified above and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the terms of this Award with the exception, if applicable, of (i) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (ii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this Award, Participant acknowledges having received and read this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan and agrees to all of the terms and conditions set forth in these documents. Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.


I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .     P ARTICIPANT
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan


A TTACHMENT I

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD A GREEMENT


I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A WARD A GREEMENT

(2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has awarded you (“ Participant ”) a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Award ”) pursuant to Section 6(b) of the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or the Grant Notice shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. The terms of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice, are as follows.

1. G RANT OF THE A WARD . This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “ Account ”) the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company.

2. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock.

3. N UMBER OF S HARES . The number of Restricted Stock Units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

4. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any Common Stock under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you shall not receive such Common Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

1.


5. T RANSFER R ESTRICTIONS . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Death . Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, vesting of your Award will cease and your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, any Common Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration hereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company General Counsel prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

6. D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in this Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above). The issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date ”.

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market, and

(ii) either (1) Withholding Taxes do not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Taxes in cash,

 

2.


then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) The form of delivery ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

7. D IVIDENDS . You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment.

8. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The shares of Common Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

9. E XECUTION OF D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Award.

10. A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .

(a) Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

(b) The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization ). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith

 

3.


and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

11. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, if applicable, with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided , however , that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income; and provided , further, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

(b) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

12. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult

 

4.


with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

13. U NSECURED O BLIGATION . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

14. N OTICES . Any notice or request required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing to each of the other parties hereto and shall be deemed effectively given on the earlier of (i) the date of personal delivery, including delivery by express courier, or delivery via electronic means, or (ii) the date that is five (5) days after deposit in the United States Post Office (whether or not actually received by the addressee), by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed at the following addresses, or at such other address(es) as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

  C OMPANY :  

    Instructure, Inc.

    Attn: Stock Administrator

    6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

    Salt Lake City, UT 84121 USA

  P ARTICIPANT :  

    Your address as on file with the Company

at the time notice is given

15. H EADINGS . The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Agreement.

16. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

 

5.


(c) You agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 16(c). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 16(c) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

(d) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(e) This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(f) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

18. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

6.


19. C HOICE OF L AW . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

20. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

21. O THER D OCUMENTS . You acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

22. A MENDMENT . This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

23. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

 

7.


* * * * *

This Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Participant upon the signing by the Participant of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

8.


A TTACHMENT II

2015 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

 

9.

Exhibit 10.7

I NSTRUCTURE , I NC .

2015 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A UGUST  5, 2015

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [    ], 2015

1. G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.


(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 500,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first day of the fiscal year following the IPO Date and ending on (and including) the first day of fiscal 2025, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, and (ii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her

 

2.


Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

3.


(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an

 

4.


enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest.

 

5.


(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 6 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

6.


(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

13. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

14. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

7.


(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

15. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(e) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(f) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

(g) Company ” means Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

 

8.


(i) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(j) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(l) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(m) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(n) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

 

9.


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(p) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(q) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(r) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(s) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(t) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(u) Plan ” means this Instructure, Inc. 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(v) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(w) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(x) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(z) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

10.

Exhibit 10.8

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

T HIS E XECUTIVE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into effective as of                     , 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between                      (“ Executive ”) and I NSTRUCTURE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

R ECITALS

A. The Company expects to make an initial public offering of its common stock (“ IPO ”) in the near future.

B. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to retain Executive on and after the IPO and to provide Executive with certain protections in the event of Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances.

N OW T HEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the continuing employment of Executive by the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Executive’s employment is and shall remain at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, stock option or other equity award vesting acceleration and severance benefits, following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

2. Severance Benefits .

(a) Severance Benefits upon a Termination in Connection with or Following a Change in Control . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below, and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), in either case within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (a “ CIC Termination ”), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), a “ Separation from Service ”), and further provided that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “ CIC Benefits ”):

(i) The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to nine (9) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the nine (9) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

 

1.


(ii) The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below, provided that the CIC Termination occurs on or after March 31 in a calendar year.

(iii) Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s expenses for continuing his or her health care coverage and that of any dependents who are covered at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ COBRA Premiums ”) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) for a period ending on the earlier of the nine (9) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “ CIC COBRA Period ”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(iv) All outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to all of the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service under this Section 2(a).

(b) Severance Benefits upon a Termination that is not a CIC Termination . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason, and such termination is not a CIC Termination, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “ Severance Benefits ”):

(i) The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

(ii) The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below; and

(iii) Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA Premiums for a period ending on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “ Severance COBRA Period ”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

 

2.


(c) Accrued Wages, Bonus and Vacation, Expenses . Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment, the Company shall pay (or provide reimbursement to) Executive for (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to and including the date of Separation from Service; (ii) all accrued and unused vacation through the date of Separation from Service, if applicable; (iii) any earned (as determined and approved by the Board prior to the Separation from Service) but not yet paid incentive bonus from the prior fiscal year, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular bonus payment process and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of such subsequent year; and (iv) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Separation from Service. These payments shall be made promptly upon or following termination and within the period of time mandated by law (or in the case of an earned bonus, within the time period set forth in the Company’s bonus plan and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year following the year in which the bonus was earned).

3. Release Required; Timing of Payments .

(a) Requirement of Release . Prior to the payment of any CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits (including the acceleration of equity, if applicable), Executive shall execute and allow to become effective a standard employment release agreement releasing the Company (and its successor) from any and all claims Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) may have against such entities related to or arising in connection with his or her employment and the terms of such employment and termination thereof (the “ Release ”) within the time frame set forth therein, but not later than 60 days following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “ Release Effective Date ”). No CIC or Severance Benefits shall be paid or provided prior to the Release Effective Date.

(b) Form of Release . The Release shall in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B , or Exhibit C, as applicable, and shall specifically relate to all of Executive’s rights and claims in existence at the time of such execution and shall confirm Executive’s continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to obligations under any confidentiality and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company). Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required Release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with Executive.

(c) Timing of Payments . Within five days following the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay (or commence payment of) the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of benefits being paid as scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A (defined below), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, no CIC Benefits or

 

3.


Severance Benefits will be paid prior to the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service. On the 60th day following the date of Separation from Service, the Company will pay to Executive in a lump sum the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits, as applicable, that Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date, with the balance of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

4. Limitation on Payments . If any payment or benefit (including payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement) that Executive would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“ Transaction Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Transaction Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Transaction Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Transaction Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Transaction Payment (a “ Full Payment ”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Transaction Payment so that Executive receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “ Reduced Payment ”) . For purposes of determining whether to make a Full Payment or a Reduced Payment, the Company shall cause to be taken into account all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes). If a Reduced Payment is made, (x) Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Transaction Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 4.

(a) The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 4. If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder.

(b) The professional firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within 15 calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Transaction Payment is triggered or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or Executive. If the professional firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to the Transaction

 

4.


Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with detailed supporting calculations of its determinations that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Transaction Payment. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

5. Successors .

(a) Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s, or ensure that the Company fully performs its, obligations under this Agreement and shall perform the Company’s, or ensure that the Company performs its, obligations, under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any such successor.

(b) Executive’s Successors . Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

6. Notices .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company with or without Cause or by Executive as a result of a voluntary resignation for any reason shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement.

7. Arbitration . The Company and Executive shall attempt to settle any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement through good faith consultation. In the event that Executive and the Company are not able to resolve any such disputes within 15 days after notification in writing to the other, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties. The arbitrator will apply Utah law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or

 

5.


rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Except as set forth in Section 9(i) below, the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitration proceeding. Each party shall, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator, bear its or his or her own attorneys’ fees and expenses, provided however that if Executive prevails in an arbitration proceeding, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his or her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

8. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” for termination of Executive’s employment will exist if Executive is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Executive’s commission of any material act of dishonesty; (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s commission of any action that that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material harm to the business or the reputation of the Company (excluding any action taken in good faith); (iv) Executive’s material violation of any duty or obligation owed by Executive to the Company which causes or is reasonably expected to cause material injury to the Company; (v) Executive’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including but not limited to Executive’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s repeated refusal to substantially perform his or her assigned duties. The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on Executive. The term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent or affiliate of the Company, as appropriate.

(b) Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that to the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” for Executive’s resignation of his or her employment shall exist following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities, title or authority inconsistent with the Executive’s position with the Company; provided, however , that any such reduction or change (including a change in title) after a Change in Control will not constitute Good Reason if Executive retains reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s then current base salary, representing a reduction of more than 10% of the Executive’s then current base salary; provided , that an across-the-board

 

6.


reduction in the salary level of all executive officers of the Company by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction implemented prior to a Change in Control shall not constitute such a material salary reduction; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to Executive’s then current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, that the Executive gives written notice to the Company of the event forming the basis of the termination for Good Reason within 60 days after the date on which the Company gives written notice to the Executive of the Company’s affirmative decision to take an action set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Company fails to cure such basis for the Good Reason resignation within 30 days after receipt of Executive’s written notice and Executive terminates his or her employment within 30 days following the expiration of the cure period.

9. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) Executive Obligations . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be conditioned upon (i) Executive continuing to comply with his or her obligations under the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that Executive previously executed in connection with his or her employment) during the period of time in which Executive is receiving the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits; and (ii) Executive’s resignation from all positions with the Company, any subsidiaries and affiliates, and the Board (as applicable), to be effective no later than the date of Separation from Service (or such other date as determined by the Board).

(b) Income and Employment Taxes . All amounts paid or provided under this Agreement shall be net of required withholdings, and Executive shall be responsible for any additional taxes of any nature (including any penalties or interest that may apply to such taxes) that the Company reasonably determines apply to any payment made hereunder. Executive’s receipt of any benefit hereunder is conditioned on his or her satisfaction of any applicable withholding or similar obligations that apply to such benefit and any cash payment owed hereunder will be reduced to satisfy any such withholding or similar obligations that may apply.

(c) Alternative Method of Providing COBRA Benefit . If the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot pay COBRA Premiums as provided in Section 2(a) or 2(b) without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay Executive a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s eligible family members elect health care continuation coverage (the “ Health Care Benefit Payment ”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule and over the same time period that the COBRA Premiums would otherwise have been paid on behalf of the Executive. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA Premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the CIC COBRA Period or the Severance COBRA Period, as applicable.

 

7.


(d) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(e) Interaction with Other CIC Benefits . In the event that Executive would be entitled to a greater level of CIC Benefits under the terms and conditions of an individual stock option agreement with the Company or a severance plan or policy provided by the Company or its successor to other Company employees being terminated within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control but for the existence of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the greater of the CIC Benefits or the benefits under such other agreement, plan or policy subject to the applicable terms and conditions thereof.

(f) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless the waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(g) Integration . This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement; provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters, non-solicitation or non-competition restrictions or confidential information of the Company.

(h) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of Utah.

(i) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(j) Code Section 409A . It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the amounts set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) (Section 409A of the Code, together, with any state law of similar effect, “ Section 409A ”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the “ Agreement Payments ”) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any

 

8.


successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (a “ Specified Employee ”), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits described in Section 4(b) shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “ Delayed Initial Payment Date ”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the applicable benefit that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefit had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section 9(j).

(k) Legal Fees and Expenses . The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

(l) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

9.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

[NAME]  
Date:  

 

 

INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO E XECUTIVE A GREEMENT


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

E XHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated [                    , 2015] (the “ Agreement ”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the

 

A-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“ Effective Date ”).

I have received with this Release all of the information required by the ADEA, including without limitation a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated, along with information on the eligibility factors used to select employees for the group termination and any time limits applicable to this group termination program.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

 

A-2.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[E XECUTIVE N AME ]

 

Date:  

 

 

A-3.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

E XHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated [                    , 2015] (the “ Agreement ”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the

 

B-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“ Effective Date ”).

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

 

B-2.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[E XECUTIVE N AME ]

 

Date:  

 

 

B-3.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

E XHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) dated [                    , 2015] (the “ Agreement ”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “ Excluded Claims ”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable

 

C-1.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

 

as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, shareholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[E XECUTIVE N AME ]

 

Date:  

 

 

C-2.

Exhibit 10.10

OLD MILL BUILDING IV

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Lease”) is dated as of the 2nd day of October, 2012 (the “Effective Date”), between, OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC , a Utah limited liability company (“Lessor”), and INSTRUCTURE, INC. , a Delaware Corporation (“Lessee”).

WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1 Premises . Lessor hereby leases to Lessee; and Lessee leases from Lessor, upon the terms and Conditions of this Lease, those premises outlined on a floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and made part hereof (the “Premises”), and containing approximately 125,753 rentable and 106,572 usable square feet comprised of all of the 7 th , 5 th and 4 th floors, and a portion of the 6 th floor (11,968 rsf/10,143 usf of the 6 th Floor) of the building known as Old Mill Corporate Center IV (the “Building”) located at 6330 South 3000 East, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121 . The term “Property” shall refer to the Building and real property, the entire site, together with any and all appurtenances, rights, privileges and easements pertaining thereto including but not limited to the elevators, stairways, corridors, entranceways, rest rooms, walkways, roadways, driveway, loading docks, cafeteria, parking facilities and other similar or related facilities (collectively “Common Areas”) as may exist in and about the Building and Property.

Lessor and Lessee are aware and acknowledge that the foregoing area contains Lessee’s allocated share of the common area of the Building.

Section 1.2 Term . The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on March 1, 2013 (the “Commencement Date”), and shall expire at midnight on February 28, 2025 (the “Termination Date”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 Possession .

 

A. Lessor shall deliver possession of the all of the Premises on the date of this Lease. Landlord represents that as of the date of this Lease, all work to the Premises to be performed by Lessor pursuant to this Lease is complete. The parties intend for Lessee to be able to commence business operations: from the 7 th and 6 th Floors on March 1, 2013, from the 5 th Floor on August 1, 2013, and from the 4 th Floor on February 1, 2014. Nevertheless Lessee is aware and acknowledges that due to circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Lessor, Lessee may be unable to commence its business operations from such floors, by such dates, however, Lessor understands and agrees the Lessee needs all such floors for the operation of Lessee’s business. In the event Lessee is unable to commence its business operations on such floors by such dates, Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee for such delay or inability to so commence its business operations, unless due to Lessor’s failure to reasonably and timely review and approve Lessee’s plans and specifications for Lessee’s improvements to the Premises or Lessor’s unreasonable interference with the construction of such improvements, and in the event of such breach by Lessor, Base Rental shall be abated on a day for day basis for each day of delay caused by such breach by Lessor.

 

B. Lessee may, in Lessee’s sole discretion, take possession of all of the Premises and may start the construction of any Lessee improvements and build out necessary on the Effective Date, however, Lessee shall not be required to take possession of all of the Premises on the Effective Date, it being agreed that Lessee shall have no obligation to take possession of the 7 th and 6 th Floors until March 1, 2013, the 5 th Floor until August 1, 2013, and the 4 th Floor until February 1, 2014.

 

C. To the extent Lessor has not completed Lessor’s work required to be performed by Lessor pursuant to this Lease, the Base Rental and Additional Rental commencement dates set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day of delay caused by the incompletion of Lessor’s work, for that portion of the Premises wherein Lessor’s work is incomplete.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 Base Rental . Lessee agrees to pay Lessor or its property manager at 6322 South 3000 East, Suite #120 Salt Lake City, Utah 84121 or such other place as the Lessor may from time to time designate in a written notice delivered to Lessee, annual base rent for the time period and floors so specified in Addendum “A” to this Lease (the “Base Rental”). The Base Rental shall be payable in monthly installments, to be paid in advance, without demand, deduction or offset, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the term hereof as set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease (the term “Due Date”, with respect to Base Rental and Estimated Additional Rent shall mean the first day of the calendar month, and the term “Due Date” for any other sum due and payable from Lessee shall be the date(s) specified for such sums in the other provisions of this Lease). Lessee’s obligation to pay Base Rental and Additional Rental shall, as to each floor (or portion thereof, with respect to the 6 th Floor) constituting the Premise’s, commence on the respective dates set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease (namely, March 1, 2013 for the 7 th Floor, March 1, 2013 for the 6 th Floor, August 1, 2013 for the 5 th Floor, and February 1, 2014 for the 4 th Floor), except that if Lessee elects, in Lessee’s sole discretion to commence business operations from any portion of the 7 th and 6 th Floors prior to March 1, 2013, or from any portion of the 5 th Floor prior to August 1, 2013, or from any portion of the 4 th Floor prior to February 1, 2014, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay Base Rental for any such portion of the Premises in which


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 2

 

Lessee has commenced business operations (which Base Rental obligations shall not commence until the dates set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease, but Lessee shall be obligated to pay a share of the Additional Rent corresponding to the rentable square feet in which Lessee has commenced business operations, determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total rentable square feet in which Lessee has commenced business operations, and denominator of which is the total rentable square feet contained in the Building. By way of clarification, if Lessee commences business operations from a portion of the 7 th floor consisting of 500 rentable square feet prior to March 1, 2013, Lessee shall be responsible for .0021 percent of the Additional Rent for the Building for the time period commencing on the first date Lessee’s use of that space for Lessee’s business operations, and ending on March 1, 2013, and then on March 1, 2013, Lessee’s obligation for Base Rental and Additional Rent shall be at set forth in this Lease. The Base Rental is calculated on the agreed rate of $25.00 per RSF of the Premises.

Section 3.2 Late Charge and Interest . Lessee acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Lessor by the terms of any note or loan agreement secured by the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Base Rental or Estimated Additional Rent due from Lessee is not received by Lessor within five (5) days following the Due Date, or within thirty (30) days following the Due Date with respect to any other sum due and owing from Lessee under this Lease, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Lessee’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Lessor under this Lease.

Rent not paid when due also shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the Due Date until paid. Any late charge also shall bear interest at the rate set forth above, commencing five (5) days following the Due Date.

Section 3.3 Returned Checks . In the event check comes back due to insufficient funds, a service charge of $25 will be assessed to the Lessee.

Section 3.4 Security Deposit . Lessee, concurrently with the execution of this Lease, has deposited with Lessor the sum of $335,341.33 the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, which sum shall be retained by Lessor for the faithful performance of the covenants of this Lease. If at any time Lessee shall be in default in any of the provisions of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Lessor shall have the right to use the deposit, or so much thereof as may be necessary in payment of any rent in default, or in payment of any damages incurred by Lessor by reason of such default of Lessee, or in payment of any other sum due hereunder, or at Lessor’s option, the same may be retained by Lessor in liquidation of part of the damages suffered by Lessor by reason of the default. Lessee, shall within five (5) business days deposit with Lessor a sum equal to the portion of the security deposit expended or applied by Lessor as provided in this Section 3.4 as well as interest at the annual rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of withdrawal so as to maintain the security deposit in the sum initially deposited with Lessor, and to compensate Lessor for any losses it may incur. If Lessee is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return the security deposit to Lessee.

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1 Annual Base Rental Adjustments . Addendum “A” to this Lease incudes the schedule of the Base Rental payable during the term of this Lease. The parties have agreed to three percent (3%) annual increases in Annual Base Rental, and these three percent (3%) increases are reflected in the amounts set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease (i.e. no adjustment to the Annual Base Rental amounts set forth in Addendum “A” are required as the annual three percent (3%) increases have already been applied to the Base Rental amounts set forth Addendum “A”.

Section 4.2 Additional Rent . Subject to Section 4.5 below, Lessee shall pay as Additional Rent, with written demand as set forth below and without setoff or deduction, its proportionate share of all costs, expenses and charges set out in Sections 4.3 through 4.5 below, to the extent incurred by Lessor for each lease year during the Term. Lessor estimates that the annual Basic Costs for all of the Premises will be approximately $7.00 per rentable square foot. When used in this Lease, the term “Lessee’s Proportionate Share” shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the total rentable square footage of the Premises, namely, 125,753 (provided, however, for the time period commencing March 1, 2013 and ending July 31, 2013, the numerator shall be 50,031, and for the time period commencing August 1, 2013 and ending January 31, 2014, the numerator shall be 87,892), and the denominator of which is the total rentable square footage of the Building (233,096 rentable square feet). Lessee is aware and acknowledges that Lessee’s Proportionate Share may change from time to time if the total rentable square footage of the Building adjusted due to modifications to the Building or re-measurement of the Building.

Section 4.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article IV and the Lease in general, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

A.

Basic Costs ” shall mean, and be limited to, the following: all costs of managing, operating, insuring, maintaining, repairing, renewing, and replacing the Property, including, without limitation, all costs, expenditures, fees and charges for: (a) operation, maintenance and repair of the Property (including,


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 3

 

  without limitation, maintenance, repair, renewal, and replacement of glass, the roof covering or membrane, and landscaping; (b) utilities and services (including telecommunications facilities and equipment, recycling programs and trash removal), and associated supplies and materials; (c) compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) for persons who perform duties in connection with the maintenance and repair of the Building; (d) licenses, permits and inspections; (e) complying with the requirements of any Laws; (f) amortization of Capital Improvements over the useful life, limited to the amortization that falls within the Term of this Lease (it being agreed that Lessee shall have no liability for any such amortization for any period of time outside of the Term of this Lease), with interest on the unamortized balance at the rate paid by Lessor on funds borrowed to finance such Capital Improvements, over such useful life as Lessor shall reasonably determine; (g) a management fee equal to four percent (4%) of the Base Rental and Additional Rental in each applicable lease year to compensate Lessor for the management of the Building and Property and the performance of its services and duties under this Lease; (h) accounting, legal and other professional services incurred in connection with the operation of the Property and the calculation of Basic Costs and Taxes; (i) contesting the validity or applicability of any Laws that may affect the Property; (j) the Building’s share of any shared or common area maintenance fees and expenses; (k) costs incurred by Lessor for use of the Old Mill Corporate Center Parking Terrace and other parking areas on the Old Mill Corporate Center Campus; (I) Taxes on the Property and insurance, including but not limited to insurance on the Building and Property, liability, hazard, fire, theft, or earthquake; and (m) any other expense or charge, which in accordance with generally accepted property management practices would be considered an expense of managing, operating, maintaining, repairing and replacing the Property, the Building systems, and the components thereof; excluding, however, any Basic Costs Exclusions. The above enumeration of services and facilities shall not be deemed to impose an obligation on Lessor to make available or provide such services or facilities except to the extent if any that Lessor has specifically agreed elsewhere in this Lease to make the same available or provide the same.

Basic Costs Exclusions ” mean: (1) Capital Improvements (except as otherwise provided in the definition of Basic Costs” above), provided that any capital expenditure otherwise includable in Basic Costs shall not be wholly included in the year incurred and instead shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life and only annual amortization thereof shall be included in Basic Costs during each year of such useful life, it being agreed that the cost of Capital Improvements for the useful life exceeding the Term shall be Basic Costs Exclusions; (2) except for the management fee referenced in the definition of “Basic Costs,” any fees, costs or expenses relating to management, administration or supervision of all or any part of the Project (including, without limitation, individual compensation or other expenses with respect to officers, executives or on or off site management or administrative personnel of Lessor, or third parties engaged by Lessor to provide such services, or any other costs or expenses relating to administrative, bookkeeping, accounting, management or similar services or functions with respect to the Project); (3) rent or other amounts payable under any ground lease or master lease, or interest, amortization or other repayment of indebtedness or costs, fees, points or other expenses in connection with any financing or refinancing of all or any part of the Property, or interest and principal payments on loans or indebtedness secured by the Building or Property, or payments of principal, interest and other costs relating to mortgages or deeds of trust or any other debt for borrowed money; (4) cost of correcting defects in the initial design or construction of the Building or Property or any expansion thereof, or any repairs resulting from inferior or deficient workmanship; (5) costs of correcting any non-compliance of the Building or Property or any part thereof with applicable laws existing as of the date of this Lease, including costs, fines or penalties incurred due to Lessors violation of any Law; (6) cost for which Lessor is reimbursed, receives a credit or is otherwise compensated (other than Lessee reimbursements for Basic Costs); (7) costs of repair or restoration required due to casualty damage or condemnation; (8)  intentionally omitted ; (9) advertising, marketing or promotional expenses; (10) interest or penalties incurred as a result of Lessor’s failure to pay any bill as it shall become due (unless resulting from Lessee’s failure to timely pay any such charge to Lessor) or costs resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or the the Lessor Parties; (11) costs of leasing any item which if purchased, rather than leased, would be excluded from Basic Costs pursuant hereto; (12) any amount paid to any corporation or other entity related to Lessor or to the managing agent of Lessor which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; (13) costs related to the operation of Lessor as an entity rather than the operating of the Property (including, without limitation, costs of formation of the entity, internal accounting, legal matters and/or preparation of tax returns) or costs associated with marketing, leasing or selling the Property, the Building or any portion thereof, or any interest therein, or converting the Property to a different form of ownership; (14) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other expenses (including advertising) incurred in connection with leasing, subleasing, renovating, or improving space for tenants or other occupants or prospective tenants or occupants of the Building or development of other properties, or costs (including, without permit, license, and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving or decorating, painting or redecorating space for tenants or other occupants or vacant space, attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of leases; (15) costs of any services sold to tenants or other occupants for which Lessor is entitled to be reimbursed by such tenants or other occupants as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent and escalations payable under the lease with such tenant or other occupant (including, without limitation, wages and other expenses); (16) any depreciation or amortization of the Building or other improvements within the Property; (17) expenses in connection with goods or services provided to other tenants’ premises when, as to the Premises, Lessee is required under this Lease to separately pay for or provide such goods or services, such as (by way of illustration and not in limitation) costs of maintaining the HVAC system serving other tenants’ premises (if Lessee is maintaining the HVAC system serving the Premises at Lessee’s expense); (18) repairs and/or maintenance of any sign which does not include


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 4

 

any Lessee signage but does include signage of other tenants or occupants of the Building; (19) costs of leasehold improvements for other tenants of the Building; and (20) costs of services or other benefits of a type which are not available to Lessee but which are available to other tenants or occupants, and costs for which Lessor is reimbursed by other tenants of the Building other than through payment of tenants’ shares of increases in Basic Costs and Taxes.

Capital Improvements ” mean improvements to the Building or the Property (excluding any maintenance, repairs, replacements of components of Building Systems, and any improvements that cost less than $25,000) that are required to be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

Taxes ” mean, except to the extent included in Taxes Exclusions: all real property taxes and general, special or district assessments or other governmental impositions, of whatever kind, nature or origin, imposed on or by reason of the ownership or use of the Property; governmental charges, fees or assessments for transit or traffic mitigation (including area-wide traffic improvement assessments and transportation system management fees), housing, police, fire or other governmental service or purported benefits to the Property; personal property taxes assessed on the personal property of Lessor used in the operation of the Property; service payments in lieu of or in substitution for existing or additional real or personal property taxes on the Property or the personal property described above; any increases in the foregoing caused by changes in assessed valuation, tax rate or other factors or circumstances; and the reasonable cost of contesting by appropriate proceedings the amount or validity of any taxes, assessments or charges described above.

Taxes Exclusions ” shall mean: (a) any capital levy or corporate franchise tax levy imposed upon Lessor, (b) any estate, inheritance, succession, or transfer tax upon the passing of Lessor’s interest in the Leased Premises, (c) any income tax, gift tax, profits tax, excise tax or similar tax or charge that may be payable or chargeable to Lessor under any present or future law of the United States or State of Utah or imposed by any political or taxing subdivision thereof, (d) any late penalties arising for reasons other than Lessee’s delinquency, (e) any special assessments for capital improvements or bonds which are incorporated into the Property itself, (f) any taxes, fees or costs assessed or contractually arranged by or on behalf of Lessor as a condition for or in connection with the right or privilege of development of the Property, including all known and unknown impact fees, building permit fees or other governmental fees, special assessment district taxes or assessments, or assessments or charges that are incurred or levied as a result of the development or expansion of the Property, or in connection with any major change in the Property, such as adding or deleting space and parking garages.

Basic Costs shall not include those costs identified in “Direct Costs” as defined in Section 4.3 (B).

 

B. Direct Costs ” shall mean all actual costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in connection with any unique or Lessee specific services requested by Lessee and which Lessor has agreed in writing to provide in connection with the Premises. In the event a utility is not separately metered, Lessor reserves the right to charge Lessee directly for such utility services provided to the Premises. In the event the parties have not agreed upon the amount to be paid by Lessee for utility services, Lessor reserves the right to reasonably allocate to Lessee the cost thereof as determined by an independent expert selected by Lessor. Lessor also reserves the right to require Lessee to install a meter for the purpose of determining the amount of utility services used by Lessee. Lessor reserves the right to require Lessee to pay its Direct Costs on a monthly basis.

 

C. Estimated Costs ” shall mean Lessor’s written, reasonable estimation with respect to the estimated amount of Lessee’s Direct Costs and Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Basic Costs, excluding the costs of HVAC and/or electricity or other utility provided to Lessee’s Premises, if separately billed.

 

D. Intentionally Omitted.

Section 4.4 Report of Basic Costs and Statement of Estimated Costs . After the expiration of each calendar year occurring during the term of this Lease, Lessor shall furnish Lessee with a written statement of Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Basic Costs and Lessee’s Direct Costs occurring during the previous calendar year, and such statement shall include all reasonable supporting documentation to support such statement of costs incurred by Lessor, including by way of example but without limitation, copies of the invoices from the taxing authority, insurance provider, utility providers and other service providers. The written statement shall specify the amount by which Lessee’s Direct Costs and Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Basic Costs exceed or are less than the amounts paid by Lessee during the previous calendar year pursuant to Section 4.5 (A) below. Any partial years or months shall be prorated.

Section 4.5 Payment of Additional Rent . Lessee shall pay as additional rent (“Additional Rent”) Lessee’s Direct Costs and Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Basic Costs. The Additional Rent shall be paid as follows:

 

A. Lessor shall provide Lessee with a written invoice of the Estimated Costs. Lessee shall, with each monthly payment of Base Rental due pursuant to Section 3.1 above, pay to Lessor, without offset or deduction, one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Estimated Costs as defined in Section 4.3 (C).

 

B.

Within thirty (30) days after delivery of the written statement referred to in Section 4.4 above, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount by which Lessee’s Direct Costs and Lessee’s Proportionate Share of


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 5

 

  Basic Costs, as specified in such written statement, exceed the aggregate of Estimated Costs and Direct Costs actually paid by Lessee for the year at issue. Lessee shall have the right to audit Lessor’s books upon sixty (60) days notice. Lessee shall pay costs associated with the audit unless Lessee finds that Lessor has overstated expenses by more than five percent (5%), in which case, Lessor will pay audit charges. Payments due and owing by Lessee, or credits due and owing to Lessee, shall be made pursuant to this Section 4.5 (B) notwithstanding that a statement pursuant to Section 4.4 is furnished to Lessee after the expiration of the Term of this Lease.

 

C. If the annual statement of costs indicates that the Estimated Costs paid by Lessee for any year exceed Lessee’s actual Direct Costs and Lessee’s Proportionate Share of Basic Costs for the same year, Lessor, at its election, shall either (i) promptly pay the amount of such excess to Lessee, or (ii) apply such excess against the next installment of Base Rental or Additional Rent due hereunder. Notice of such intent shall be delivered to Lessee not less than 15 days prior to the next installment of basic annual or Additional Rent:

Section 4.6 Resolution of Disagreement . Every statement given by Lessor pursuant to Section 4.4 shall be conclusive and binding upon Lessee unless within sixty (60) days after the receipt of such statement Lessee shall notify Lessor that it disputes the correctness thereof, specifying the particular respects in which the statement is claimed to be incorrect. If such dispute shall not have been settled by agreement, the parties hereto shall submit the dispute to mediation within one hundred twenty (120) days after delivery of the statement, Lessee shall pay the amount due according to Lessor’s Statement, and such payment shall be without prejudice to Lessees position. Mediation shall be conducted in Salt Lake City in accordance with the Commercial Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association. If the dispute shall be determined in Lessee’s favor, Lessor shall forthwith pay Lessee the amount of Lessee’s overpayment of rents resulting from compliance with Lessor’s statement, including interest on disputed amounts at twelve percent (12%) per annum. Lessor agrees to grant Lessee reasonable access to Lessor’s books and records for the purpose of verifying operating expenses, and costs incurred by Lessor.

Section 4.7 Limitations . Nothing contained in this Part IV shall be construed at any time so as to reduce the monthly installments of Base Rental payable hereunder below the amount set forth in Addendum “A” to this Lease.

Should Lessee vacate the premises prior to statements being sent, Lessee shall provide Lessor with a mailing address of both business and personal residence in order to forward said statement. Lessee shall be held responsible for the reimbursement to Lessor for all additional rents incurred during the period of occupancy, and Lessor shall be held responsible for any credits due and owing to Lessee, to the extent related to the period of Lessee’s occupancy, as and to the extent applicable. All terms and conditions outlined within this section shall apply should Lessee vacate the premises.

ARTICLE V

Section 5.1 Use . Lessee shall be entitled to utilize the Premises for general office purposes and uses incidental thereto. For purposes of clarification, this limitation will not prohibit Lessee or its employees from utilizing the Premises for employee amenities, such as cafeteria use, and other potential amenities, such as pools, rock climbing walls and other such amenities as may be permitted pursuant to and in compliance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease.

Section 5.2 Building Rides . Attached hereto as Exhibit C are the rules and regulations relating to the Premises and the entire Property of which the Premises are a part. Lessor shall have the right, at any time or times hereafter, to adopt other or additional commercially reasonable, non-discriminatory rules and regulations, and to rescind or amend all or any of the attached rules and regulations or of amendments to any of the rules and regulations. Provided that Lessor has provided written notice to Lessee of such rules, Lessee shall faithfully observe and strictly comply with and abide by all such rules and regulations from time to time in force and shall cause Lessee’ employees, guests and invitees to observe and comply with the same. Notwithstanding the above, in case of conflict with Building Rules and the articles and provisions agreed to in the body of the lease (for example section 10.2 allows for cars to be left overnight in certain circumstance), the terms and provisions of in the body of the lease will govern.

 

A. Section VIII of Building Rules states that, in compliance with the Utah Clean Air Act, smoking in the Building is prohibited.

Section 5.3 Use Prohibited . Lessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor bring or keep anything therein which will in any way increase the rate of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation or any insurance policy covering said Building or contents. Lessee shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other Lessees or occupants of the Building or injure them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any immoral, or unlawful purpose, nor shall Lessee cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, or about the Premises. No loud speakers or other similar device, system or apparatus which can be heard or experienced outside the Premises shall, without the prior written approval of Lessor, be used in or at the Premises. Lessee shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. The provisions of this Section 5.3 are for the benefit of Lessor only and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any Lessee or occupant of the Building.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 6

 

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1 Utilities . Lessee shall have the right to utilize the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days per week. Lessor agrees to furnish reasonable amounts of heat and air conditioning during generally recognized business hours and during the usual and appropriate season, and to furnish electricity and water in reasonable amounts. The phrase “generally recognized business hours” means Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Saturday from 7:00 am. to 1:00 p.m. only. At Lessee’s request and upon Lessor’s approval, Lessor shall furnish heat and air conditioning services at other times as requested by Lessee, provided that Lessee shall pay the cost of $10.00 per hour for HVAC and $5.00 per hour for overhead lighting, notwithstanding the fact that such service may also benefit portions of the Building other than the Premises. Lessor may adjust such hourly rate from time to time to reflect increases in the cost of furnishing such services. Lessor shall not be liable for any loss or damage caused by or resulting from any variation, interruption or failure of such services due to any cause other than the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor; and no temporary interruption or failure of such services incident to the making of repairs, alterations or improvements or due to accidents or strikes or conditions or events not under Lessors control shall be deemed as an eviction of Lessee or relieve Lessee from any of Lessee’s obligations hereunder. If there are separate utility meters for the Premises, Lessee will pay all costs associated with said utility meters, except installation costs, for which Lessor shall pay. If there are not separate utility meters, Lessee will pay Lessee’s Proportionate Share of the applicable utility costs.

Section 6.2 Excess Consumption of Utilities . Lessee must have prior written consent of the Lessor to add any equipment to, or in any other way make use of, the Premises which may cause or result in a larger than normal use of heat, air conditioning, electricity, gas, water, sewer, refuse removal or other services. Lessor may condition its consent to the installation of such equipment on Lessee’s payment of the cost of installing a separate electronic meter for the Premises or, in the alternative; Lessor may assess the estimated additional expenses to Lessee. Lessee shall pay said amount at the same time it pays its monthly rental installment. If at any time Lessor believes that Lessee’s use of heat, air conditioning, electricity, gas, water, sewer, refuse removal or other services exceeds a reasonable amount, Lessor may require Lessee to pay the cost of installing a separate meter or other device for the Premises or, in the alternative, Lessor may assess the estimated additional expenses to Lessee.

Section 6.3 Janitorial and Other Services . Lessor agrees to supply janitorial service for all interior and exterior common areas as specified in Exhibit B attached hereto. Lessor shall provide janitorial service for the interior portion of the Premises. If Lessee requires janitorial services above and beyond services required for a standard, 40-hour-work-week, Lessee shall be responsible for all associated additional costs.

 

A. Janitorial service includes vacuuming and dumping of trash cans.

 

B. Lessee shall be responsible for carpet cleaning, blind cleaning, and, when applicable, stripping and waxing of floors.

 

C. Lessor shall be responsible for all repairs to the basic plumbing, heating, air conditioning and electrical systems.

 

D. Lessor shall be responsible for the purchase, replacement, and installation of all light bulbs within leased premises.

 

E. To the extent caused by the negligence or willful destruction by Lessee or Lessee’s clients, Lessee shall be responsible for plumbing and electrical repairs, the replacement of carpets, draperies, wall coverings, floor tile, light fixtures and related attachments, and any other hardware items within the Premises.

 

F. Lessee further agrees that any redecorating done during the term of this Lease shall be at the expense of Lessee.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1 Right of Entry . Lessor shall have the right of access to the Premises at all reasonable times for the purposes of, including, without limitation, inspecting, cleaning and repairing the same, or to exhibit the Premises at any time before the expiration of this Lease.

Section 7.2 Maintenance and Repair . Except for the janitorial services to be performed by Lessor as more particularly described in this Lease, Lessee shall maintain and repair the interior of the Premises in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Except for ordinary wear and tear, Lessee shall not damage or destroy the Premises. In the event Lessee shall fail to comply with its obligations hereunder within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from Lessor, Lessor shall have the right to enter onto the Premises and effect such repair and maintenance and charge the costs thereof to Lessee together with twelve percent (12%) interest per annum on the costs so expended, said amounts to be considered as additional rent hereunder. Except for those items to be maintained by Lessee pursuant to this Section 7.2, Lessor shall maintain, repair and as needed, replace all other portions of the Building and Property, in good condition and repair, commensurate with a “Class A” office building.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 7

 

Section 7.3 Improvements . Lessee hereby accepts the Premises in its present condition without any obligation upon Lessor to make any repairs or restoration thereto except as specifically provided in this Lease, including Addendum “A” and Addendum “B” (which items have been completed by Lessor at Lessor’s sole cost and expense as of the Effective Date) attached hereto and made a part hereof. It is further agreed that this Lease is made by Lessor and accepted by Lessee under the distinct understanding and agreement that Lessor shall have the right and privilege to make and build additions to the Building as it may deem wise and advisable without any liability to Lessee therefore, provided such additions do not materially and adversely interfere with Lessee’s business operations from the Premises.

 

A. Lessee shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises without first obtaining the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Lessee hereby waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Lessor as provided by any law or statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7.3A to the contrary, Lessee may, without Lessor’s consent, make interior, non-structural, cosmetic alterations aggregating less than $25,000 in cost each calendar year during the Term, provided that Lessee uses first class materials, such work is performed in a good and workmanlike manner, no walls, doors or windows are moved, and no building systems such as HVAC distribution, electrical distribution or fire protection are affected. Lessor shall timely process and review Lessee’s plans for Lessee’s alterations, additions and improvements in order to allow the timely construction of such items and allow Lessee to commence its business operations from the Premises by the dates specified in Section 3.1. In the event Lessee submits plans for alterations, additions or improvements which are not typically associated with business offices, such atypical items are referred to as “Extraordinary Lessee Improvements”. Lessor may condition its approval of Extraordinary Lessee Improvements on Lessee’s agreement to reimburse Lessor to remove the Extraordinary Lessee Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The estimated removal cost shall be mutually agreed upon as part of Lessor’s approval of the plans and specifications for such Extraordinary Lessee Improvements. Lessor hereby agrees that a fitness center, polished concrete floors, open ceilings and other modern finishes inside the Premises are acceptable. Lessor further agrees that Extraordinary Lessee improvements (including, but not limited to pool, slide between floors, raised floors, rock climbing walls and cafeteria) are acceptable to Lessor so long as (a) they do not negatively affect the appearance of the Building from the outside or damage the exterior of the Building, (b) they are safely within the engineered tolerances of the Building in the judgment of the Building’s structural engineer, (c) they are engineered to the same standards as the Building, (d) they are built in accordance with all applicable laws, ordinances and building codes, (e) their use is fully insured by Lessee, and (f) both parties agree upon estimated removal costs and possible deposits to return the Building to its current condition in accordance with the process outlined above.

 

B. All alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, installed at the expense of Lessor or Lessee, except movable office furniture, Lessee’s trade fixtures and equipment, shall become the property of Lessor upon the installation thereof unless otherwise agreed to by both parties, and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease.

Section 7.4 Liens . Lessee shall not permit any mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens arising out of work performed by Lessee or on Lessee’s behalf, to be filed against the property, the Building, or the Premises, nor against Lessee’s leasehold interest in the Premises. Lessor shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If any such liens are so filed, Lessor may, upon thirty (30) days written notice to Lessee, without waiving its rights based on such breach by Lessee and without releasing Lessee from any obligations, pay and satisfy the same, and in such event the sums so paid by Lessor, with interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of payment, shall be due and payable by Lessee at once without notice or demand.

Section 7.5 Taxes . In addition to the Taxes included in Basic Costs, Lessee agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed and which become payable during the Term hereof upon Lessee’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located in the Premises, including carpeting installed by Lessee even though said carpeting has become a part of the Premises. In the event said taxes are charged to or paid or payable to Lessor, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all of such taxes paid by Lessor within five (5) business days following Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice of such taxes. Any taxes paid by Lessor on behalf of Lessee shall bear interest at the annual rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of payment by Lessor thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1 Damage or Destruction . If the Premises or the Building shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, the damage (exclusive of any improvements or other changes made to the Premises and paid for by Lessee), shall be repaired by and at the expense of Lessor to as near condition which existed immediately prior to such damage or destruction as reasonably possible; provided, however, that if as a result of damage by fire or other casualty more than fifty percent (50%) of the net rental area of the Building is rendered untenantable, then and in such event either Lessor or Lessee shall have the right and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice to the other party within thirty (30) days of such destruction or casualty) to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty. Subject to the foregoing; the Lessor shall commence such repair within sixty (60) days after such casualty and shall complete the same within a reasonable time thereafter, subject to acts of God, strikes and other occurrence not within the control of Lessor. In the event Lessor fails to commence such repair or restoration within such period or shall fail to prosecute such repair and restoration in a timely manner, then Lessee shall have the right


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 8

 

and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice within fifteen (15) days of such failure) to terminate this Lease. In the event this Lease is terminated for any of the reasons aforesaid, any rents or other payments shall be prorated as of the effective date of such termination and proportionately refunded to the Lessee or paid to Lessor as the case may be. During any period in time, which the Premises or any portion thereof is rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty, the rent shall abate proportionately to the area rendered untenantabie for the period of time during which this condition exists.

Section 8.2 Eminent Domain . If all or any part of the Premises are taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyed to such authority in lieu of such condemnation, then either party, at its option, shall have the right to terminate this Lease as of the day possession shall be taken by such authority. lf, as a result of any such taking, or conveyance in lieu of condemnation, more than fifty percent (50%) of the net rentable area of the Building is rendered untenantable, then the Lessor shall have the right and option (exercised, if at all, by giving written notice within thirty (30) days of such taking or conveyance) to terminate this Lease as of the date of such taking or conveyance.

If all or any part of the Building in which the Premises are located shall be taken by any such authority, or conveyed in lieu of condemnation, then Lessor shall have the right and option to terminate this Lease. In the event this Lease is terminated for any of the reasons aforesaid, any rents or other payments shall be prorated as of the effective date of such termination and proportionately refunded to the Lessee or paid to the Lessor as the case may be, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease. All damages awarded for such taking under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in, lieu thereof, shall belong to and be the property of Lessor irrespective of the basis upon which they were awarded; provided, however, that Lessee shell be entitled to receive any damages specifically awarded for its share of moving expenses.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1 Multiple Parties Lessee . if there is or comes to be more than one party that constitutes Lessee hereunder (a) their obligations shall be joint and several; and (b) any notice required or permitted to be given to Lessee may be given by or to any one of such parties and shall have the same force and effect as if given by or to all on such parties.

Section 9.2 Subleasing and Assignment . Lessee may not assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, or encumber this Lease or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, nor allow any other person (the agents and servants of Lessee excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, without first obtaining Lessor’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, if Lessor consents to one or more assignments of this Lease or consents to the subletting from time to time of the Premises or parts thereof, Lessee shall nevertheless remain liable for its performance of this Lease on its part of be performed, including the payment of the rentals and other charges assumed by Lessee hereunder. Lessor understands and agrees that Lessee may request the Lessor to consent to Lessee’s proposed subleasing or assignment, and with respect to subleasing, Lessee may request Lessor to permit Lessee to sublease portions of the Premises and to divide existing floors, and that Lessor will not withhold its consent on the basis that Lessor objects to assignment or subleasing in general, or object to the division of the Premises into multiple or smaller spaces (except that Lessor may object if the proposed subleasing or assignment will require that any floor of the Premises be divided into more than four (4) separate premises), rather, Lessor must have other reasonable grounds for its disapproval of such request. Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for any reasonable direct costs incurred, if any, by Lessor in connection with Lessee’s request to assign its interest under this Lease, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 to the contrary, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Lessee shall have the right, without the consent of Lessor, to assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises to a corporation, person or other entity which: (i) is Lessee’s parent or affiliate; (ii) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lessee; (iii) is a corporation, person or other entity of which Lessee, Lessee’s parent or an affiliate of Lessee owns a majority of the capital stock or a controlling ownership interest; (iv) as a result of a consolidation, merger, reorganization or other transaction with Lessee or Lessee’s parent shall own all the capital stock of Lessee or Lessee’s parent; (v) as a result of a change of the domicile of Lessee or the reincorporation of Lessee in another jurisdiction; or (vi) acquires or is acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of Lessee or Lessee’s parent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the permitted assignments described in subsections (i) through (vi) above, shall be conditioned upon the following: (a) Lessee shall not be in default under the Lease beyond any applicable cure period on the effective date of the assignment or sublease; (b) on or before the effective date of the assignment or sublease Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing of the effective date of the assignment or sublease, the facts placing such assignment or sublease within the provisions of this paragraph, and any changes in the address for billings and legal notices sent to Lessee, the assignee or sublessee. Upon Lessor’s request, Lessee and any such permitted transferee shall execute and deliver to Lessor any and all documentation reasonably required by Lessor in order to confirm Lessee’s continued liability, the post-transaction ownership structure and the permitted transferee’s relationship to Lessee, and Lessee hereunder shall continue to be obligated under this Lease. Any assignment or subletting shall be subject to the following conditions: (y) Lessee shall remain fully liable during the unexpired Term of this Lease; and (z) any such assignment or subletting shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease

Section 9.3 Subletting . Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.1 above to the contrary, in the event at any time during the term of this Lease, Lessee desires to sublet the Premises, Lessee shall notify Lessor in writing not less than sixty (60) days in advance of the proposed sublease date, designating the identity of the prospective sublessee and the terms of the proposed sublease. Lessor shall be allowed thirty (30)


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 9

 

days after receipt of Lessee’s notice within which to approve the proposed sublease. Lessor reserves the prior right and option to require the Lessee to sublet the Premises to a sublessee approved by Lessor at the same rent as Lessee is required to pay to Lessor under this Lease; provided, however, should Lessee choose to sublease the Premises at a reduced rate, Lessee shall continue to pay to Lessor the full amount due. In the event Lessor approves the sublease identified in Lessee’s notice, all of the provisions of Section 9.1 above respecting subletting shall continue to be in full force and effect; and nothing contained in this Section 9.3 shall be construed as a waiver by Lessor of any of its rights under Section 9.1 above. In the event Lessor approves a sublease, the sublessee may not subsequently sublease the Premises or any part thereof or assign its rights under the sublease to any other party. Lessee agrees to reimburse Lessor for any reasonable direct costs incurred by Lessor in connection with Lessee’s request to sublease the Premises, including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees. To the extent Lessor approves a sublease, any rent paid by the sublessee that is in excess of the amount that would otherwise be due and owing from Lessee for such sublease space under the terms of this Lease, such excess amount shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1 Signs . Lessee shall not place or maintain or permit to be placed or maintained any signs for advertising of any kind whatsoever on the exterior of the Building or on any exterior windows in the Building or elsewhere within the Premises so as to be visible from the exterior of the Building, or on the interior walls, including doorways of the Premises, so as to be visible from the public hallways or other public areas of the Building, except such numerals and lettering on doorways as may be approved and permitted by Lessor in writing.

Section 10.2 Parking . For purposes of this Lease, the term “parking facilities” shall include the Old Mill Corporate Center Parking Terrace and any and all other parking areas that may be designated for use by Lessees of the Building. Lessee shall at all times have the right to use not less than four parking stalls per 1,000 usable square feet in the parking facilities at such locations as Lessor shall designate. In the event Lessee regularly uses more parking spaces, Lessor shall have the right to charge Lessee for such excess use at the rates specified below. Lessor shall have the sole and exclusive right to designate the location of such parking spaces, and, from time to time in its discretion, to redesignate the location of such parking spaces available for the use of Lessee, its employees, its agents, officers and customers. The parking facilities shall at all times be under the exclusive control and management of Lessor, and Lessor shall have the right from time to time to establish, modify and enforce rules and regulations with respect to such parking facilities, including without limitation the right to issue parking permits. The parking facilities may not be used to store vehicles or to work on vehicles. No vehicle shall be parked in the parking facilities for more than four (4) consecutive days without prior approval from Lessor, which approval may be verbally provided Lessor by Lessor’s on-site or off-site management. Lessee agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provisions contained herein. If Lessee or its employees park in other than such designated parking areas, Lessor may charge Lessee, as additional rent, Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any part of the parking facilities, or in a fire lane or handicapped area. Any vehicles parked in the parking facilities in breach of these terms may be towed away at Lessee’s expense. Lessee releases, indemnifies and holds harmless. Lessor and Lessor’s officers, employees and agents from any claims arising from or relating to such towing of vehicles including any consequential damages or loss of property of loss of the use of the vehicle or other property. The right to tow a vehicle is in addition to Lessor’s rights under the Lease for default or breach of any of the terms hereof.

Lessee reserves the right to designate a reasonable number of parking spaces for Lessee visitors (but no more than 10) on the 4 th floor and Lessor shall install appropriate signage, provided the cost of such signage shall be included in Additional Rent during the year in which the signage is installed.

Lessee shall not use the parking areas for any use other than parking and ingress and egress. Lessee shall not obstruct the parking areas, sidewalks, landscaped areas, paved areas, parking facilities or driveways.

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1 Breach or Default . Lessee shall have breached this Lease and shall be considered in default hereunder if (a) Lessee files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization under any bankruptcy act, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) involuntary proceedings are instituted against Lessee under any bankruptcy act; (c) Lessee assigns this Lease for the benefit of creditors; (d) Lessee fails to pay: (i) Base Rental within five (5) days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice of delinquency thereof, or (ii) any Additional Rent or other sum due and payable by Lessee under this Lease within ten (10) days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice of delinquency thereof; or (e) Lessee fails to perform or comply with any of the covenants or conditions of this Lease and such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of notice thereof from Lessor or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default.

Section 11.2 Effect of Breach or Default . In the event of a breach of this Lease as set forth in Section 11.1 above, the rights of Lessor shall be as follows:

 

A.

Lessor shall have the right to cancel and terminate this Lease, as well as all of the right, title, and interest of Lessee hereunder, by giving to Lessee not less than ten (10) days notice of the cancellation and termination. On expiration of the time fixed in the notice, this Lease and the right,


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 10

 

  title and interest of Lessee shall terminate in the same manner and with the same force and effect, except as to Lessee’s liability, as of the date fixed in the notice of cancellation and termination were the end of the term herein originally determined.

 

B. Lessor may elect, but shall not be obligated, to make any payment required by Lessee herein or comply with any agreement, term, or condition required hereby to be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have the right to enter the Premises for the purpose of correcting or remedying such default and to remain until the default has been corrected, or remedied, but any expenditure for the correction by Lessor shall not be deemed to waive or release Lessee’s default or Lessor’s right to take any action as may be otherwise permissible hereunder or under the law in the case of any default.

 

C. Lessor may re-enter the Premises immediately and remove the property and personnel of Lessee, and store the property in a public warehouse or at a place selected by Lessor, at the expense of lessee. After re-entry, Lessor may terminate this Lease on giving ten (10) days written notice of termination to Lessee. Without such notice, re-entry will not terminate this Lease. On termination, Lessor may recover from Lessee all damages resulting from the breach, including the cost of recovering the Premises and the worth of the balance of this Lease over the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the Lease term, which such sum shall be immediately due Lessor from Lessee.

After re-entry, Lessor may relet the Premises or any part thereof for any term without terminating this Lease, at the rent and on the terms as Lessor may choose. Lessor may make alterations and repairs to the Premises. The duties and liabilities of the parties if the Premises are relet as provided herein shall be as follows:

 

  1. In addition to Lessee’s liability to Lessor for breach of the Lease, Lessee shall be liable for all expenses of the reletting, for the alterations and repairs made, and for the difference, between the rent received by Lessor under the new lease agreement and the rent installments that are due for the same period under this Lease;

 

  2. Lessor shall have the right to apply the rent received from reletting the Premises (i) to reduce Lessee’s indebtedness to Lessor under this Lease, not including indebtedness for rent; (ii) to expenses of the reletting and alterations and repairs made; (iii) to rent due under this Lease; or (iv) to payment of future rent under this Lease as it becomes due.

If the new lessee does not pay a rent installment promptly to Lessor, and the rent installment has been credited in advance of payment to the indebtedness of Lessor as provided herein, and during any rent installment period, are less than the rent payable for the corresponding installment period under this Lease, Lessee shall pay Lessor the deficiency, separately for each rent installment deficiency period and before the end of that period. Lessor may at any time after a reletting terminate the Lease for the breach on which Lessor had based the re-entry and subsequently relet the Premises.

 

D. After re-entry, Lessor may procure the appointment of a receiver to take possession and collect rents and profits of Lessee, and, if necessary, to collect the rents and profits, the receiver may take possession of the personal property used in the business of Lessee, including inventory, trade fixtures and furnishing, and use them without compensating Lessee. Proceedings for appointment of a receiver by Lessor shall not terminate and forfeit this Lease unless the Lessor has given written notice of termination to Lessee as provided herein.

 

E. In addition to the remedies provided in this Section 11.2, the Lessor shall have all remedies now or hereafter provided by law for the enforcement of the provisions of this Lease and the Lessor’s rights hereunder:

Section 11.3 Abandonment . Lessee shall not vacate or abandon the Premises at any time during the term hereof, and if Lessee shall abandon, vacate or surrender the Premises, or be dispossessed by process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Lessee and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Lessor, except such property as may be mortgaged to Lessor. However, Lessee reserves the right to vacate the premises at any time and continue to pay monthly rental obligation.

Section 11.4 Lessor Default . Any breach by Lessor of any term, agreement, covenant or obligation of Lessor pursuant to this Lease and such breach is not remedied within thirty (30) days after Lessor’s receipt of written notice from Lessee specifying the breach, or if such breach cannot, with due diligence, be cured within thirty (30) days, Lessor does not commence curing within thirty (30) days: and with reasonable diligence completely cure the breach within a reasonable period of time after Lessor’s receipt of the written notice. In the event of a Lessor default, Lessee may exercise any or all remedies at law or in equity, statutory or otherwise


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 11

 

ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1 Subordination, Attornment and Non-Disturbance .

 

A. Subject to Lessee’s receipt of a Non-Disturbance Agreement, this Lease, at Lessor’s option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the property and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. If Lessor or any mortgagee, trustee, or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of a mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease shall be deemed prior to any such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof, subject to Lessee’s receipt of the Non-Disturbance Agreement. “Non-Disturbance Agreement” shall mean an agreement which provides that Lessee, upon Lessee paying the rent and other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions aforesaid on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed, shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease, notwithstanding any foreclosure or other action taken by such party against Lessor or Lessor’s interest in the Property. Lessor shall, within ninety (90) days following the execution of this Lease, cause all lender’s secured by a deed of trust on the Property to execute and deliver to Lessee a subordination, attornment and non-disturbance agreement, which must contain a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

B. Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be (including, without limitation, a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the standard form used by Lessor’s lender) within fifteen (15) days of Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written request. If Lessee shall fail to execute such documents within such 15-day period, Lessor shall be entitled to execute such documents on Lessee’s behalf as Lessee’s attorney-in-fact. Lessor shall cause it’s lender(s) to issue to Lessee a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (which must contain a Non-Disturbance Agreement) within two (2) business days following the execution of this Lease.

Section 12.2 Mortgagee Protection .

 

A. If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Building or any portion thereof, Lessor’s lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Lessee shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to such modifications, provided such modifications do not materially adversely affect Lessee’s rights or increase Lessee’s obligations under this Lease.

 

B. Lessee agrees to give to any trust deed or mortgage holder (“Holder”) by prepaid certified mail, return receipt requested, at the same time as it is given to Lessor, a copy of any notice of default given to Lessor, provided that Lessee has been notified, in writing, (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Holder. Lessee further agrees that if Lessor shall have failed to cure such default within the time period provided for in this Lease, then the Holder shall have an additional thirty (30) days after expiration of such period, or after receipt of such notice from Lessee (if such notice to the Holder is required by this section), whichever is last to occur, within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary to cure such default (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary, to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated.

ARTICLE XIII

Section 13.1 Indemnification .

A. Lessee will, subject to the provisions of Section 17.2 , indemnify and save harmless Lessor, and its officers, agents, employees and servants, from and against any and all claims, actions, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises, Building or Property as a result of the occupancy or use by Lessee, its agents, employees, servants, subtenants, licensees or concessionaires of the Premises, Building or Property or any part thereof, except to the extent caused by the willful or grossly negligent act or omission of Lessor, its agents, employees, or servants. If any action or proceeding is brought against the parties indemnified under this paragraph by reason of any of the aforementioned causes, Lessee, upon receiving notice thereof from Lessor, agrees to defend such action or proceeding by adequate counsel at its own expense.

B. Lessor will, subject to the provisions of Section 17.2 , indemnify and save harmless Lessee, its officers, agents, employees and servants, from and against any and all claims, actions, suits, judgments, decrees, orders, liability and expense in connection with loss of life, bodily injury and/or damage to property arising from or out of any occurrence (i) in, at or upon the Premises, Building or Property to the extent caused by any willful or grossly negligent act or omission of Lessor, its agents, employees, or servants; and/or (ii) in or upon any of the common area of the Building or Property or any part thereof, unless the same be caused wholly or in part by the willful or grossly negligent act or omission of Lessee, its agents, employees, servants, subtenants, licensees or concessionaires. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessee, its agents or servants, by reason of any of the aforementioned causes, Lessor, upon receiving notice thereof from Lessee, agrees to defend such action or proceeding by adequate counsel at its own expense.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 12

 

Section 13.2 Payment for Services and Materials . Lessee agrees to pay all sums of money in respect of any labor, services, materials, supplies or equipment furnished or alleged to have been furnished to Lessee in or about the Premises which may be secured by any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other lien against the Premises or the Lessee’s interest therein and will cause each such lien to be discharged, if filed, provided that Lessee may contest such lien upon delivery to Lessor of cash or marketable securities having a face amount not less than one and one-half (1 1/2) times the face amount of any such lien. If such lien is reduced to final judgment, then and in such event Lessee shall forthwith pay and discharge said judgment.

Section 13.3 Assumption of Risk . The Lessee assumes all risk of damage of Lessee’s property within the Premises which may be caused by water leakage, fire, windstorm, explosion, falling plaster or other cause, or by the act or omission of any other Lessee in the Building, unless caused by Lessor’s negligence.

ARTICLE XIV

Section 14.1 Notices . Any notice given to Lessor shall be in writing and forwarded to the Lessor at Lessor’s office by registered or certified mail. Any notices given to the Lessee shall be in writing and forwarded to the Lessee at the Premises by registered or certified mail. Either Party may designate another place for service or notices by written direction served on the other party by registered or certified mail. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been received four (4) days after its mailing.

ARTICLE XV

Section 15.1 Relocation of Premises . Lessor shall not be entitled to relocate Lessee or the Premises or any part thereof.

ARTICLE XVI

Section 16.1 Surrender at End of Term . Upon the expiration of the term hereof or sooner termination of this Lease, Lessee agrees to surrender and yield possession of the Premises to the Lessor peacefully and in good order and condition, subject only to ordinary wear and reasonable use thereof, and subject to such damage, destruction or condition as Lessee is not required to restore or remedy under other terms and provisions of this Lease. Lessee shall promptly surrender all keys for the Premises to Lessor at the place then fixed for payment of rent and shall inform Lessor of combinations on any locks and safes on the Premises. Any property left in the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and the property of Lessor to dispose of as Lessor deems expedient. Lessee agrees that, if Lessee does not surrender to Lessor, at the expiration of the term of this Lease or upon any termination thereof, then Lessee will pay to Lessor all actual out-of-pocket damages that Lessor may suffer on account of Lessee’s failure to surrender possession to Lessor, and will indemnify and save Lessor harmless from and against all claims made by any succeeding lessee of the Premises against Lessor on account of such delay.

Section 16.2 Surrender of Premises . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee or a mutual cancellation thereof shall not work a merger, and, at the option of Lessor, shall terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or at the option of Lessor, may operate as an assignment to Lessor of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

Section 16.3 Holding Over . In the event Lessee, with Lessor’s consent, remains in possession of the Premises after the Termination Date and without the execution of a new lease, such tenancy shall be deemed to be from month to month, subject to all the conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease, at a rental equal to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the fast rental paid under this Lease, together with annual increases that arise thereafter as more particularly set forth in ARTICLE IV of this Lease.

Section 16.4 Quiet Enjoyment . The Lessor covenants and agrees with Lessee that upon Lessee paying said rent and other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions aforesaid on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed, the Lessee shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

Section 16.5 Light and Air . Lessee covenants and agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Lessor) shall entitle Lessee to any reduction of rent hereunder, result in any liability of Lessor to Lessee, or in any other way affect this Lease.

ARTICLE XVII

Section 17.1 Lessee’s Insurance . Lessee agrees to keep in force during the term hereof, at Lessee’s expense, public liability insurance with limits in the amount of $1,000,000 for injuries to or death of persons occurring on or about the Premises and property damage insurance with limits of $500,000. The limit of any such insurance shall not however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder. Said policy shall name Lessor as an additional insured, and shall insure Lessor against liability as respects acts or omissions of Lessee; shall be issued by an insurance company licensed to do business in the State of


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 13

 

Utah; and shall provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessor is first given. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies holding a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B plus, or such other rating as may be required by a lender having a lien on the Premises, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s insurance Guide”.

Said policy or a certificate thereof shall be delivered to Lessor by Lessee upon commencement of the term and upon such renewal of such insurance.

Section 17.2 Subrogation and Waiver . As long as their respective insurers so permit, Lessor and Lessee hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage and other property insurance policies existing for the benefit of the respective parties. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver. To the extent permitted by law, and without affecting the coverage provided by insurance required to be maintained hereunder, Lessor and Lessee each waive any right to recover against the other for (a) damages for injury to or death of persons, (b) damages to property, (c) damages to the Premises or any part thereof or (d) claims arising by reason of the foregoing, to the extent such damages and claims are insured against or required to be insured against by Lessor or Lessee under this Lease. This provision is intended to waive, fully and for the benefit of each party, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation by any insurance carrier. The coverage obtained by each party pursuant to this Lease shall include, without limitation, a waiver of subrogation by the carrier which conforms to the provisions of this section.

Section 17.3 Lessor’s Insurance . Lessor shall maintain throughout the Term (a) property loss insurance for the Property (for at least the replacement value), and (b) commercial general public liability insurance (collectively, “Lessor’s Policies”). The amount of the premiums for Lessor’s Policies shall be included as a Basic Cost.

ARTICLE XVIII

Section 18.1 Obedience to Laws . Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal, and other applicable governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force, pertaining to the Premises. Lessee shall not use or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal, and other applicable governmental authorities now in force, or which may hereinafter be in force. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor at Lessor’s sole cost and expense shall correct any non-compliance of the Building with any statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations and/or requirements of all county, municipal, state, federal, and other applicable governmental authorities now in force to the extent existing as of the date of this Lease.

Section 18.2 Governing Law . This Lease shall be construed and governed by the laws of the State of Utah. Should any provision of this Lease be illegal or not enforceable under such laws, it or they shall be considered severable and this Lease and its conditions shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties as though the said provisions had never been included.

Section 18.3 Waiver of Liability . Lessor shall not be liable to Lessee, or those claiming through or under Lessee, for injury, death or property damage occurring in, on or about the Building and appurtenances thereto unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor or any employee of Lessor acting within the scope of his or her employment. Lessee shall indemnify Lessor and hold it harmless from any claim arising out of any injury, death or property damage occurring in, on or about the Premises to Lessee or any employee, customer or invitee of Lessee caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee or any employee, customer or invitee of Lessee.

Section 18.4 Time . Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions.

Section 18.5 Attorneys’ Fees . If either Lessor or Lessee shall obtain legal counsel or bring an action against the other by reason of the breach of any covenant, warranty or condition hereof, or otherwise arising out of this Lease the unsuccessful party shall pay to the prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees, which shall be payable whether or not any action is prosecuted to judgment. The term “prevailing party” shall include, without limitation, a party who obtains legal counsel or brings an action against the other by reason of the other’s breach or default and obtains substantially the relief sought, whether by compromise, settlement or judgment.

Section 18.6 Waiver . Failure of Lessor to insist, in any one or more instances, upon strict performance of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, or to exercise any option herein contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such term, covenant, condition or option, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and effect. The receipt by Lessor of rents with knowledge of a breach in any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease to be kept or performed by Lessee shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach; and Lessor shall not be deemed to have waived any provisions of this Lease unless expressed in writing and signed by Lessor. The rights and remedies created by this Lease are cumulative, and the use of one remedy shall not be taken to exclude or waive the right to the use of another.

Section 18.7 Severability . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 14

 

Section 18.8 Addenda and Exhibits . The Addenda and Exhibits attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated by reference. To the extent any terms, conditions or provisions set forth in the Addenda or Exhibits conflict with any terms, conditions or provisions set forth in the body of this Lease, then the terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the Addenda and Exhibits shall be controlling.

Section 18.9 Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Lessor and Lessee; and no representations, express or implied, either written or oral, not herein set forth shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Lessor or Lessee. This Lease shall not be modified by any oral agreement, either express or implied, and all modifications shall be in writing and signed by both Lessor and Lessee. No surrender of the Premises, or of the remainder of the term of this Lease shall be valid unless accepted by Lessor in writing.

Section 18.10 Heirs and Assigns . This Lease and all provisions, covenants and conditions thereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit to the heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, except that no person, firm, corporation or court officer holding under or through Lessee in violation of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Lease shall have any right, interest or equity in or to this Lease, the terms of this Lease or the Premises covered by this Lease.

Section 18.11 Sale by Lessor . Subject to such transferee’s assumption in writing of all of Lessor’s obligations under this Lease, in the event of a sale or conveyance by Lessor of the Building, the same shall operate to release Lessor from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or implied, herein contained in favor of Lessee, and in such event Lessee agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Lessor in and to this Lease. If any security be given by Lessee to secure the faithful performance of all or any of the covenants of this Lease on the part of Lessee, Lessor may transfer and/or deliver the security, as such, to the successor in interest of Lessor, and thereupon Lessor shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto. Except as set forth in this Section 18.11 this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance.

Section 18.12 Estoppel Certificates . At any time and from time to time, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days of Lessee’s receipt of written notice from Lessor, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a statement certifying the date of commencement of this Lease, stating without limitation that (a) this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and the date and nature of such modifications); (b) the dates to which the rent has been paid; (c) Lessee has no claims against Lessor (or a statement of the claims Lessee may have against Lessor), (d) neither Lessor nor Lessee is in default under this Lease (or a statement describing such default); and (e) setting forth such other matters as may reasonably be requested by Lessor. Lessor and Lessee intend that by such statement delivered pursuant to this Section 18.12 may be relied upon any mortgagee or the beneficiary of any Deed of Trust or by any purchaser as prospective purchaser of the Building.

Section 18.13 Defined Terms: Headings . The words “Lessor” and “Lessee” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in masculine gender include the feminine and neuter. If there be more than one Lessee, the obligation hereunder imposed upon Lessee shall be joint and several. The headings to the paragraphs of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

Section 18.14 Execution and Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile or email transmission of a signed copy of this Lease and the retransmission of a signed copy shall be the same as delivery of an original.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 15

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

Lessor :
OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC , a
Utah limited liability company
By  

/s/ Richard N. Beckstrand

Print Name  

 

Title  

 


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 16

 

Lessee :
INSTRUCTURE, INC. , a
Delaware corporation
By  

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Print Name  

Steven B. Kaminsky

Title  

CFO


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 17

 

ADDENDUM “A”

Old Mill IV

BASE RENT:

 

                        Monthly  
Date    Floor    USF      RSF      Base Rent  

Mar 1, 2013

   7,6      42,400         50,031       $ 104,231.25   

Aug 1, 2013

   7,6,5      74,486         87,892       $ 183,108.33   

Feb 1, 2014

   7,6,5,4      l06,572         125,753       $ 261,985.41   

Mar 1, 2014

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 269,844.98   

Mar 1, 2015

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 277,940.33   

Mar 1, 2016

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 286,278.54   

Mar 1, 2017

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 294,866.90   

Mar 1, 2018

   7,6,5;4      106,572         125,753       $ 303,712.91   

Mar 1, 2019

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 312,824.30   

Mar 1, 2020

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 322,209.03   

Mar 1, 2021

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 331,875.30   

Mar 1, 2022

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 341,831.56   

Mar 1, 2023

   7,6,5,4      106,572         125,753       $ 352,086.51   

Mar 1, 2024

   7,6,5;4      106,572         125,753       $ 362,649.11   

ADDITIONAL RENT:

Lessor estimates the Basic Costs for the Building will be $7.00 per square foot of rentable space per year. Additional Rent shall be payable as set forth in the Lease.

LESSEE IMPROVEMENTS:

Lessor will turnkey the space using building standard materials and finishes and in accordance to a mutually acceptable space plan. Lessee and Lessor acknowledge that both parties will work together to prepare space planning and construction drawings. In addition to the signing credit (“SC”) referenced below in this Addendum “A”, Lessor shall provide a Lessee improvement allowance in the amount of $3,676,734.00 for the construction of Lessee’s improvements to the Premises (“Lessee’s Improvement Allowance”). Additional costs above this amount, if any, will be borne by Lessee. Subject to Lessor’s reasonable approval of such architects and contractors (which reasonable approval or disapproval shall be provided within two (2) business days) Lessee shall have the right to select the architect and contractor(s) of its choosing for work performed on the Premises.

The following items are part of the Building Standard for tenant space buildout and will be charged to Lessee as part of the Lessee Improvements costs:

3. A construction supervision fee of two percent (2%) of the gross lessee buildout cost (including all construction, permitting, engineering and architectural costs directly related to the buildout of the Premises).

4. The cost of the existing four-foot wide soffits and column covers around the windows on curved portions of each floor and the cost of the finned tube cap around the perimeter of the building on each floor. The cost of these items in the Premises totals $227,280 for the entire Premises.

5. Electrical panel engineering (which will allow Lessee to build out its space without further electrical engineering cost) at a cost of $1,465 for the entire Premises.

COMMON AREA HALLWAYS ON FLOORS 4, 5 AND 7

Floors 4, 5 and 7 currently contain plans for common area corridors. Lessee intends to occupy the entire area of each of these floors and may choose to eliminate these corridors to more efficiently plan its space. In the event that Lessee elects to plan its space without these corridors, Lessor will provide Lessee with an additional credit of $34,552 per floor to be used for lessee improvements to the Premises. If, during the term of this Lease, Lessee desires to sublet space to multiple tenants on the 4 th , 5 th , or 7 th floors, Lessee may be required to construct a common area corridor with the same finishes specified for the corridors on those floors in addition to obtaining any other approvals by Lessor for such subleases.

SIGNING CREDIT:

In addition to Lessee’s Improvement Allowance, Lessor shall provide Lessee with a Signing Credit in an amount equal to $4,000,000 (the “SC”), which may be used by Lessee immediately or at any other point during the Term of this Lease for Base Rental or tenant improvements. The SC may be applied towards Base Rental abatement, or for any Lessee improvement costs.

REPAYMENT OF LESSEE’S IMPROVEMENT COSTS AND SIGNING CREDIT:

Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that the Lessee’s Improvement Allowance ($3,676,734.00) and the SC ($4,000,000.00) noted in this Addendum “A” (the total amount of the Lessee’s Improvement allowance and the SC,


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 18

 

namely, $7,676,734.00, is hereafter referred to in this paragraph as the “Lessee Credit”), are material inducements for Lessee to enter into this Lease and Lessee’s entering into this Lease is a condition precedent to Lessor’s willingness to provide the Lessee Credit. Accordingly, with respect to the Lessee Credit, Lessor and Lessee agree that if: (a) Lessee files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization under any bankruptcy act or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) involuntary proceedings are instituted against Lessee under any bankruptcy act; or (c) Lessee assigns this Lease for the benefit of creditors, then, upon the date of the first occurrence of any such event (the “Default Date”), Lessor shall be entitled to the Amortized Share of the Lessee Credit. The term “Amortized Share of the Lessee Credit” shall mean an amount equal to $1,752.67 per day, multiplied by the number of days in the time period commencing on the Default Date and ending on February 28, 2025 (the expiration date of the lease term). Therefore, by way of illustration only, if the Default Date occurs on March 1, 2024, the Amortized Share of the Lessee Credit due and owing to Lessor would be $639,724.55 ($1,752.67 x 365 days).

4 th FLOOR ENTRANCE:

Lessor shall have the option, at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, using standard building materials, to have Lessor build a private entrance for Instructure into the fourth floor of the building from the top floor of the parking structure no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days following Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s request. If Lessee requests a build out and use of the patio near the 4 th floor parking structure entrance, which shall be constructed at Lessor’s sole cost and expense, or if Lessee would like the use of the patio located on the 4 th floor facing the freeway, Lessee agrees to pay additional costs of $8.00 per square foot of patio space per year for its use of those patios. This build out shall be completed within one hundred and eighty (180) days from Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s request.

SIGNAGE:

Lessee Shall have the option, at Lessor’s expense, to have its name installed on the Property monument sign, the Building lobby directory and the main entrance to the Premises. All signs shall conform to the building standard.

Notwithstanding anything mentioned above, Lessee shall also have the option, for a period of six (6) months following the Effective Date, to install a prominent crown sign on the top stucco band located on the Northwest side of the building (facing the I-215) and a second sign located on the Southeast side of the building (facing the parking structure), that are approximately 4 feet tall and 26 feet long. The size and location of the signs shall be subject to reasonable approval by Lessor and appropriate governing authorities. Lessee shall be responsible for all expenses in connection with such signs, including permits, fabrication and installation. Lessee shall submit to Lessor all plans prior to commencing any work. Lessee shall be solely responsible for maintenance of the signs. Upon termination of the Lease, Lessor shall remove the signs and restore the exterior of the Building and invoice Lessee for the cost of such removal and restoration. Lessee shall pay for removal of the signs and restoration of the exterior of the Building within thirty (30) days after receiving the invoice from Lessor.

ADDITIONAL PARKING:

Lessee will have the option of leasing up to 150 additional stalls at a cost of $25 per stall per month in the Old Mill Corporate Center Parking Terrace after the completion of the ramp to the 4 th level, which shall be completed no later than October 1, 2013. The addition of the 4 th floor ramp is a material term of this lease.

FUTURE EXPANSION OPTIONS FOR FLOORS 1, 2 & 3:

Lessee will have an option to assume MasterControl’s leases on the 3 rd floor and 1 st and 2 nd floors by providing Lessor with written notice 180 days in advance of the date that the lease can be assumed, and pay MasterControl a Relocation Fee (see schedule below). The 3 rd floor lease assumable on January 1, 2015 (“Lease 1”). The 1 st  & 2 nd floor lease assumable on January 1, 2016 (“Lease 2”). Floor Detail:

 

180 day Notice Date    Assumable Date    Lease    Floor    USF      RSF  

Jul 1, 2014

   Jan 1, 2015    1    3      23,265         27,453   

Jul 1, 2015

   Jan 1, 2016    2    1 & 2      45,760         53,997   
           

 

 

    

 

 

 
              69,025         81,450   

The Furnishings: If Lessee exercises its option to assume the MasterControl leases, the purchase of the furniture, work stations, audio video equipment, and training room equipment within the MasterControl premises will be discounted down to 30% of its original cost (the “Furnishings”).

Relocation Fee (with the Furnishings): If Lessee purchases the Furnishings; Lessee will pay an additional relocation fee of $2.00 per rentable square foot of the MasterControl space being assumed.

-OR-

Relocation Cost (without the Furnishings): If Lessee does not purchase the Furnishings, Lessee will pay an additional relocation fee of $3.00 per rentable square foot of the MasterControl space being assumed.

6TH FLOOR LEASED SPACE:

With respect to that portion of the 6 th Floor that is not currently included in the Premises, Lessee shall have a right of first refusal to lease such space.

LEED CERTIFICATION OF THE BUILDING:

Lessor shall promptly take reasonable efforts to ensure that the Building will be a Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certified building.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 19

 

BUILDING GENERATOR AND TELECOM:

Lessor represents that the electrical supply in the Building is completely backed-up by a building generator. Additionally, Lessor represents that the Property is also situated on a fiber optic hub and XO Communications, Verizon, Century Link/Qwest, Comcast and Integra are all currently planning to provide telecom services within the Building. Viawest, a major collocation provider, is also located on site.

ADA COMPLIANCE:

Lessor shall at Lessor’s sole cost and expense ensure that Building, including all common areas such as hallways, elevators, restrooms, sidewalks and parking lots complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

 


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 20

 

ADDENDUM B

[THIS SECTION SUBJECT TO FURTHER REVIEW BY LESSEE]

Old Mill IV

BASE BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS

BUILDING CORE, SHELL IMPROVEMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA

“CORE SHELL” SCENARIO

 

1. Steel brace frame structural system with a composite concrete floor for maximum strength and space planning flexibility. Lessee live loading capacity will be 100 lbs. per sq.ft./2,000 lb. point load.

 

2. Finished Ceiling Height: 1 st Floor – 8’; 2 nd Floor – 15’; 3 rd Floor – 12’; 4 th , 5 th  & 6 th Floors – 10’; 7 th Floor – 12’.

 

3. Four elevators to all floors occupied for office use.

 

4. Two stairwells to all floors occupied for office use.

 

5. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC)

 

  a. Ventilation and cooling will be provided by a Variable Air Volume (VAV) system served by a roof mounted Air Handler.

Medium pressure supply loop is constructed on each floor.

 

  b. Air Conditioning capacity will be based on the following load assumptions:

 

    Occupancy load average of one person per 150 sq.ft. of usable office space

 

    Lighting load average of one high efficiency lighting fixture per 83 sq.ft. of usable office space (.08 W/ft 2 ).\

 

    Office equipment load average of one personal computer (CPU and monitor) per 150 sq.ft. of usable office space (1.0 W/ft 2 ).

 

  c. Perimeter base heating

 

  d. Completion of the VAV system downstream from the medium pressure loop, including ductwork, dampers, VAV terminal boxes, electrical wiring, grills, diffusers, temperature controls, testing and balancing, and stand-alone air conditioning for server rooms, will be considered part of Tenant Improvements and constructed using the TI allowance.

 

6. Fire Protection System. A fire riser will be constructed to meet applicable national and local building code requirements. The fire protection water supply will enter the building underground and rise vertically through the south stairwell to provide fire protection to the core of the building. Piping will be stubbed into the lease area on each floor for future Tenant improvement. Installation of sprinkler heads in the tenant areas will be considered a Tenant Improvement, and constructed using the TI allowance.

 

7. Electrical Systems. Electrical service will be installed to meet applicable national and local building codes.

a. Power to Panel. Electrical Service will be provided from the electrical utilities service entry point to the switchboard and panels in the equipment room located on each floor.

b. Fire alarm system will be provided to meet applicable building codes in the core areas of the building. Horns, strobes, pull stations and cabinets in the lease areas will be considered Lessee improvements and constructed using Tenant Allowance.

c. Emergency Power Generator. A standby electrical generator sized to meet life safety loads will be provided. Ongoing monthly service fees for Lessee’s standby power requirements may apply.

 

e. Telephone and data communication cabling and equipment will be provided by Lessee.

Building Core and Shell Standard Finishes

Core and shell to be constructed in accordance with applicable national and local building and life safety code requirements, including stairwells, elevators, restrooms, equipment rooms, mechanical systems, fire protection systems and electrical systems on each floor, finished per the following building standards:

 

    Exterior finishes: combination of EFIS, reflective glass, aluminum and partial granite at entries.

 

    Exterior common areas of hardscape and landscape completed per approved site plan, including lighted walkways to building entrances, and lighted parking areas.

Interior common areas:

 

    2 nd  & 3 rd Level entrances and elevator lobbies: floor to be stone tile; walls to be a combination of glass, stone and wood paneling. Lighting to be a combination of indirect recessed fluorescent and surface mounted fixtures.

 

    4 th , 5 th , 6 th and 7 th Level lobbies: tile, painted sheetrock walls, lighting to be a combination of indirect recessed fluorescent and surface mounted fixtures.

 

    Restrooms: Floor will be stone tile; walls will be tile and painted sheetrock; ceiling will be painted sheetrock. Recessed and surface mounted lighting to meet building standard. Countertops will be stone.

 

    Equipment rooms: painted drywall, concrete floors, no ceiling, fluorescent strip lighting hung from deck above.

 

    Stairwells: concrete and steel stairs and landings with painted walls and painted steel handrails.

 

    Elevators: combination of wood and composite veneers on walls, stone flooring, and standard ceiling with recessed lighting, metal trim and accessories.

 

    Life safety exit and egress lighting With alarms and horns as required by law.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 21

 

ADDENDUM C

[SUBJECT TO FURTHER REVIEW BY LESSEE]

Old Mill IV

TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

All improvements within the Premises, including but not limited to interior partitions, sheetrock on perimeter walls, sheetrock column wraps, doors, hardware, interior sidelights, ceilings, wall coverings, painting, floor coverings, cabinetry, millwork, HVAC duct extensions, loops and finish downstream of the air handler units, plumbing, electrical service from the panel, breakers, lighting contactors, life safety alarms/enunciators, energy management connections, phone/data/communication service from the first floor point of demarcation, wall finishes, lighting, electrical devices, building permits and construction management fees will be deducted from the TI allowance.

BUILDING STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Space Planning Assumption

 

    60% open floor plan

 

    40% individual rooms and offices

Doors

 

    3’x7’x1-3/4” solid core premium grade wood veneer

 

    Plain slice cherry wood veneer with dark walnut stain finish to match building standard sample

 

    Matching hardwood edges

 

    Door frames 16 gauge welded hollow metal with enamel paint finish to match architect sample

Hardware

 

    Lockset: Corbin Russwin CL3500 Series NZD 626

 

    Ceco Hardware

 

    Hinges: Hager or equivalent

Paint and Flooring

 

    Carpet - Minimum weight: 20. oz.

 

    Matching rubber base

 

    Vinyl Composite Tile (“VCT”) for use in break rooms or workrooms

 

    VCT: Manufacturers: Armstrong or approved equal

 

    Flooring Select from color palette approved by Lessor

 

    Paint: One coat primer, two coats satin finish

Ceilings in Lessee Lease Areas

 

    2’x2’ white acoustical tile CertainTeed Sand Micro or equivalent

 

    White metal grid

 

    Concealed fire sprinkler heads

Window Coverings

 

    Building Standard Mechoshade 5 Eurotwill 6000 series motorized roller shade or equivalent (3% openness)

Window Sills

 

    Clear, anodized aluminum

Mechanical Specifications

 

    VAV terminal units with DDC controls

 

    2’x2’ ceiling supply air diffusers, painted steel (Nailor Industries or equivalent)

CEA recommendation 2’x2’ ADP radial blade diffusers in open office space

CEA recommendation 2’ linear diffusers in perimeter private offices

 

    Perforated return air diffusers (Nailor, Price, Titus or Krueger are all acceptable)

 

    After-hours lighting and HVAC controls provided by Utah Yamas.

Ducting

 

    Medium pressure duct upstream of VAV box; galvanized steel oval and round, external insulation wrap

 

    Rectangular Low Pressure downstream of VAV box; single wall-galvanized sheet metal with 1” acoustical liner; at least one elbow between VAV box or air device

 

    Air Device Runnouts to Air Device; flexible polyethylene encapsulated steel wire helical duct with 1” fiberglass insulation and polyethylene vapor barrier (limit to 5’ lengths).

Electrical Specifications

 

    Recessed fluorescent down light with one (1) 32W compact fluorescent lamp, LED light source, or equal.

 

    Recessed fluorescent washer light with one (1) 42W compact fluorescent lamp, LED light source, or equal.

 

    Emergency egress lights as required per code.

 

    All lighting except for emergency egress and exit lighting will be controlled by the building energy management system with Tenant override switching. Any use of the lighting systems outside of the standard building hour schedule will incur an after-hours charge.

 

    Direct/Indirect lighting fixtures are budgeted at the rate of one (1) 2-lamp 28W T-5 fixture per 75 square foot of usable office area. Lithonia RT-5 2X4 recessed light fixture or equivalent.

 

    Decorative and recessed down light type lighting fixtures are considered an over-standard tenant improvement.

 

    Lightingload is not to exceed .9W/square foot; 2W/square foot for outlets and computers.

 

    Electrical Pulse Metering Tenant Spaces and Tenant Server Rooms: Tenant server rooms shall be metered for electrical usage.

 

    Uninterruptible Power. System (UPS) back-up by Tenant: All lighting, HVAC and receptacle loads are backed up by a central stand-by generator set. In the event of a loss of utility power, the generator will start and transfer all electrical loads to the generator within ten (10) seconds or less. There is also a potential for a bump in power during a transition back to utility power from generator power. Critical computer loads that cannot lose power may need UPS power supplies; these are the responsibility of the Tenant,


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 22

 

Power and communication raceways and outlets as follows:

 

    Each 12’x14’ typical office is allotted two (2) 15-amp duplex outlets (6-8 per 20-amp circuit) and one (1) 3/4 conduit to 6” above ceiling and box at 15” A.F.F. from bottom of box for tenant telephone/data wiring with plate.

 

    Open area power will allow for either one (1) 15-amp duplex outlet (6-8 per 20-amp circuit) per 50 square foot or a 3-circuit furniture feed for each group of 6-8 cubicles, or a 4-circuit feed for each group of 10-12 cubicles.

 

    Lessor will provide a building fire alarm system meeting local and national building codes. Base system will be of sufficient capacity to allow installation of horns/strobes in all lease areas as required to comply with code.

Card Reader Access : If Lessee elects to install card reader access utilizing the Building’s card reader system, the required vendor to integrate the work into the Building system is M2 Systems.


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 23

 

EXHIBIT A

Old Mill IV

7th Floor Plan

 

 

LOGO


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 24

 

EXHIBIT A

Old Mill IV

6th Floor Plan

 

 

LOGO


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 25

 

EXHIBIT A

Old Mill IV

5th Floor Plan

 

 

LOGO


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 26

 

EXHIBIT A

Old Mill IV

4th Floor Plan

 

 

LOGO


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 27

 

EXHIBIT B

Old Mill IV

Janitorial Services

D – daily W – weekly M – monthly Q – quarterly A - annually

 

1. Tenant Areas

D Empty all waste receptacles and replace liners as needed

M Damp wipe all trash cans as needed

D Vacuum all high traffic areas

M Vacuum corner edges

W Wipe doors for hand prints

W Spot clean light switches

M Spot clean doors, push and kick plates and walls

M Dust and clean window ledges

A Wash interior windows

 

2. Office break rooms

D Sanitize table tops

D Empty all waste receptacles and replace liners as needed

D Dust and damp mop tile floors with a disinfectant

W Dust and damp mop VCT floors with a disinfectant

M Spray buff all hard surfaces areas

W Clean and polish all bright metal work

 

4. Building Common Area Restrooms

D Sweep and damp mop restroom floors with a germicidal solution

D Wash and disinfect all commodes, urinals, toilet seats, toilet hardware, urinal partitions, wash basins, counters and faucets

D Clean and polish all mirrors

D Refill soap and towel dispensers, toilet tissue holders and sanitary napkin machines, and wipe clean

D Empty all wastepaper and sanitary napkin containers, wipe clean exterior surfaces and replace liners and remove refuse to trash disposal area

W Wipe all door facings, doors, door knobs, light switches, receptacle covers and partitions as needed to remove dust, dirt, smudges, and fingerprints

D Clean and sanitize water foundations and coolers

 

5. Building Common Areas

D Vacuum all carpeted areas, remove spots as needed

D Sweep, spot clean and damp mop all hard surface floors

D Dust and spot clean all glass entry doors

D Dust and wipe clean all lobby furniture and fixtures

D Sweep or vacuum all walk off mats

A Wash all outside windows at a minimum of two times per year

A Shampoo common area carpet annually


LEASE – Instructure, Inc.

OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC

Page 28

 

EXHIBIT C

Old Mill IV

Building Rules

 

II. RENT

 

  A. Rent is due on the first (1st) of the month

 

  B. Rent shall be paid to Beckstrand and Associates at P.O. Box 712320, Salt Lake City, UT 84171-2320.

 

  C. Checks returned due to insufficient funds will be assessed a $25 service fee.

 

III. PROPERTY MANAGEMENT

A. Old Mill Corporate Center IV is owned by Old Mill Building IV LLC (“Lessor”).

B. Beckstrand & Associates is the Property Management Company (“Property Manager”). Should you have any maintenance questions or concerns please call (801) 944-7722 and give the information to whomever answers the phone, and the message will be relayed.

C. In the event of an emergency after hours, please call 801-365-2191. Please reserve calls regarding normal repairs or the Property Manager’s normal business hours M-F 8:00 am – 5:00 pm Mountain Standard Time.

 

IV. SIGNS

A. Standard signs must be used on all office doors and entrances. The Property Manager will order signs and bill the Lessee for the purchase price.

B. All signs are the property of the Building and are not to be removed without the express approval of the Lessor.

 

V. PARKING

A. In order to leave the most convenient space for Customer’s parking, Lessees and their employees are not to park directly in front of the Building, or in reserved visitor parking stalls.

B. Please refrain from parking in the spaces reserved for the handicapped. Unauthorized vehicles parked in these spaces will be towed away at the owner’s expense.

C. Vehicles should not be left in the parking lot overnight. Any vehicle left overnight without prior consent may be towed away at the owner’s expense.

D. Any vehicle parked on the premises for the purpose of selling that vehicle will be towed away at the owner’s expense.

E. The storage, repairs, or cleaning of vehicles will not be permitted on the premises.

F. All parking spaces located on the 4 th floor shall be exclusive to Lessee, and signage shall be installed on the 4 th floor that provides notice that all such parking spaces are for Lessee’s exclusive use.

 

VI. SECURITY

 

  A. There is a “No Soliciting” sign posted on the Building. Please notify the Property Manager if there is any soliciting on the premises.

 

  B. The distribution or posting of handbills on the premises is expressly prohibited. We would appreciate being notified if handbills are distributed or posted.

 

  C. All Buildings are equipped with fire extinguishers. Please familiarize yourself with the location of them.

 

  D. When you leave at the end of the day please make sure that all windows are closed and that all doors are locked.

 

  E. Please make sure you turn off your coffee makers and misc. equipment each night to prevent fire. We strongly recommend that all coffee makers be equipped with an automatic shutoff.

 

VII. TRASH DISPOSAL

A. Lessee may utilize available dumpsters for office trash can waste only. Packing skids, boxes, or garbage from the office or home is not to be placed in or around dumpsters, Lessor reserves the right to bill Lessee for extra trash pick-ups as a result. It is the sole responsibility of Lessee to dispose of excessive trash and packaging material somewhere else.

 

VIII. SMOKING

 

  A. Due to the Utah Clean Air Act, smoking in the Building or within 25 feet of the Building is prohibited. Smoking is permitted only in the designated smoking area(s) for the Building.

 

IX. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  A. Intentionally Omitted.

 

  B. Any burning of candles is prohibited.

 

X. REKEYING

A. Lessee must obtain Lessor’s permission before rekeying any lock(s). Rekeying of locks shall be to the Building’s grand master system. Rekeying of locks will be at the expense of the Lessee. Lessor reserves the right to rekey the Premises and bill Lessee, if Lessee rekeys lock(s) without Lessor’s consent, or off of Building’s grand master system.

 

XI. ANIMALS, REFUSE

A. Lessee shall not allow anything to be placed on the windows of the Premises or to be thrown out of any outside opening of the Building. Lessee shall not place or permit to be placed any obstruction of refuse in any public part of the Building.

B. No animal, except for those trained to assist the physically impaired, shall be brought into the office, halls, corridors, elevators or any other part of the Building by Lessee or the agents, employees or invitees of the Lessee.

Exhibit 10.11

OLD MILL BUILDING IV

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT MADE and entered into this 30 th day of October 2014, by and between OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, (“Lessor”) and INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation, (“Lessee”).

RECITALS:

 

A. Lessor and Lessee previously entered into a Lease Agreement dated October 2, 2012, for premises in the building known as Old Mill Corporate Center IV located at 6330 South 3000 East, Cottonwood Heights, UT 84121 (the “Building”), said premises consisting of approximately 125,753 rentable and 106,572 useable square feet comprising all of the 7 th , 5 th and 4 th floors and a portion of the 6 th floor of the Building.

 

B. Pursuant to Addendum A of the Lease, Lessee had the option to request Lessor to build a private entrance into the 4 th floor of the Building from the top level of the adjacent parking structure.

 

C. Pursuant to Addendum A of the Lease, Lessee had an option to request Lessor to build out the 4 th floor patio near the 4 th floor parking structure entrance and an option to request Lessor to build out the 4 th floor patio facing the freeway.

 

D. Lessor has built a private entrance to the 4 th floor of the Building from the parking structure.

 

E. Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease relating to use of the 4 th floor patios.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of their mutual promises and covenants set forth hereinafter, the parties agree as follows:

1. Use of 4 th Floor Patios. Lessee shall be entitled to use the 4 th floor patios for no additional rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee is aware and acknowledges that all costs associated with the operation and maintenance of said patios will constitute Basic Costs, which are allocable to all tenants, including Lessee, as Additional Rent pursuant to Article IV of the Lease.

2. Lessor Provisions of Lease. Except as modified herein, all terms and conditions of the Lease, as previously modified or amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to Lease Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

LESSOR:     LESSEE:
OLD MILL BUILDING IV, LLC     INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By  

/s/ Richard N. Beckstrand

    By  

/s/ Howard Baik

Name:       Name:   Howard Baik
Its:       Its:   Sr. Counsel

Exhibit 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 24, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and INSTRUCTURE, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), amends and restates the terms of that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Bank and Borrower, dated as of November 14, 2012, as amended from time to time (the “ Original Agreement ”) and provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP; provided that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or Bank shall so request, Borrower and Bank shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided, further, that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) Borrower shall provide Bank financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial calculations (whether for pricing covenants, or otherwise) shall be made with regard to Borrower only and not on a consolidated basis. The term “financial statements” includes the notes and schedules. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed under the Revolving Line may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of the either (x) the Revolving Line or (y) MRR multiplied by the Advance Rate, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, the “ Overadvance ”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one half of one percentage point (0.50%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(d) below.


(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.0%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”). Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(d) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

2.4 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), on the Effective Date and the first anniversary thereof; and

(b) Line Increase Fee . If Borrower requests and Bank agrees to increase the amount of credit available to Borrower under the Revolving Line to an amount in excess of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), a fully earned, non-refundable line increase fee in the amount of one tenth of one percent (.10%) of any such increase payable (i) if the increase occurs prior to June 24, 2016: (1) on the date of any such increase, on a pro-rated basis for the number of days from the date of the line increase until the first anniversary of the Effective Date and (2) on the first anniversary of the Effective Date or (ii) if the increase occurs on or after June 24, 2016, on the date of such increase, on a pro-rated basis for the number of days from the date of the line increase until the Revolving Line Maturity Date;

(c) Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee . Payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter occurring prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, and on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, a fee (the “ Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ”) in an amount equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum of the average unused portion of the Revolving Line, as determined by Bank. The unused portion of the Revolving Line, for purposes of this calculation, shall be calculated on a calendar year basis and shall equal the difference between (i) the Revolving Line, and (ii) the average for the period of the daily closing balance of the Revolving Line outstanding.

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

(e) Fees Fully Earned . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Bank pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Bank’s obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(c). Bank shall provide Borrower written notice of deductions made from the Designated Deposit Account pursuant to the terms of the clauses of this Section 2.4.

 

2.


2.5 Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts .

(a) All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) Bank has the exclusive right to determine the order and manner in which all payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

(c) Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.6 Withholding . Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to Bank, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c) payment of the prorated portion of the renewal fee owing in connection with the Original Agreement in the amount of Seven Thousand Eighty Three Dollars and Thirty Three Cents ($7,083.33);

(d) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank may request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

3.


(e) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(f) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies and endorsements required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank;

(g) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) Bank determines to its satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Post-Closing Conditions . As soon as possible, but no later than ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall complete the Initial Audit with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. In connection with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail a completed Transaction Report executed by an Authorized Signer together with such other reports and information, including without limitation, sales journals, cash receipts journals, accounts receivable aging reports, as Bank may request in its sole discretion. Bank shall credit proceeds of an Advance to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from an Authorized Signer or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

4.


Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then at least one hundred five percent (105.0%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then at least one hundred ten percent (110.0%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except as permitted hereby, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “ all assets of the Debtor ” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any other jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower entitled “ Perfection Certificate ”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more

 

5.


specific provisions in this Agreement and provided that the Perfection Certificate shall be deemed to be updated to reflect the information provided in any notice that is required to be delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 7.2). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect (or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b)) or (v) conflict with, contravene, constitute a default or breach under, or result in or permit the termination or acceleration of, any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no Collateral Accounts at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates except for the Collateral Accounts described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith or as to which Borrower has given the Bank notice and has taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 6.10(b)). To the best of Borrower’ knowledge, each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate (as the same may be updated from time to time pursuant to Section 6.10(b)), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Eligible Customer Accounts . For any Eligible Customer Account in any MRR calculation, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Customer Accounts are and shall be true and correct in all material respects and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Customer Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Customer Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Customer Accounts in any MRR calculation. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents,

 

6.


instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Customer Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms except to the extent the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and by equitable principles (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law). Borrower is the owner of and has the legal right to sell, transfer, assign and encumber each Eligible Customer Account, and there are no defenses, offsets, counterclaims or agreements for which the Account Debtor may claim any deduction or discount.

5.4 Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible Officer, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which an adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations as of the dates and for the periods presented. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not violated any Requirements of Law the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or extensions therefor, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor.

To the extent Borrower defers payment of any contested taxes, Borrower shall (i) notify Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (ii) post bonds or take any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien. ” Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

7.


5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “ best of ” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a) a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto) (i) with each request for an Advance, and (ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month;

(b) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports, and general ledger and (D) monthly recurring revenue reports including income statements and calculation of the Annualized Churn Rate and MRR;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank may reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

 

8.


(e) as soon as available, but no later than the earlier of (i) January 31st of each fiscal year of Borrower or (ii) within fifteen (15) days of approval of the same by Borrower’s board of directors, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower, and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections;

(f) as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(g) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address; provided, however, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents;

(h) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(i) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or more;

(j) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the same are completed, copies of any 409A valuation reports together with any reports, summaries and other documents accompanying such report; provided that the foregoing requirement shall be automatically waived by Bank at all times after Borrower completes the IPO and continues to be traded on a major United States stock exchange;

(k) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the IPO and so long as no Advances are outstanding, all monthly reporting requirements shall be due quarterly within forty five (45) days of the end of each calendar quarter.

6.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

 

9.


(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Availability Amount.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall require that Borrower direct Account Debtors to deliver or transmit all proceeds of Accounts into a lockbox account, or via electronic deposit capture into a “blocked account” as specified by Bank (either such account, the “ Cash Collateral Account ”). Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to the Cash Collateral Account (i) to be transferred to Borrower’s operating account at Bank if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or (ii) to be applied to immediately reduce the Obligations if an Event of Default has occurred.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose, and notify any Account Debtor of Bank’s security interest in such Account.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to (a) be deposited in the Borrower’s operating account at Bank, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (b) be applied to immediately reduce the Obligations pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports or extensions therefor and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

10.


6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be conducted at Borrower’s expense and no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary. The charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies) Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance .

(a) Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of Borrower, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank lender loss payee. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral.

(b) Ensure that proceeds payable under any property policy are, at Bank’s option, payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (y) shall be of equal or like value as the destroyed or damaged Collateral and (z) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest (subject to any Permitted Liens that are permitted to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement) and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c) At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. Each provider of any such insurance required under this Section 6.7 shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to Bank, that it will endeavor to give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or cancelled. In addition, Borrower shall give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) before any of its insurance policies are materially altered or cancelled. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates; provided, however, (i) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may maintain accounts with foreign financial institutions in each foreign jurisdiction where Borrower conducts business provided that the amount of funds in each such account does not exceed an amount equal to three (3) months of rent, payroll and operating expenses for the relevant jurisdiction (the “ Foreign Operating Accounts ”); and (ii) Borrower may maintain an account with another financial institution in order to service its credit cards issued by such financial institution so long as the aggregate amount of funds in such account does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) at any time (the “ Credit Card Account ”).

 

11.


(b) For any Collateral Account that Bank in its sole discretion permits Borrower at any time to open or maintain, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to (i) deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such, (ii) the Foreign Operating Accounts or (iii) the Credit Card Account.

6.9 Financial Covenant. Borrower shall achieve Bookings having a projected gross value, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion, of at least the amounts set forth in the table below measured on a trailing three month basis as of the last day of each month:

 

Month Ending

   Minimum Bookings  

April 30, 2015

   $ 9,433,870   

May 31, 2015

   $ 12,967,283   

June 30, 2015

   $ 36,064,220   

July 31, 2015

   $ 40,064,723   

August 31, 2015

   $ 40,282,562   

September 30, 2015

   $ 18,083,629   

October 31, 2015

   $ 14,965,526   

November 30, 2015

   $ 11,893,792   

December 31, 2015

   $ 12,493,734   

January 31, 2016

   $ 10,600,322   

February 28, 2016

   $ 10,383,220   

March 31, 2016

   $ 8,509,455   

April 30, 2016

   $ 11,174,476   

May 31, 2016

   $ 16,943,258   

June 30, 2016

   $ 44,499,765   

July 31, 2016

   $ 50,420,603   

August 31, 2016

   $ 51,570,444   

September 30, 2016

   $ 29,191,723   

October 31, 2016

   $ 26,378,313   

November 30, 2016

   $ 23,706,510   

December 31, 2016

   $ 26,503,522   

Bookings levels for the 2017 calendar year shall be set in accordance with the mutual agreement of Borrower and Bank based on Borrower’s 2017 financial projections delivered to Bank in accordance with Section 6.2(e) above in a written amendment to this Agreement.

 

12.


6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “ Collateral ” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Formation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, at the time that Borrower forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a) unless such new Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement to cause such Subsidiary to become a co-borrower hereunder, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank (including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary (or if such new Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, not more than sixty five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any such Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter), in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be a Loan Document.

6.13 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or Requirements of Law that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that is, in the reasonable judgment of Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the ordinary course of business of Borrower; (c) consisting of Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under Section 7.2 of this Agreement; (e) consisting of Borrower’s use

 

13.


or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and (f) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) have a change in management such that any Key Person ceases to hold such office with Borrower, unless Borrower’s board of directors replaces such Key Person within ninety (90) days after such Key Person’s departure from Borrower (it being understood that an interim replacement made within such ninety (90) day period shall satisfy the requirements of this clause); or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s assets or property); provided, however, such amount shall be increased to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), upon consummation of the IPO, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, or (6) deliver any portion of the Collateral to a bailee, unless (i) such bailee location contains less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in Borrower’s assets or property; provided, however, such amount shall be increased to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), upon consummation of the IPO or (ii) Bank and such bailee are parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral.

Borrower hereby agrees upon Borrower adding any new office or business location, including any warehouse, Borrower will cause its landlord to enter into a landlord consent in favor of Bank prior to such new office or business location containing Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) of Collateral; provided, however, such amount shall be increased to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), upon consummation of the IPO.

Borrower hereby agrees that prior to Borrower delivering any Collateral to a bailee, to the extent that after delivery of same, the value of all Collateral held by such bailee is Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) or more, Borrower shall cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank; provided, however, such amount shall be increased to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), upon consummation of the IPO.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where each of the following conditions is satisfied: (a) total consideration, including cash and the value of all non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower; provided, however, such amount shall be increased to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) upon consummation of the IPO, (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

14.


7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens that are permitted to have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided that the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; provided, however, such amount shall be increased to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) upon consummation of the IPO; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, by the formation of any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subsidiaries of Borrower shall be permitted to pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) transactions with Subsidiaries described in and permitted by the last sentence of Section 7.3 and/or subsections (g) and (h) of the definition of Permitted Investments, (c) the transactions described in and permitted by Section 7.7 of this Agreement, and (d) equity or unsecured bridge financings with Borrower’s investors, provided that any such transactions are not otherwise prohibited hereunder.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof, provide for earlier or greater principal, interest, or other payments thereon, or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “ investment company ” or a company controlled by an “ investment company ”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA; permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Labor Standards Act, or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

15.


  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension when due, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 6.10(b), 6.12, 6.13 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary), or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any Governmental Authority, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default by Borrower or any Guarantor resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) provided, however, such amount shall be increased to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) upon consummation of the IPO; or (b) any breach or default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business; provided, however, that the Event of Default under this Section 8.6 caused by the occurrence

 

16.


of a default under such other agreement shall be cured or waived for purposes of this Agreement upon Bank receiving written notice from the party asserting such default of such cure or waiver of the default under such other agreement, if at the time of such cure or waiver under such other agreement (x) Bank has not declared an Event of Default under this Agreement and/or exercised any rights with respect thereto; (y) any such cure or waiver does not result in an Event of Default under any other provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document; and (z) in connection with any such cure or waiver under such other agreement, the terms of any agreement with such third party are not modified or amended in any manner which could in the good faith judgment of Bank be materially more burdensome to Borrower or any Guarantor;

8.7 Judgments; Penalties . One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry, assessment or issuance thereof, discharged, satisfied, or paid, or after execution thereof, stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree); provided, however, such amount shall be increased to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) upon consummation of the IPO.

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement;

8.10 Guaranty . (a) Any guaranty of any Obligations terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any guaranty of the Obligations; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor; or (e) (i) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or

8.11 Governmental Approvals . Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in a materially adverse manner or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) cause, or could reasonably be expected to cause, a Material Adverse Change, or (ii) materially adversely affects the legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold such Governmental Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the status of or legal qualifications of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

17.


(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Contracts;

(e) verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations (i) any balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “ hold ” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an

 

18.


Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . Pursuant to the terms of Section 6.3(c), Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

19.


If to Borrower:    Instructure, Inc.
   6330 S 3000 E
   Salt Lake City, UT 84121
   Attn: Steve Kaminsky – Chief Financial Officer
   Phone: (801) 869-5003
   Email: steve@instructure.com
If to Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
   380 Interlocken Cr., Suite 600
   Broomfield, CO 80021
   Attn: Chase Little – Vice President
   Phone: (303) 410-3479
   Email: clittle@svb.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

Except as otherwise expressly provided in any of the Loan Documents, California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure § 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may

 

20.


enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Section 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date; Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement) have been satisfied. So long as Borrower has satisfied the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement, and any Obligations under Bank Services Agreements that are cash collateralized in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Agreement), this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms thereof).

12.3 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (i) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except as to (i) and (ii) for Claims and/or losses and/or Bank Expenses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. This Section 12.3 shall survive until all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.5 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.6 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against

 

21.


which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “ Bank Entities ”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain (other than as a result of its disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “ execution, ” “ signed, ” “ signature ” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

22.


12.15 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

12.16 Effect of Amendment And Restatement. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Authorized Signer ” is any individual listed in Borrower’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including any Advance request, on behalf of Borrower.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) MRR multiplied by the Advance Rate minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

The following definitions are utilized in calculating and determining the Availability Amount:

Advance Rate ” is the product of three (3) multiplied by the Retention Percentage. The Advance Rate shall be calculated by Bank based on information provided by Borrower and acceptable to Bank, in its sole discretion.

Annualized Churn Rate ” is the Churn Rate multiplied by four (4).

Churn Rate ” is, as of any date of determination, the percentage obtained by (i) subtracting (a) the number of Retained Customer Accounts (measured on a trailing three (3) month basis) from (b) the number of Existing Customer Accounts with which Borrower began the applicable trailing three (3) month period divided by (ii) the number of Existing Customer Accounts with which Borrower began the applicable trailing three (3) month period.

Eligible Customer Accounts ” means Accounts invoiced by Borrower generated from expected receipt of MRR that (i) meet all of Borrower’s representations and warranties described in Section 5.3 and (ii) are or may be due and owing from Account Debtors deemed acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion; provided that Bank reserves the right at any time and from time to time to exclude and/or remove any Account from the definition of Eligible Customer Accounts, in its sole discretion.

 

23.


Existing Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, all Eligible Customer Accounts of Borrower generated from expected receipt of MRR which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

Lost Customer Accounts ” are, as of any date of determination, as applicable, the total number of Existing Customer Accounts that were lost, cancelled or not renewed in the period ended as of such date of determination.

MRR ” is the trailing one (1) month revenue of Borrower received or anticipated (after giving effect to any recurring discounts, credits and customer adjustments) from the execution or the anticipated execution of customer and partner contracts, programs and any services in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and specifically including but not limited to web-based business management software subscription fees, merchant card processing residual fees and other recurring revenue in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP and specifically excluding revenue or accounts receivable based on (i) sales of inventory, goods, or equipment, (ii) transaction revenue not received in the ordinary course of business, (iii) sales of services not in the ordinary course of business (except that this clause is not intended to exclude Borrower’s revenue from the sale of premium services and/or support), (iv) revenue received due to one-time, non-recurring transactions, installation and/or set-up fees, and (v) add-on purchases by Borrower’s existing customers not resulting in a continuing stream of revenue.

New Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, the number of new Eligible Customer Accounts added during the measuring period.

Retained Customer Accounts ” are, on any date of determination, the Eligible Customer Accounts that Borrower retained during the measuring period. For the avoidance of doubt, no New Customer Accounts shall be included in determining the number of Retained Customer Accounts.

Retention Percentage ” is, as of any date of determination, one hundred percent (100.0%) minus the Annualized Churn Rate.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Bookings ” are new and renewal bookings which include the first (or, in the event of renewal, subsequent) twelve (12) months of recurring revenue plus all non-recurring revenue, anniversary billings, and Cisco billings which shall be assumed to be amortized evenly over the periods.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

24.


Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed, and if any determination of a “ Business Day ” shall relate to an FX Contract, the term “ Business Day ” shall mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the country of settlement of the Foreign Currency.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “ Contingent Obligation ” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

25.


Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, any Overadvance, Letter of Credit, FX Contract or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is the multicurrency account denominated in Dollars, account number XXXX-XXXX-6617, maintained by Borrower with Bank.

Dollars, ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

26.


General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit ” is Bank’s initial inspection of the Collateral and Borrower’s Books.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e) any and all trade names, domain names and websites;

(f) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(g) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

27.


Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Borrower’s equity securities on a nationally recognized exchange with net proceeds to Borrower of not less than Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000).

Key Person ” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is, as of the Effective Date, Josh Coates.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement and any schedules, exhibits, certificates, notices, and any other documents related to this Agreement, the Warrant, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement by Borrower and/or any Guarantor with or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

28.


Permitted Indebtedness is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) Indebtedness corresponding to the Investments permitted under clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” hereunder;

(h) reimbursement obligations in connection with a credit card facility so long as the maximum potential amount of obligations of Borrower in connection therewith does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (h) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents; and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest, except as provided by Section 6.8(b);

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of the creation of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(g) Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries in an amount sufficient to cover normal operating expenses incurred by the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

(h) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

29.


(i) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(j) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (k) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

(k) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by Borrower do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year (provided, however, such amount shall be increased to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) upon consummation of the IPO); and

(l) Investments permitted by Section 7.3.

Permitted Liens are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (including capital leases) (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than One Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,200,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property permitted hereunder, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business not representing an obligation for borrowed money in an amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000);

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

30.


(h) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions to the extent that such accounts are permitted to be maintained hereunder, provided that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in the amounts held in such accounts except for customary fees and commissions and similar claims in favor of such institutions to the extent provided for in the applicable Control Agreement and except as provided by Section 6.8(b);

(k) a Lien in favor of the financial institution at which the Credit Card Account is maintained on the Credit Card Account and the proceeds thereof to secure the Indebtedness described in subsection (h) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness; and

(l) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (k), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets or business of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s reasonable belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

31.


Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an aggregate principal amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000); provided, however, at any time after the Effective Date, Borrower may request and Bank, in its sole discretion, may agree, to increase the amount of the Revolving Line up to an amount not to exceed Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is June 24, 2017.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Unused Revolving Line Facility Fee ” is defined in Section 2.4(c).

Warrant ” is (i) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of November 14, 2012 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank and (ii) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of April 1, 2014 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (in each case as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated from time to time).

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

32.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWER

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Name:  

Steven B. Kaminsky

Title:  

CFO

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:  

/s/ Chase Little

Name:  

Chase Little

Title:  

Vice President

 

33.


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property or (ii) more than sixty-five percent (65.0%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Bank’s prior written consent.


EXHIBIT B

TRANSACTION REPORT

[EXCEL spreadsheet to be provided separately from lending officer]


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :     Instructure, Inc.    D ATE : June     , 2015
B ANK :               Silicon Valley Bank   

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized
to Add or
Remove
Signatories

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

  

 

  

 

   ¨

 

1.


RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

RESOLVED FURTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Bank.

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds. Apply for Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Enter Derivative Transactions . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, or other derivative transactions.

Issue Warrants . Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrower’s right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effect these resolutions.

RESOLVED FURTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

* * * If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the                                      of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

2.


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:        SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                    
FROM:  INSTRUCTURE, INC.   

The undersigned authorized officer of Instructure, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “ Agreement ”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default except as noted below; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes except, with respect to unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “ Complies ” column.

 

Reporting Covenants

 

Required

   Complies     
Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate   Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No    
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC   FYE within 180 days    Yes     No    
10-Q, 10-K and 8-K   Within 5 days after filing with SEC    Yes     No    
Transaction Report, A/R & A/P Agings + MRR Report   Monthly within 30 days    Yes     No    
Projections   The earlier of (i) January 31 or (ii) within 15 days of board approval    Yes     No    
409a Valuation Report   Annually, within 30 days of completion*    Yes     No    

 

* not required upon IPO and provided that Borrower’s equity securities continue to be traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange

Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the IPO and so long as no Advances are outstanding, all monthly reporting requirements shall be due quarterly within forty five (45) days of the end of each calendar quarter

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

 

Actual

   Complies     
Maintain on a Monthly Basis:        
Minimum Bookings    See Schedule 1   $                Yes     No    

 

1.


The following financial covenant analyses and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

Other Matters

 

Have there been any amendments of or other changes to the capitalization table of Borrower and to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate.    Yes     No    

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

INSTRUCTURE, INC.    

BANK USE ONLY

      Received by:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

 

     
Name:  

 

    Date:  

 

Title:  

 

     
      Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

     

Compliance Status:                     Yes             No

 

2.


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:

 

I Minimum Bookings (Section 6.9)

Required:            See below.

Actual:

 

A.        Value of the first 12 months of Borrower’s new and renewal recurring revenue    $            
B.        Value of Borrower’s non-recurring revenue    $            
C.        Amount of anniversary billings    $            
       Amount of CISCO billings   
E.        Sum of lines A – D (Bookings)    $            

Is the value of Line E equal to or greater than the required amount set forth in the table below?

 

        No, not in compliance            Yes, in compliance

 

Month Ending

   Minimum Bookings  

April 30, 2015

   $ 9,433,870   

May 31, 2015

   $ 12,967,283   

June 30, 2015

   $ 36,064,220   

July 31, 2015

   $ 40,064,723   

August 31, 2015

   $ 40,282,562   

September 30, 2015

   $ 18,083,629   

October 31, 2015

   $ 14,965,526   

November 30, 2015

   $ 11,893,792   

December 31, 2015

   $ 12,493,734   

January 31, 2016

   $ 10,600,322   

February 28, 2016

   $ 10,383,220   

March 31, 2016

   $ 8,509,455   

April 30, 2016

   $ 11,174,476   

May 31, 2016

   $ 16,943,258   

June 30, 2016

   $ 44,499,765   

 

1.


Month Ending

   Minimum Bookings  

July 31, 2016

   $ 50,420,603   

August 31, 2016

   $ 51,570,444   

September 30, 2016

   $ 29,191,723   

October 31, 2016

   $ 26,378,313   

November 30, 2016

   $ 23,706,510   

December 31, 2016

   $ 26,503,522   

 

2.


EXHIBIT E – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME

 

    Fax To:    Date:                         

 

    LOAN PAYMENT:

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

 

    From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

 
  (Deposit Account #)       (Loan Account #)  
    Principal $  

 

    and/or Interest $  

 

 
    Authorized Signature:  

 

    Phone Number:  

 

 
    Print Name/Title:  

 

     

    

 

    LOAN ADVANCE:

    Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

    From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

 
  (Loan Account #)       (Deposit Account #)  

    Amount of Advance $

 

 

       

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

    Authorized Signature:  

 

    Phone Number:  

 

 

 

    Print Name/Title:  

 

     

    

 

    OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

    Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

    Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

    Beneficiary Name:  

 

    Amount of Wire: $  

 

 
    Beneficiary Bank:  

 

    Account Number:  

 

 
    City and State:  

 

       

 

    Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  

 

        Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  

 

 
      (For International Wire Only)    

 

    Intermediary Bank:  

 

        Transit (ABA) #:  

 

 

 

    For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

 

    Special Instruction:

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

    Authorized Signature:  

 

    2nd Signature (if required):  

 

 
    Print Name/Title:  

 

      Print Name/Title:  

 

 
    Telephone #:  

 

      Telephone #:  

 

 

    

Exhibit 10.13

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company: Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares: 105,000, subject to adjustment
Type/Series of Stock: Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share
Warrant Price: $0.66 per Share, subject to adjustment
Issue Date: November 14, 2012
Expiration Date: As set forth in Section 5.1(a) below
Credit Facility:   This Warrant to Purchase Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (as amended and/or modified and in effect from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated Type/Series of Stock (the “ Class ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.


1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If shares of the Class are then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of the Class reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If shares of the Class are not then traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s

 

2


(or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Company stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), either (i) Holder shall exercise this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 and/or 1.2 and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition.

(c) The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the Cash/Public Acquisition (together with such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such contemplated Cash/Public Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing of the proposed Cash/Public Acquisition. In the event the Company does not provide such notice, then if, immediately prior to the Cash/Public Acquisition, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to the Holder and Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof.

(d) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(e) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to

 

3


the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in additional shares of the Class or other securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Class are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.4 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company, at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

 

4


SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of a share of the Class as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in connection with the Company’s most recent grant of employee incentive stock options.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of shares of the Class and other securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Class;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “ IPO ”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any;

 

5


(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Reference is made to Section 1.6(c) whereby this Warrant will be deemed to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof if the Company does not give written notice to Holder of a Cash/Public Acquisition as required by the terms hereof. Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

6


4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term; Automatic Cashless Exercise Upon Expiration .

(a) Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Issue Date hereof (the “ Expiration Date ”); provided , that if the Company consummates the IPO on or before such 10th anniversary, then the “Expiration Date” shall be the later to occur of (i) such 10 th anniversary, and (ii) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s registration statement filed in connection with the IPO.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . Each certificate evidencing Shares shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED NOVEMBER 14, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

 

7


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant and/or Shares being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3 rd ) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Instructure, Inc.

9020 South Sandy Parkway, Suite 300

Sandy, Utah 84070

Attn: Finance Department

Fax: 1-888-213-3894

Email: jonathan@instructure.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Samuel Coates, Esquire

Fax: (650) 849-7400

Email: scoates@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

9


5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Name:

Steven B. Kaminsky

(Print)
Title: CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

 

Name:

 

(Print)
Title:

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:

 

Name:

 

(Print)
Title:
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

/s/ Joe Camacho

Name:

Joe Camacho

(Print)
Title: Relationship Manager

 

12

Exhibit 10.14

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 5.3 AND 5.4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

Company: INSTRUCTURE, INC.

Number of Shares of Common Stock: 25,000 (the “Initial Shares”), plus all Additional Shares (as defined in Section 1.7) which Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1.7

Warrant Price: $2.98 per share

Issue Date: April 1, 2014

Expiration Date: the later of (i) April 1, 2024 or (ii) three (3) years from the date of the Company’s IPO (as defined below) See also Section 5.1(b).

Credit Facility:    This Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (“ Warrant ”) is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 14, 2012 between Silicon Valley Bank and the Company (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “ Shares ”) of the above-stated common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) of the above-named company (the “ Company ”) at the above-stated Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Reference is made to Section 5.4 of this Warrant whereby Silicon Valley Bank shall transfer this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group.

SECTION 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may at any time and from time to time exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by delivering to the Company the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix 1 and, unless Holder is exercising this Warrant pursuant to a cashless exercise set forth in Section 1.2, a check, wire transfer of same-day funds (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1


1.2 Cashless Exercise . On any exercise of this Warrant, in lieu of payment of the aggregate Warrant Price in the manner as specified in Section 1.1 above, but otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.1, Holder may elect to receive Shares equal to the value of this Warrant, or portion hereof as to which this Warrant is being exercised. Thereupon, the Company shall issue to the Holder such number of fully paid and non-assessable Shares as are computed using the following formula:

X = Y(A-B)/A

where:

 

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;
Y = the number of Shares with respect to which this Warrant is being exercised (inclusive of the Shares surrendered to the Company in payment of the aggregate Warrant Price);
A = the Fair Market Value (as determined pursuant to Section 1.3 below) of one Share; and
B = the Warrant Price.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s Common Stock is then traded or quoted on a nationally recognized securities exchange, inter-dealer quotation system or over-the-counter market (a “ Trading Market ”), the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price or last sale price of a share of Common Stock reported for the Business Day immediately before the date on which Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Company’s Common Stock is not traded in a Trading Market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within a reasonable time after Holder exercises this Warrant in the manner set forth in Section 1.1 or 1.2 above, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate representing the Shares issued to Holder upon such exercise and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrant . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form, substance and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender of this Warrant to the Company for cancellation, the Company shall, within a reasonable time, execute and deliver to Holder, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

(a) Acquisition . For the purpose of this Warrant, “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Company’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such immediately

 

2


prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Company’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization; or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of the Company of shares representing at least a majority of the Company’s then-total outstanding combined voting power.

(b) Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition . In the event of an Acquisition in which the consideration to be received by the Company’s stockholders consists solely of cash, solely of Marketable Securities or a combination of cash and Marketable Securities (a “ Cash/Public Acquisition ”), and the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, and Holder has not exercised this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.1 above as to all Shares, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to be Cashless Exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the consummation of a Cash/Public Acquisition. In connection with such Cashless Exercise, Holder shall be deemed to have restated each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant as the date thereof and the Company shall promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares (or such other securities) issued upon exercise. In the event of a Cash/Public Acquisition where the fair market value of one Share as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above would be less than the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such Cash/Public Acquisition, then this Warrant will expire immediately prior to the consummation of such Cash/Public Acquisition.

(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than a Cash/Public Acquisition defined above, the acquiring, surviving or successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall thereafter be exercisable for the same securities and/or other property as would have been paid for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on and as of the closing of such Acquisition, subject to further adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(d) As used in this Warrant, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded in Trading Market, and (iii) following the closing of such Acquisition, Holder would not be restricted from publicly re-selling all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition, except to the extent that any such restriction (x) arises solely under federal or state securities laws, rules or regulations, and (y) does not extend beyond six (6) months from the closing of such Acquisition.

 

3


1.7 Number of Shares .

(a) This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares (as defined below), if any (collectively, the “ Shares ”), each as may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 of this Warrant.

(b) As used herein, “ Additional Shares ” means a number of Shares equal to 25,000 if the aggregate principal amount of Borrower’s Obligations owing under the Loan and Security Agreement at any time exceeds Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000).

SECTION 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES AND WARRANT PRICE.

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend or distribution on the outstanding shares of the Common Stock payable in securities or property (other than cash), then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without additional cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities and property which Holder would have received had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or distribution occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Common Stock by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any event whereby all of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock are reclassified, exchanged, combined, substituted, or replaced for, into, with or by Company securities of a different class and/or series, then from and after the consummation of such event, this Warrant will be exercisable for the number, class and series of Company securities that Holder would have received had the Shares been outstanding on and as of the consummation of such event, and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, combinations substitutions, replacements or other similar events.

2.3 Intentionally Omitted .

2.4 Intentionally Omitted .

2.5 No Fractional Share . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional Share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional Share interest by paying Holder in cash the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by (i) the fair market value (as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above) of a full Share, less (ii) the then-effective Warrant Price.

2.6 Notice/Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Common Stock and/or number of Shares, the Company at the Company’s expense, shall notify Holder in writing within a reasonable time setting forth the adjustments to the Warrant Price, class and/or number of Shares and facts upon which such adjustment is based.

 

4


The Company shall, upon written request from Holder, furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer, including computations of such adjustment and the Warrant Price, class and number of Shares in effect upon the date of such adjustment.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which shares of Company Common Stock or options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock were issued immediately prior to the Issue Date hereof.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company covenants that it shall at all times cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued capital stock such number of securities as will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of this Warrant.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule l is true and complete, in all material respects, as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time to:

(a) declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Company’s stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend;

(b) offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock (other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights);

(c) effect any reclassification, exchange, combination, substitution, reorganization or recapitalization of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;

(d) effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or

(e) effect an its initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (the “IPO”);

then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder:

(1) in the case of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the earlier to occur of the effective date thereof or the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any,

 

5


(2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of outstanding shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event and such reasonable information as Holder may reasonably require regarding the treatment of this Warrant in connection with such event giving rise to the notice); and

(3) with respect to the IPO, at least seven (7) Business Days prior written notice of the date on which the Company proposes to file its registration statement in connection therewith.

Company will also provide information requested by Holder that is reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER .

The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the Shares to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder are being acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

 

6


4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

4.6 Market Stand-off Agreement . The Holder agrees that the Shares shall be subject to the Market Standoff provisions in Section [    ] of the Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

4.7 No Voting Rights . Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the exercise of this Warrant.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term and Automatic Conversion Upon Expiration .

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date and shall be void thereafter.

(b) Automatic Cashless Exercise upon Expiration. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be exercised pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised, and the Company shall, within a reasonable time, deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such exercise to Holder.

5.2 Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK ISSUED BY THE ISSUER TO SILICON VALLEY BANK DATED MARCH     , 2014, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID

 

7


ACT AND LAWS OR IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to SVB Financial Group (Silicon Valley Bank’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder, provided that any such transferee is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Silicon Valley Bank of the executed Warrant, Silicon Valley Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to its parent company, SVB Financial Group. By its acceptance of this Warrant, SVB Financial Group hereby makes to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable); and provided further, that any subsequent transferee other than SVB Financial Group shall agree in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Warrant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof, or any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, or any shares or other securities issued upon any conversion of any Shares issued upon any exercise hereof, to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of the Company by such a direct competitor.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective (i) when given personally, (ii) on the third (3rd) Business Day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, (iii) upon actual receipt if given by facsimile or electronic mail and such receipt is confirmed in writing by the recipient, or (iv) on the first Business Day following delivery to a reliable overnight courier service, courier fee prepaid, in any case at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HC 215

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: (408) 654-7400

Facsimile: (408) 988-8317

Email address: derivatives@svb.com

 

8


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

Instructure, Inc.

6330 South 3000 East

Suite 700

Salt Lake City, Utah 84121

Attn: Finance Department

Fax: 1-888-213-3894

Email: jonathan@instructure.com

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Samuel Coates, Esquire

Fax: (650) 849-7400

Email: scoates@cooley.com

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Counterparts; Facsimile/Electronic Signatures . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any signature page delivered electronically or by facsimile shall be binding to the same extent as an original signature page with regards to any agreement subject to the terms hereof or any amendment thereto.

 

9


5.9 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.10 Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning orally provision of this Warrant.

5.11 Business Days . “ Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Silicon Valley Bank is closed.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

[Signature page follows]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Warrant to Purchase Common Stock to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Issue Date written above.

 

“COMPANY”
INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Name:

Steven B. Kaminsky

(Print)
Title: CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:

 

Name:

 

(Print)
Title:


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned Holder hereby exercises its right purchase                 shares of the Common Stock of Instructure, Inc. (the “ Company ”) in accordance with the attached Warrant To Purchase Common Stock, and tenders payment of the aggregate Warrant Price for such shares as follows:

[    ]    check in the amount of $        payable to order of the Company enclosed herewith

[    ]    Wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company’s account

[    ]    Cashless Exercise pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Warrant

[    ]    Other [Describe]                                                                                                                           

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

 

Holder’s Name

 

 

(Address)

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 4 of the Warrant to Purchase Common Stock as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

(Date):

 


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

See attached

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 24, 2015, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Instructure, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Salt Lake City, UT

October 9, 2015